Annual Meeting股东大会

1996 Annual Meeting1996 年度股东大会

1996 meeting

Morning session

1. Welcome

WARREN BUFFETT: Just a little early, but I think everyone’s had a chance to take their seats.

I must say, this is the first time I’ve seen this program. They told me they’d surprise me, and they certainly did. (Laughter)

Marc Hamburg, our chief financial officer, who is now known around the office as CB, was in charge of putting all this together. And we — I want you to know, we have no multimedia (inaudible). (Applause)

This entire meeting is handled by a regular staff. We have no public relations department, or investor relations, or multimedia department, or anything of the sort. So, everybody just pitches in. And Marc will, forevermore, be in charge of the pregame ceremonies. (Laughter)

We have a very large crowd today. I hope everybody has found a seat, either in this main room or in the three overflow rooms. I think we can handle around 5,400. And historically, 62 percent or just about exactly 62 percent, every year, of the people who request tickets have come to the meeting.

And if that percentage holds true today, we have just filled the rooms. And we will have a problem in the future, which we haven’t figured out the answer to yet. But we’ve got another year.

The way we’ll run the meeting is that we’ll get the business out of way — out of the way — at the start. And we’ll talk about the Class B issuance, then, too. So, it’ll take a little longer than historically has been the case.

And, then, we’ll have Q & A for — until about noon. We’ll have a short break at noon. There’ll be sandwiches outside, which you can buy. (Laughter)

And Charlie and I will have a couple of sandwiches up here at the podium.

And, then, we will stay around until about 3 o’clock to answer more questions. And at that time, after noon, I’m sure everybody in the overflow rooms will be able to find a seat here in the main room.

But people have come from great distances to attend this meeting. So, we really want to get a — give everyone a chance to get their questions asked. And Charlie and I are delighted to — but we’ll have to break it up at three, no matter what. But we’ll be delighted to stick around.

You can leave anytime, obviously. As I’ve explained in the past, it’s much better form to leave while Charlie is talking. (Laughter)

But the — feel free to do that. And then at noon you’ll get a chance to do it en masse.

We have buses available to take you to — if you have any money left at all after yesterday — to take you to other business establishments of Berkshire, locally.

So that will be the plan. I hope everyone does get their questions answered.

We’ve got a system where we break this room into six zones. And we have a couple of zones in other rooms. And then this afternoon, everybody will be able to be here in the main room. So, that is the procedure.

I’m sure you recognize Charlie Munger, the vice chairman of Berkshire Hathaway, who also had not seen that movie before. (Laughs)

And showed — we were — I think Marc was afraid to show it to us. But in any event — (laughter) — we will go on.

I thought you might be interested. This is a list of people that came in for tickets. And we had, in addition to 99 from Canada and, of course, the U.S., we had Australia, the Channel Islands, England, Greece, Hong Kong, Israel, Portugal, Puerto Rico, Singapore, Sweden, and Switzerland.

I’m not sure all of those people are with us today. But they did send for tickets. And I’ve met a number that did come in from a distance.

2. Election of directors

WARREN BUFFETT: So, with that introduction, I will call the meeting to order.

I’m Warren Buffett, chairman of the board of the directors. And I do welcome you to this meeting. I hope everybody has a good time this weekend.

And I’d like to introduce the directors, in addition to myself and to Charlie.

Now, you don’t get quite your money’s worth this year from our directors. They’ve — collectively, they’ve lost 100 pounds since last — our last meeting. I think they’ve been trying to live on the director’s fees. (Laughter)

We have with us Howard Buffett — let’s stand. (Applause)

Susan T. Buffett. (Applause)

Malcolm G. Chace III. (Applause)

And Walter Scott Jr. (Applause)

Along with us today are partners in the firm of Deloitte & Touche, our auditors, Mr. Ron Burgess and Mr. Craig Christiansen (PH). They’re available to respond to appropriate questions you might have concerning their firm’s audit of the accounts of Berkshire.

Mr. Forrest Krutter is secretary of Berkshire. He will make a written record of the proceedings.

Mr. Robert M. Fitzsimmons has been appointed inspector of elections at this meeting. He will certify to the count of votes cast in the election for directors.

The named proxy holders for this meeting are Walter Scott Jr. and Marc D. Hamburg. Proxy cards have been returned through last Friday representing, it says “number to come.” (Laughter)

VOICE: There’s another script.

WARREN BUFFETT: Ah, OK, there’s another — oh, yeah. Here’s the script on that one: 1,041,567 Berkshire shares to be voted by the proxy holders, as indicated on the cards. That number of shares represents a quorum. And we will therefore proceed — directly proceed — with the meeting.

We will conduct the business of the meeting, then adjourn the formal meeting. After that, we will entertain questions that you may have.

First order of business will be a reading of the minutes of the last meeting of shareholders. I recognize Mr. Walter Scott Jr. who will place a motion before the meeting.

WALTER SCOTT JR.: I move that the reading of the minutes of the last meeting of shareholders be dispensed with.

WARREN BUFFETT: Do I hear a second?

VOICE: I second the motion.

WARREN BUFFETT: The motion has been moved and seconded. Are there any comments or questions? We will vote on this motion by voice vote. All those in favor say, “Aye.”

VOICES: Aye.

WARREN BUFFETT: Opposed? Motion’s carried.

Does the secretary have a report of the number of Berkshire shares outstanding, entitled to vote, and represented at the meeting?

ROBERT M. FITZSIMMONS: Yes. I do. As indicated in the proxy statement that accompanied the notice of this meeting that was sent by first-class mail to all shareholders of record on March 8, 1996, being the record date for this meeting, there were 1,193,512 shares of Berkshire Hathaway common stock outstanding with each share entitled to one vote on motions considered at the meeting.

Of that number, 1,041,567 shares are represented at this meeting by proxies returned through last Friday.

WARREN BUFFETT: Thank you. If a shareholder is present who wishes to withdraw a proxy previously sent in and vote in person on the two items of business provided for in the proxy statement, he or she may do so.

Also, if any shareholder that’s present has not turned in a proxy and desires a ballot in order to vote in person on those two items, you may do so.

If you wish to do this, please identify yourself to meeting officials in the aisles who will furnish two ballots to you, one for each item.

Will those persons desiring ballots please identify themselves, so that we may distribute them?

First item of business at this meeting is to elect directors. And I’ll recognize Mr. Walter Scott Jr. to place a motion before the meeting, with respect to election of directors.

WALTER SCOTT JR.: I move that Warren E. Buffett, Susan T. Buffett, Howard G. Buffett, Malcolm G. Chace III, Charles T. Munger, and Walter Scott Jr. be elected as directors.

WARREN BUFFETT: Is there a second?

VOICE: I second the motion.

WARREN BUFFETT: Are there any other nominations? Is there any discussion?

I learned a lot in China. We did so — (Laughter)

The nominations are ready to be acted upon. If there are any shareholders voting in person, they should now mark their ballots on the election of directors and allow the ballots to be delivered to the inspector of elections.

Will the proxy holders please also submit to the inspector of elections a ballot on the election of directors, voting the proxies in accordance with the instructions they have received?

Mr. Fitzsimmons, when you’re ready, you may give your report.

ROBERT M. FITZSIMMONS: My report is ready. The ballot of the proxy holders received through last Friday cast not less than 1,040,667 votes for each nominee. That number far exceeds the majority of the number of all shares outstanding.

The certification required by Delaware law regarding the precise count of the votes, including the votes cast in person at this meeting, will be given to the secretary to be placed in the minutes of this meeting.

WARREN BUFFETT: Thank you, Mr. Fitzsimmons.

Warren E. Buffett, Susan T. Buffett, Howard G. Buffett, Malcom G. Chace III, Charles T. Munger, and Walter Scott Jr. have been elected as directors.

3. Why Class B shares were created

WARREN BUFFETT: The second item of business of this meeting is to consider the recommendation of the board of directors to amend the company’s restated certificate of incorporation.

The proposed amendment would add a provision to the restated certificate of incorporation authorizing the board of directors to issue up to 50 million shares of a new Class B common stock, with each Class B share having economic rights equivalent to 1/30th of a share of the current common stock, and with 1/200th of the vote, and to re-designate the company’s current common stock as Class A common stock and to make each share of Class A common stock convertible into 30 shares of the new Class B stock at the option of the holder.

I think, before we get into moving that motion — I think this would be a good time to have discussion and take your questions regarding the issuance of the Class B. And I should give you a little background.

I think many of you know the background on this. But over the years, we’ve had probably half a dozen people, one time or another, propose that the creation of an all-Berkshire investment company or unit trust.

In other words, an entity that would hold nothing but Berkshire stock, and then would parcel out its own shares in smaller denomination pieces to the public.

And we have generally discouraged that because we felt that there was considerable potential for abuse in such an arrangement.

And our discouragement has been successful up until last fall, when there was one — there were two proposals — that went as far as submission to the SEC for clearance, that involved unit trusts.

And these unit trusts would’ve owned nothing but Berkshire shares and, then, been sold to the public in small denominations, probably with a minimum investment of around a thousand dollars or so.

And holders of those trusts would’ve bought into an entity that had a defined life, but that had considerable, in the way of costs and some tax consequences, that they might not anticipate when they came in.

And Charlie and I were worried that a combination of Berkshire’s past record — which cannot be repeated — and high sales commissions, and a low denomination, and a lot of publicity about Berkshire and myself, which, as you’ve seen this morning, we attempt to discourage (Laughter) —

The — that the — a great many people would end up buying these unit trust holdings without any idea, really, of what they were buying, and with unrealistic expectations as to the future.

And that that would, in turn, create a considerable demand — because these unit trusts would go out and buy Berkshire shares — that would create a considerable demand against a fixed supply, much of which is almost unavailable because people have a low tax basis and are reluctant to sell, and I hope they’re reluctant to sell for other reasons.

And that the very action of the creation of these, and that push on the demand, would — might very well create some speculative spurt in the stock, which in turn, would induce people who had been approached about the trust to feel they were missing even more of a good thing by rushing in.

Rising prices in certain kinds of markets create their own kind of demand. It’s not a sustained demand. And it’s a demand that the reversal of which, later on, when people become disillusioned, can cause a lot of problems.

But that potential was there with a flood of buyers with unrealistic expectations, high commissions, and a fixed supply. So, we attempted to dissuade both of the promoters.

One backed away and then came out a few months later with something that was a combination of Berkshire and some other securities, which were at least thought to be in our portfolio.

And we started hearing from people that it was clear had no understanding of what they were buying, or the costs involved, or the potential tax implications, or anything of the sort.

So, at that time, we faced — we had to make a decision, and we had to make it rather quickly, as to what would be the best solution to this problem that, in turn, wouldn’t create the same sort of thing that we felt had potential harm when being done by these promoters.

Obviously, we considered a split of the stock. But we were worried that a split would send out signals to all kinds of people who want to believe in things that may not be too believable about future performance and that they would look at it as some grand chance to buy in at a lower price.

Of course, it wouldn’t really be a lower price in relation to value. But it would be a lower denomination.

And that, again, against a fixed supply, might very well have created the same kind of problem, maybe even a greater problem, than would occur with the unit trusts.

So, we came upon the idea of the Class B shares, which would create a supply that would match the demand for, in effect, split shares, and that would be offered in a way that did not create special inducements, or to create false inducements to people thinking of buying.

And one of the things we did was we stuck a commission on it, on the issuance of the Class B shares, that was about as low as any I’ve ever seen in many years in Wall Street, because we did not want salespeople to have a great inducement — we — to go out and sell the shares.

We wanted anyone that was interested to read the prospectus, and think about it, and make their own decisions.

And we did another thing, which is quite counter to the normal commercial approach, which is that we said we would issue as many shares as people wanted to buy.

And, you know, you do much better in this world if you’re selling something, to say “only one to a customer,” and “you have to get in early,” or “you have to know somebody in order to get shares.” And many new issues are sold that way, and it’s very effective.

I mean, you know, it’s like those old stories in Russia where there’d be lines, and people would get in them without knowing what they were going to buy when they got to the front of the line.

And that’s a very effective selling tool. And it’s one that Wall Street is not unfamiliar with.

But we decided that, to reduce any of that feeling that you have to get in early, or only the big guy’s going to get it, or something of the sort, that we would announce loud and clearly that we would have shares available for everyone that wanted.

So, there was no reason to assume that — it couldn’t be a hot stock, in effect. And we’ve done various other things.

So, I — our hope is that the Class B shareholders that we attract are of the same quality as the people in this room, that they have an investment attitude where they feel they are buying into part of a business, that they expect to stay with it for the indefinite future, maybe the rest of their lives.

And they do not think of it as a little piece of paper that may be hot because it’s a new issue or something of the sort.

It lets the people who are happy with the present shares stay in exactly the same position, which is what I’m going to do, what Charlie will do.

We have made the B very slightly disadvantageous, in two respects, to the A. It has a lower vote, and it will not participate in the shareholder contributions programs.

There were reasons for both of those, but in addition to the — the explicit reasons, there also is the desire that the B not be made fully — it’s just a slight bit inferior —but it’s not fully as attractive as the A, because we did not want to do anything that pushed everybody into converting into the B.

If that started in a big way, the B would then enjoy the better market, and it would create its own dynamic where it made sense for everybody to do it.

So we have left it so there’s no reason for you, if you own the A, to convert to the B, unless you wish to sell or give away some portion of your holding that would be less than a full A share.

And it will be convenient for that reason. But beyond that, there should be no incentive.

If the B should trade slightly above 1/30th of the price of the A, there will be arbitrage activity that will keep that from being anything other than a negligible amount.

It, of course, could trade well below 1/30th because the B is not convertible into the A.

Charlie, would you like to add anything before we start taking questions on this? And I —

CHARLIE MUNGER: No. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: — I encourage everyone to ask.

Charlie, as you will note during the meeting, does not get paid by the word. (Laughter)

But we — I encourage every — anyone to ask any question. There are no bad questions about this. I mean, it — last year, we talked about a preferred issue. And people had very valid questions.

I might take those two points of difference between the A and B, just to start with, on the shareholder-designated contributions program, which was $12 a share last year.

In addition to wanting the A to have a very small edge over the B, which would be a reason for not having the B participate, it also would get very impractical, in terms of taking $12, and dividing it by 30, and soliciting the names of charities and to designate contributions.

We can handle the present program fairly efficiently. But we would not want to be sending out checks for a dollar or two, and it would get very inefficient.

So, we have told prospective B holders that that’s not going to happen. And so, they’re fully informed coming in.

In connection with the vote, the issuance of the B does create more votes outstanding. So, absent any change in the situation, through the issuance of shares which we are not particularly eager to issue, the vote — my vote — will be diluted, somewhat, by this.

And, frankly, I had no desire to create a lot more shares which would dilute the vote of the Buffett family. It will be diluted, somewhat, by this action because we will have all the present votes outstanding, plus some votes from the B.

If there is a lot of conversion to the B, it is true that our holding will go up, percentage-wise. But I see no reason why people really should convert. So, I don’t think that’s likely. I think, in the end, it’ll stay very much the same.

And as I mentioned earlier, we want there to be a slight disadvantage to the B.

In all other respects, we will treat the B just as the A. We have a problem with numbers at this annual meeting. We’re going to have to do something next year. And we haven’t figured it out yet, either.

But the suggestion was made by someone that maybe the B would get second-class seating or something. We’re not going to have any of that. (Laughter)

But from this point forward, with the point — with the exception of two things we put in the prospectus, the B shares will be treated, in every way, as equivalent to A. There —

So, with that, and with Charlie’s reluctance to elaborate, we have a six-zone system in here. And then we have another two zones in the overflow rooms.

So, if there are any questions in zone 1, somebody — just raise your hand and somebody will bring a microphone.

Zone 1 is over there. Two is back in the corner. Three, four, five, and six. So it just goes right around clockwise. Just raise your hand and somebody will bring a microphone to you.

4. Class B IPO price is the same for everyone

WARREN BUFFETT: We’ve got a question, I think, in zone 1.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Good morning. I’m Marshall Patton (PH) from Bandera, Texas.

And when the price is struck on the Class B shares, those of us who buy our shares through computer programs, do we have assurance that, whoever we buy from, that that will be the price that we pay for these shares?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, the — well, the price — there’ll be a price established, probably, Wednesday night or thereabouts of this week. And everybody will pay the same price. And a very high percentage of that price, incidentally, will come to Berkshire.

I mean, there is a very, very low underwriting spread, compared to any other offering.

Now, once the initial offering is — everybody will pay the same price: large institutions, the buyer of one share will pay the same price.

Subsequently, the stock will, we expect, will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange, probably, Thursday morning. And we have the world’s greatest specialist here, I believe, Jimmy Maguire, who handles the trading, now, of the common and will handle the trading of both the A and B.

Jimmy, are you here? Do you want to stand up? Just so — there he is. The world’s greatest specialist, Jimmy Maguire. (Applause)

I think he leads the singing of “Wait ’Till the Sun Shines, Nellie,” too, annually. You can see him on CNBC occasionally, and the Nightly Business Report. I want to give equal time here. The —

But Jimmy will be trading both classes of stock starting Thursday. As I say — as I said, the — it will be impossible, after the first few days, it would be impossible for the B to sell much above 1/30th of the A, because people would buy the A and sell the B if more than a very small — with even the smallest of arbitrage differentials.

But there will be markets in two shares and — in two classes. They will both trade in 10-share lots. That will be the round lot — so-called round lot. Usually the round lot on the New York Stock Exchange is 100 shares. But in the case of both Berkshire shares, the round lot will be ten shares.

Now, I read one or two press accounts that said, therefore, the minimum purchase is ten shares. That’s not true. The minimum purchase of each stock — each class of stock — is one share. I mean, you can buy one share or two shares. Or you can sell one share or two shares.

And you have an odd lot differential, just as you would if you were working with less than 100 shares of a company whose stock traded in 100 share round lots. But there’s no minimum size in the case of either share.

And you will see, when they get mechanics straightened out, and they may have a little bit trouble with it, but you will see Berkshire A and Berkshire B in — quoted in the papers. And I think that you’re — that it’ll be quite clear after Thursday what is going on, on that.

I don’t know about the computer purchases. But I don’t that — certainly, in terms of the initial offering, that will be through one of, I think, 137 people — or brokers — in the selling group. And it’s the same, no matter who you deal with.

5. Downside of Berkshire unit trusts

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is David Hendel (PH). I’m from Boca Raton, Florida.

To your knowledge, will this program effectively discourage the unit trusts?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, it’s certainly designed to. And I think the answer to that is yes, because I see no way that a unit trust — either in connection with the initial offering or with the subsequent trading — I see no way that the unit trust could offer people as an efficient and inexpensive way of participating in Berkshire as direct purchase of the B.

Bear in mind, if a unit trust were established, it would have to buy Berkshire shares in the market. So, it would have the costs that people have in buying shares. And, then, on top of it, it would superimpose these other costs. And in addition to the initial commission, they even had a valuation fee.

That was a job I wanted to have because every — (laughter) — three months or however often, maybe every day, somebody, their job was to evaluate this trust value which involved the great skill of being able to locate it alphabetically — (laughter) — in the newspaper.

The figure was left blank as to what the evaluator’s fee would be. But I had a feeling that it was one of the more cushy jobs available. (Laughter)

There was an added problem, too. I mean, if these unit trusts started and did not get off the ground very far, they could’ve become something in the way of orphans. And they certainly would’ve become expensive to operate.

And, then, with Berkshire paying nothing in the way of dividends, but with the trust incurring expenses, including this evaluator’s fee, among others — but with the trust incurring expenses, they would have to sell small amounts periodically to pay the expenses. And that would create tax consequences for every unit trust holder.

I mean, people would not know what — we felt they would not know what they were getting into.

The more serious problem is that somebody would flash our past record in front of them or show them some chart on Berkshire’s stock price and say, “You know, this is your chance to do the same thing.” And it, obviously, isn’t — wouldn’t have been.

And — but based on what we have seen, right now, we anticipate the offering being 350,000 shares. But the extent to which the number of tickets involved, that even seeking out informed purchasers only, there’s very substantial demand.

So I think if you widen that circle to include uninformed, it might have been quite an experience.

I think the answer is that we will not have a problem with the unit trusts in the future.

6. No plans for Class B secondary offering

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I’m Adam Ingle (PH) from Boulder, Colorado.

In terms of the number of shares that you’re going to issue, B shares, do you plan to just look at the book on Wednesday and issue enough to totally satisfy the demand? And do you have any plans to do a secondary if it starts becoming a hot number?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Well, I think what we plan is to tailor the size of the offering to fit the demand that appears Tuesday night or Wednesday morning, or whenever the exact moment will be on that. But the offering will be designed to do that.

Like most offerings, I would anticipate that the underwriter will — and this is a supposition at the moment — but I — it’s frequently done — would sell some more shares than the initial offering with the intention of creating some short position in the security.

And, then, they have an option to take — from the company — for 30 days up to 15 percent of whatever we initially sell, which protects them on their short position. But the short position also helps in terms of having an orderly market in the stock, subsequently.

But we will, essentially, tailor the size of the issue to the demand as it appears to us midweek.

We have no plans for any secondary offering. I think this has been sufficiently publicized. There’s a large network of selling group members. So that people that are interested, but wanted to buy in a smaller denomination, will have had their chance.

I think there will be a — well, present indications, there’d be 350,000 shares out. There would be a fairly large — a large — number of holders based on what we’re seeing.

So, the market should, starting Thursday morning on the exchange, there should be, in my opinion, a reasonable market based on that kind of quantity and the number of people buying. And so, I anticipate nothing subsequently.

7. We don’t think Berkshire shares are “undervalued”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Can you hear me?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yep.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name’s Tom Conrad (PH). I’m from McLean, Virginia, and I (inaudible) to this meeting and tell all my friends and family members to buy it last week. But I’ve been reading in some publications that you said that you would not advise your friends and family members to buy it at its current pricing.

And I’m just concerned, if I go out and run and tell them why you’re saying — what your feeling would be, should I go tell my friends and family members? — (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: I think I’ll leave that one up to you. What I said — (laughter) — I said, at present prices, Charlie and I do not think Berkshire stock is undervalued. And that, now that is not what’s gotten reported sometimes. I mean, sometimes people have said we thought it was overvalued.

We did not — if you look at the prospectus or if you look at the — if you look at the prospectus, you will see that what we said was we do not think it’s undervalued.

Now, I find it somewhat entertaining that people regard that as kind of an amazing statement by somebody making a public offering.

But if you think about it a bit, can you imagine a management that goes out and says to the world, “We are selling you something — in a new stock — and it’s way undervalued.”

What do you say to your present shareholders if you go out and say to the public, “We’re selling you something that’s worth a dollar, and we’re going to sell it to you for 80 cents?” Now, that would leave me very unhappy.

So, I feel that any management that is talking about selling their stock and they say it’s very undervalued, either doesn’t know what’s good for their present shareholders or they may have their tongue in cheek.

We would not be selling — we would not sell a part of your interest in Berkshire at a price which we did not feel was adequate for the present shareholders. It’s that simple.

If we sell 1 percent of the company, and 350,000 shares is close to that figure of B, we are selling 1 percent of your ownership in See’s Candy. We’re selling 1 percent of your ownership in GEICO. We’re selling 1 percent of your ownership in The Buffalo News. Those are all valuable assets.

We have no intention of selling 1 percent, or 10 percent, or the hundred percent of any of those entities at a price that is not fair to present shareholders.

That doesn’t mean it’s unfair to new shareholders, but we’re not going to — we would not be selling the stock if we thought it was undervalued.

I’m not sure what we would’ve done if we’d had that position when the unit trust came along. But we have — and put in the prospectus — but we are not selling any of our shares. Frequently, on a new offering you see present holders. But, you know, I have very close to 100 percent of my net worth in Berkshire and it leaves me quite happy.

I’ve got a trust I run set up in 1964. I’m the sole trustee. I can do anything in that trust I want. And I’m freed by the person who set up the trust of responsibility for a concentration of investments. And I have some members of my family who are beneficiaries of that trust.

That trust owns nothing but Berkshire Hathaway stock. That doesn’t bother me at all. That — I’m not recommending purchase. But I’m perfectly happy owning Berkshire.

But we do not want — (applause) — we do not want people to think, when they buy into Berkshire, that they’re buying something that’s undervalued, because it’s not.

And we say in that fourth caveat on the prospectus that we want people to buy it only if they expect to be holders for a very long time.

Charlie and I expect to be holders for a very long time. And, in fact, you may see us up here sometime where we don’t know who the guy next to us is. (Laughter)

But we’ll put on an act, though. (Laughter) The — we —

You know, that is our attitude toward Berkshire. We do not want people to come in who think it’s going to be a hot stock or selling for more a year from now, because we don’t have the faintest idea whether it’s going to be selling for more or less a year from now. Never have had.

We do think that to the extent that Berkshire attracts a special class of shareholder that really looks at themselves as owning a part interest in a business, like they’d own a part of a farm or part of an apartment house, and they expect to hold it, really, for the rest of their lives, we think that it’s a perfectly sensible thing to do because we’re doing it ourselves. But we don’t want to go beyond that.

8. No plans for the Class B proceeds

WARREN BUFFETT: I’m not sure whether we got zone 4. Can we go back there?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is Gordon Shepherd (PH) from Montreal.

I wondered whether you had any plans for what to do with the money? (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, the answer to that is in the prospectus, but the — we have no immediate plans for the money. But we’ve faced that situation a number of times.

I mean, the money — the inflow of money and outflow of money should not be, in our view, attempted to be matched too carefully in this world, because you get investment and business opportunities at times that differ from the times that funds come in.

And one of the most important disciplines in running a business or managing investments is that — is to not get your — not to try to coordinate your actions simply with the availability of cash.

Over time, we found a way to use money. It’s much tougher for us to run 17 billion than it was when we had 20 million in the business. There’s no question about that. And we pointed that out many times. And it’ll get tougher still if we get larger, which I hope we do.

But the fact that, if 400 million comes in on this offering or whatever, that’s really no different than 400 million coming in in some other manner.

And when our float grows, we take in more money. When our earnings are retained, we take in more money. When we have — I forget what the check would’ve been on the Cap Cities transaction, but it was certainly well over a billion dollars that came in on a single day.

So, money’s fungible, and we have to keep looking for bigger and bigger things as we go along. And that’s what we do focus on.

But it doesn’t bother me to take it. It wouldn’t bother me if we weren’t taking it. It wouldn’t bother me if we took in three times as much. It doesn’t make a lot of difference.

And we will have — we — the constant challenge for Charlie and me is to allocate capital is we go along. And it’s a nice challenge. (Laughter)

9. Discouraging buyers with unreasonable expectations

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi there. Lee Debroff (PH), long-time shareholder, I think, going back a number of years now to when it was a little more intimate affair. Not quite sure whether I should look at you in the TV here or in real life, on stage. But anyway, I’m on the very right of you.

And I see all the guards around you, and I see all the security and that sort of thing. And then, I see this offering of the Class B. And I sort of wonder whether, from your perspective, you feel you might be in the same boat that the pope and the president are?

And I mean this absolutely sincerely, because I don’t think that you have, perhaps, as good a handle as some of us do on the renown that you carry outside of Omaha, Nebraska. People who have no idea what investments are about are fully aware of who you are.

And when they see this offering, I think you may find that there are substantially more people who are interested in just having a piece of you for the sake of saying they have a piece of you than having absolutely any idea what they’re doing.

And I notice that on — I try to read the fine print here — on page 14, first paragraph, second line, that you indicate some 50 million shares of Class B common stock may be offered.

And so, I’d like you to comment on this situation that you find yourself in, where you may be, perhaps, out of touch with the popularity that you have.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, my first reaction: maybe I should tell my barber we could save the clippings and sell them. (Laughter)

The — I don’t think it’s quite as extreme as you say.

But, you know, I — in relation to the 50 million first, we have to authorize enough shares, because we are going to allow every share of class A — or present common stock — but the class A, to convert to B.

So we have to have the shares authorized to take care of 30 times the present one point almost two million shares. So, 36 million shares, in effect, are reserved for the present common stock. And, as long as we were authorizing it —

Well, we need that much, or we wouldn’t have the shares actually available if everybody came around to convert. That’s not going to happen. But we still have to be prepared for it.

We have no plans to issue a lot of shares. The — but the point you mention, which I think you stressed a little more than I would’ve, but the — that is what we were worried about, in terms of the unit trusts.

There are people that think that it can all happen again from this kind of a base which, you know, is mathematically a joke. And Charlie and I would settle for one whole lot less, you know, right today.

And we have done everything we can — I mean, if we hadn’t done this, the unit trusts would’ve moved forward. And I think they would’ve cashed in on that phenomenon you suggested.

And in a few years, you know, it would not — I would’ve been in a somewhat different position because people can get very disillusioned if they have hopes that aren’t realized.

And we have done everything possible, I think, to filter out those who might have an unrealistic belief.

And everyone should read a prospectus before they buy shares, and —

I think we have tailored — we’ve designed what we’re doing about as well as we can to moderate that phenomenon you’re talking about. There may be a few come in but not too many.

Charlie, do you have any thoughts on that?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, if we only issue the amount we’re now talking about, it’s sort of a non-event around Berkshire. It’d be 1 percent —

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. It’s 1 percent.

CHARLIE MUNGER: — or something like that of the —

It solves the problem of these disreputable followers — (laughter) — and 1 percent, what does it matter? (Applause)

WARREN BUFFETT: Wait, you heard that remark, referring to Charlie earlier, about all I want to know is where I’m going to die, so I’ll never go there. (Laughter)

Well, we think about that, in terms — we believe in reverse engineering.

And how do we keep people from buying it, who really are going to be unhappy, you know, a few years later?

You know, it’s a little like singing country songs. You all — you should sing them backwards. That way, you get your home back and your auto back and — (laughter) — your wife back, and —

10. Almost like buying direct from Berkshire

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 6? Have we got —?

VOICE: There was a hand over here, wasn’t there? Here. Right here.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Good morning. I’m Rena Lowie (PH) from Chicago, proud to be here. At mic —

WARREN BUFFETT: Where are we? Oh, over here. OK.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I have a question that’s been asked me, and I really don’t know. Several people wanted to know if they could buy directly from the company.

WARREN BUFFETT: The answer to that is no. But Salomon Brothers is the underwriter of the issue. They have a hundred and, I think, 37-or-something broker-dealers, all — virtually all — the major ones in the country, in the selling group.

The cost to the company of doing this are really very, very low compared to any issue I’ve seen. When AT&T had their spinoff — or sale of Lucent — which was close to a $3 billion deal — you know, their percentage costs were more than double what our costs will be, for example, on this offering of Berkshire.

So, it’s almost as if you’re buying it — a Class B holder — is buying it from us, in terms of the, what I would call the frictional costs involved of getting the issue done. In fact, if we handled it ourselves, it might cost more.

But the company, itself, is not a broker-dealer. And it’s — it would require a whole group of different hoops to jump through in order to have a direct issue. It will be sold only through broker-dealers.

11. All-Berkshire mutual fund for retirement plans?

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 7?

This will come in from another room. Here we are.

VOICE: There aren’t any questions in zone 7.

WARREN BUFFETT: No questions in zone 7. Zone 8?

VOICE: No questions from zone 8.

WARREN BUFFETT: OK. Then, we’ll go back to zone 1.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mike Rocker (PH) from Flint, Michigan, God’s country.

I noticed in the press, when this issue of the unit trust was going on, that there apparently also were some people trying to form mutual funds to carry Berkshire stock, which I kind of thought was a good idea, because there’s one potential class of Berkshire owners that could only own Berkshire stock via either an open-end mutual fund or a closed-end mutual fund.

And that is those thousands of teachers and hospital employees whose future retirement money is in 403(b) plans that are limited to investing in mutual funds only. And so, I wonder if, first of all, if you were aware of that? And if so, if you considered that? And if not, if you might?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, the answer is I wasn’t aware of that. So it wasn’t considered.

There are, of course, some mutual funds that own Berkshire shares. But there’s no all-Berkshire fund, outstanding.

I would say this: that if the law was set up to, in some way, to restrict investments of this group you’re talking about to options that involve mutual funds but that don’t involve individual stocks, I would think it might even be regarded as a way around it, if a fund owned nothing but one stock.

Because, if you can’t buy General Motors directly under, I assume, the relevant rules or statutes on that, it would seem that a fund that owned nothing but General Motors might be regarded as a way of getting around that.

But the answer is that it was not considered. I don’t know where the rules are derived, whether there — whether they can be changed by some organization or they’re part of some statute.

But if they’re part of some organization, by a vote of their directors, they might be able to allow purchase of individual stocks within those plans that you describe. But if not, it does seem to me that an all one-stock fund is — might be regarded as simply a way around the rules.

12. Suggestion for Class B symbol

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Alan Rank, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Have you determined what the symbol will be for the Class B?

WARREN BUFFETT: The symbol? No, we haven’t.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: May I make a suggestion? As a broker, the stocks that have come out and given theirselves Class A and Class B cause massive confusion.

If there’d be any way to make symbol something like BRB and just keep it a simple, three-letter symbol, it aids people both in following it on the tape on CNBC. As brokers, four-letter symbols on the New York restrict a lot of things we can do as far as punching them in.

If there’s any way you could keep the symbol for the B a simple one, two or three-letter symbol, it would be greatly appreciated.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, thanks for the suggestion. Now, the exchange has generally been exceptionally cooperative in trying to work with us. I mean, a 10-share trading unit is no piece of cake for them.

And I’m sure, at times, that they have wished we were a little more like some of the other companies that list on the exchange. But they’ve been very cooperative and helpful. And we are — they’ll — they listen to things we suggest. We listen to things they suggest.

So, we will try to do whatever facilitates things at the exchange and the reporting of prices. And it’s nothing we will try to impose on them, believe me.

I have no favorite name that I’m looking for. So, we’ll see what they — what ideas they have. And we’ll include that suggestion.

13. Not expecting big change in Class B offering size

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Paula Finster (PH) from Tulsa, Oklahoma. Very glad to be here. I’m one of those few second generation, finally finagled a ticket out of my dad. (Clears throat)

Three years ago —

WARREN BUFFETT: Her dad has a soda fountain, incidentally. If you’re ever in Tulsa, be sure to see him. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: He certainly does. And you’re certainly invited to come back. (Laughter)

I was here three years ago for the movie theater. And considering the growth — I know you won’t leave your beloved Omaha — but maybe you could build a stadium with — that’s covered — (laughter) — considering the growth — (Buffett laughs) — with adequate parking. (Laughter)

Here’s my question. You said there’s going to be unlimited offering, as much as they want. This question is not designed to get a rise out of Mr. Munger, however —

WARREN BUFFETT: That’s not easy to do. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Understood, considering the bridge game of yesterday.

Anyway, my question is, you’re authorizing up to 1 percent. What happens if it goes bananas, as zone 5 suggested, and it goes greater?

You said this 1 percent is yours. Is the next 1 percent yours? Is the next 1 percent ours? Do — I know we are limited partners. And you’re a controlling partner. But how far does this ballgame go?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, in terms of the size of the offering, it — whatever the size of the offering, it affects everybody economically the same. I mean, our shares are no different than the ones than the people in this room.

So, we do not care, from an economic standpoint, whether the issue turns out to be approximately 1 percent or whether it was 1 1/2 or 3/4 of 1 percent.

It simply — as long as we’re not selling the stock below its true value, we are not going to be hurt by it. So, that —it’s inconsequential to us. We’re not going to be helped in any significant way by a large sale.

The — it would appear, to me —we’re just a few days away from the offering, and it’s been out there awhile.

So, I would doubt if there’s huge changes. But I don’t know the answer to that. I mean, that could depend on what happens in the general stock market.

But I don’t think you’ll see any huge change in the offering. If there were a big change, we, obviously, would very promptly let the SEC know. The SEC has wanted us, as we have seen changes in demand as we’ve gone along, promptly change the size of the offering. And the covering page gets modified.

And we’ve done that. Every day as indications come along, we’ve tried to be responsive to their instructions on that. And the 350,000 shares is our best estimate, as of last Friday, and —

We’ll look at it the next day or two. But I don’t think it’s going to change dramatically. I don’t know, though. I don’t want to — I’m giving you a definitive answer on that. But it’s just my — it’s a strong impression. Thank you.

14. Only Class B questions

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mike Assail (PH) from New York City with a question for Charlie —

WARREN BUFFETT: Good.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: — about his investment models.

I’d like to know the most useful models on industry consolidation, vertical integration, and models which explain the special cases when it makes sense to invest in retailing stocks —

WARREN BUFFETT: Ah, well, I think —

AUDIENCE MEMBER: — and if —

WARREN BUFFETT: — I don’t want to interrupt you now, but I think we’ll save those to the general question and answer. This is only on the issuance of the Class B right now.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Oh. Sorry, sorry.

WARREN BUFFETT: But we’re glad to have that question later on.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Sorry.

WARREN BUFFETT: It’ll give Charlie time to figure out the answer for one thing. (Laughter and applause)

We’ll go through all of the questions regarding the Class B. And, then, we’ll have a vote on the class —authorization of the Class B. And, then, we’ll get into general questions and answers.

15. Do B shares penalize Class A shareholders?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Sir —

WARREN BUFFETT: Somebody over there — we’ll take another one from zone 4 if there’s somebody — monitor.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mark Findidi (PH) from Connecticut. I’ll apologize ahead. This isn’t meant to be an impudent question or — in any way, shape, or form.

Do you think that the issuance of the B, in any way, might — in an effort to protect the folks who might be out there suckered in by the trust, if you will — in any way penalizes the A shareholders, either, one — or might penalize them — either, one, financially or, two, philosophically in the BRK experience?

I don’t mean that in any kind of elitist fashion, because I don’t think you’ve ever propagated that. BRK doesn’t propagate that. But clearly, there’s a room full of people — or rooms full of people — who have made a commitment financially to show that their philosophy is with you. Does that get diminished?

The other part of the question is the trusts, as you portrayed them, didn’t sound terribly attractive. In a longer term, would they, perhaps, have ultimately failed as folks realize that they hadn’t gotten into what they thought?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, they might’ve. But I think the rub off would’ve been on us rather than the promoters of the trust — might’ve been on the promoters, too. But in terms of the failure of the trust, I don’t mean failure in an absolute sense, but in terms of disappointing their investors.

I really think if tens of thousands or hundreds of thousands of people had come into something that was sold as being an all-Berkshire-type trust, if people came away disappointed in some years, I think they would tend to project that disappointment upon Berkshire fully as much as the promoter who sold the trust, who they might not even be able to find at that time.

The first question, you know, this — I don’t think — we wouldn’t be doing this if we thought it would hurt present shareholders, we — as much as we might detest something else that was going on. And we designed it so it — we felt that it wouldn’t hurt present shareholders.

In terms of them having a philosophy — the new shareholders having a philosophy similar to the present ones — we’ve tried to filter those out coming in.

But I intend, after the offering, to send out a booklet, you know, kind of like freshmen at college, you know, orientation, greetings to Siwash U.

And we’ll send it to everybody, new shareholders and the old shareholders, explaining our philosophy, just as an orientation course on the company. And we’ll get that out, probably, in a month or so after the offering settles down.

I don’t see any reason that — you know, Berkshire has evolved over a long period of time. We had 12 shareholders at the annual meeting 15 years ago. And it — we seem to be able to retain the same class and group of shareholders, in terms of people who really understand the business. It’s a different group than you find at other companies.

And I think we can — as long as we’ve had this filter in effect, operating as new people join us, I think we can keep it.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yeah. If the offering went wild and you issued 3 percent of the company, new, you’re also taking in a billion-odd dollars. It is a — it’s a non-event for us. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: He’s very excitable. Don’t say anything to him. (Laughter)

16. Berkshire can’t match previous gains

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Ed Johnson (PH) from Park City, Utah.

As you receive the proceeds of the Class B sale and generate other cash, are you seeing opportunities out in the marketplace to continue to provide the kinds of returns that we’ve been fortunate enough to experience in the past?

WARREN BUFFETT: With or without the sale of the B, we don’t see things to do that can maintain anything close to the average returns of the past. We’ve tried to convey that.

And it becomes a mathematical absurdity. Money just won’t compound at that rate in this world, absent extraordinary inflation. It certainly won’t compound in real terms.

So, absent the issue of the B, we are not looking at them. We’re not seeing things. We’re not hoping to find things that match some of the things that we have found in the past, relative to the capital base we’ve had in the past.

But we have that problem with or without the B. And it has not changed in any, even very minor degree, by the issuance of the B.

We are looking for things all of the time. Anytime we find anything that makes sense to us, we will do it.

The harder part is to make sure that we don’t do something when we don’t find something that makes sense. I mean, that’s the bigger worry.

And when we find them, you know, they’ll come along. And you never have — you never know when it’s going to happen.

We run into businesses — I described a little bit of that in the annual report — almost by accident that we’ve had — contracted to make one purchase this year. The people who run it are here today. And it came about because I was attending a birthday party. And, you know, I’ll go to more in the future. (Laughter)

So, things have not ended around here. We’ll find interesting things to do over time. But they can’t remotely be as profitable as the things we’ve found in the past, simply because of the large capital base.

17. Not expecting volume spike for B shares

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 6?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi. I’m Matt Zuckerman from Miami.

I don’t know, I think Charlie is the same class as Ev Dirksen. You know, $3 billion, we’ll soon be talking about real money. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: The two questions I have, basically, are, one — number one, referring to the gentleman over here before who commented on your popularity, which will definitely affect the stock, don’t you think —?

And the second part of that is that even my wife’s beautician has put in for some shares of this stock, and he represents a small tip of a large group who are probably doing the same thing on the one hand, so that there’s going to be a large popular demand for the stock, which probably is not reflected in the numbers that the selling brokers are getting from institutions.

And number two, mutual funds themselves, in order to lend some panache or glamour or whatever to their portfolios will certainly be sucking up Berkshire stock after this.

And have you taken all of this into consideration when you decided upon the number of shares to go — that you’re sending out, number one?

And number two, that the reaction, at least in the first 14 days, of the public to the shares, which will probably be in the range of $1,100, might not send the B shares up high enough to make a very, very interesting spike in the price of the A stock.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I — we’ve considered what you’re talking about. I think that the issue has been well enough publicized that the demand will largely be reflected on the books of the underwriter in a day or two.

And I see no reason at all for a spike in the stock. I mean, the way we’ve designed it should really prevent that. We — and we tell people not to expect it.

If any institution wants to buy it, if any individual wants to buy it, they’re going to have a chance to do it.

And I don’t see any reason why there should be some huge influx of people immediately subsequent to the offering that didn’t hear about it during the offering period.

It’s interesting. I think most of the demand will be retail and smaller holdings, not so much institutional.

The — most new offerings are done in a manner where the idea is to have far more demand than supply, and therefore cause people to, maybe, order stock they didn’t even want, and just on the idea that this restricted supply will cause a big jump the first day, whether, you know — you’ve seen Yahoo or a number of other offerings.

I think — I don’t personally like that sort of distribution arrangement because you’ll find that 30 to 40 percent of the issue will, perhaps, trade the first day. Well, I think — and, perhaps, at a lot higher price.

I think there’s something a little wrong with that kind of an offering, because the company obviously isn’t getting the proceeds that are equivalent to what people are willing to pay. And favored customers get the chance to flip the stock and really are getting paid an exorbitant underwriting fee themselves, even though they’re called purchasers, because they sell it the first day.

We will be very interested in seeing the volume in the B stock the first couple of days, relative to the amount of the issuance.

And I will be disappointed and I’ll be surprised if the trading volume in the B stock the first couple days, related to whatever the size of the issue is, turns out to be anywhere near as high as with most new issues.

I think that we will have a better success in finding people who really want to own it and who did not buy it to flip it, I think, by this method of distribution. But we’ll have a test of that. We will see what happens in trading volume.

And I invite you to look at the volume and compare it to the amount we issue and, then, look at that relative to other new issues this year and just see how successful we were in finding real investors rather than people who were buying it to sell it to somebody else the next day.

18. Buffett’s visibility and safety concerns

WARREN BUFFETT: Let’s see, was that zone 6? I guess we go to zone 1.

(Long pause)

CHARLIE MUNGER (quietly to Buffett): Maybe we can vote.

WARREN BUFFETT (quietly to Munger): Yeah, but I don’t want to cut off —

VOICE: Uh —

WARREN BUFFETT: Charlie says maybe we can vote, but I do — I want people to have their questions — (Applause)

It just encourages him when you do that. (Laughter)

I want to be sure people get their questions answered on this. I don’t want to prolong it beyond —

If you feel your question has been 95 percent answered by an earlier question, I hope you’ll skip asking it.

But we do want to have people that have questions about it answered, because I can tell by commentary and letters I’ve received that some people have genuine concerns. Yes?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My concern — oh, my name is Jan Anglin (PH). I’m from Southern Indiana. And this is my first Berkshire meeting.

WARREN BUFFETT: Good.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I did have a concern about the B shares that’s less business and more — I guess it would be concerned with your and Mr. Munger’s personal safety.

I often see your picture in the newspaper. And I certainly don’t mind seeing it on financial magazines, but now, it’s kind of, like, proliferating. I don’t like the idea that you are so visible. (Laughter)

That bothers me. It’s — I mean, do you understand what I’m saying?

WARREN BUFFETT: No. I understand exactly.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: This isn’t —

WARREN BUFFETT: It’s occurred to me. (Laughter)

I appreciate that, and I — but the answer is there’s no other way, I mean, if —

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK.

WARREN BUFFETT: — over time

AUDIENCE MEMBER: But can —

WARREN BUFFETT: — in terms of what happens. And —

AUDIENCE MEMBER: So —

WARREN BUFFETT: — as it grows, you get more visible, basically.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Oh, I know. But along with the B shares and things, can you, kind of, like, be quotable but less available for photos? (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I normally am. I — if you’ve noticed, in terms of interviews or anything of the sort, I do not do them. I’ve been invited to go on all of the news shows. And I, basically, don’t do it.

Frankly, with the shareholders, I feel differently about this group. I’m delighted to see everybody come here. And I enjoy getting together with the shareholders. (Applause)

I think the real protection is, if we’d done something that had caused the stock to balloon way up and then come way down, I might have had to be a little more careful. (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: I think she has a very good idea. Having seen that acting — (Laughter)

I think hereafter, maybe you should be the voice of Mickey Mouse. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: I do appreciate the sentiment out of everybody. And there is a — it is unavoidable, to a fair degree. Although, Charlie may have thought I wasn’t pushed into those acting jobs.

19. Class A “forever” convertible to Class B

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: This Joe Greer (PH) from Omaha, Nebraska of all places. (Laughter)

Regarding the conversion privilege, is there a time limit on the converting from the A to a B?

WARREN BUFFETT: No. That’s a good — I’m glad you asked that question.

The first five days or so after issuance — business days — there’s no conversion. But after that, you’ll be able to convert until judgment day. It’s forever convertible from A to B. But it’s not convertible from B to A.

So there’s no need to convert it until you have a reason to do so. It — and as I’ve pointed out, there’s a very slight disadvantage in converting. And I wouldn’t — until I had a need, I would not convert it.

20. How to convert Class A shares to B

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Scott Dowling from Redmond, Washington.

Kind of related to this question, as an A shareholder, I can only see really two reasons to convert A shares into B shares, one of them being gifting reasons.

In regard to that, how does one convert A shares into B?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. That — yeah, there are instructions on that in the proxy statement as to how that — I guess it’s in the annual report, too, that it describes how to do it.

But, basically, you get in touch with the Bank of Boston to do that and proceed from there. Or if you have your shares with a broker, you would instruct your broker to do it.

21. Class B price meant to discourage unreasonable expectations

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Good morning. I’m Ruth Owades from San Francisco.

I wondered, how did you decide that the ratio of the Bs should be 30-to-1 instead of 300-to-1 or something in between?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. We wanted to have something that was roughly — would trade, initially, at least, in the thousand-dollar range.

We thought it very unlikely that anyone would find it commercially feasible to set up a trust that offered units that were denominated much below that.

So, that’s as low as we felt we had to go. And we did not want to signal, in any way, that, you know, some sort of last chance, or something like that, to get in for some very low sum for people that, you know, just had some wishes that they could turn a hundred dollars into 100,000 or something.

I get letters from people that, you know, think that somehow that can be done. It can’t be done.

And we don’t want to appeal subliminally or any other way to people who harbor those hopes.

I’m sympathetic with them. But we don’t have the answer to that. So, we went down to the level to match the unit trusts.

22. B shares will increase book value, but not intrinsic value

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5?

We’ll try and do — we’ll try to end the questions on the B fairly soon. But I don’t want anybody that feels that they’ve got a — got some reservations about this — not to have a shot at asking their question.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is Bob McClure (PH). I live in Singapore.

And the way I figure it, the sale of the B shares at the price they will probably be sold, will give an immediate boost to the book value of Berkshire Hathaway. So, as far as I’m concerned, the more the merrier.

Can you give us your thinking on that, the accounting treatment, how this will affect the book value of Berkshire?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, any sell — shares we sell at the equivalent per A share of in the range of 33,000 or thereabouts, where the stock is selling now, will increase the book value per share.

But that does not mean it increases the intrinsic value per share.

I’ve said many times in the report, we use book value as a proxy in tracking movement of intrinsic value. But it does not represent anything like intrinsic value per share.

And the key is not what it does to book value per share, but what it does to intrinsic value per share. And, you know, we believe the intrinsic value is materially higher than the book value.

We don’t spoil your fun by ever giving you a number. But — (laughter) — we do not regard the fact that it increases the book value per share as being any kind of a determinant in deciding to issue the shares.

But it will have that consequence mathematically. The key is the relation to intrinsic value.

23. “The facts are out on what we do”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 6?

VOICE: I think there was a question over here.

WARREN BUFFETT: Any questions in six?

VOICE: Behind you.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Your problem seems to be that you’ve attracted a fair number of potential shareholders that don’t have a way of estimating intrinsic value or developing expectations about what Berkshire’s future prospects are.

Now, do you have any suggestions about how they might do that, short of the general guidance that you can’t continue to compound your intrinsic value at the same high rate that you have in the past because of your asset base, and that you don’t believe the share is undervalued?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Well, we’ll probably talk more in the general question and answer period about our various businesses, but we simply try to give you all of the information about our businesses in a large, general way that Charlie and I consider important and that we would want if our positions were reversed.

I can assure you that if all Charlie and I knew about our businesses, what we’ve publicly disclosed, it would not change our estimates from what they might be from being intimately involved with the businesses. The facts are out regarding what we do.

So, you are in the same position to the extent that you have followed our kind of businesses and understand industry conditions and all of that.

And we’ll continue to do that. We essentially regard you as our partners. And we tell — we try to tell you exactly what we, as partners, would want to know if you were running the place. And we’ll continue to do that.

We won’t tell you a number because we don’t know the number. We have a range in our mind. Things change that range over time. And we’d probably get in all kinds of trouble if we tried to put out that range.

And Charlie and I would not come up with exactly the same range. But they’d be pretty close. We’ll talk more about that a little later.

24. Shareholders approve Class B shares

WARREN BUFFETT: We do have questions now from zone 7 and 8 in the other room. So, we’ll take on zone 7, please.

VOICE: I guess you’ve answered our questions in seven.

WARREN BUFFETT: Oh, took care of zone 7. How about zone 8?

VOICE: No questions from zone 8.

WARREN BUFFETT: Oh, OK. (Applause)

I think, at this point, we can move on to general questions after we have this vote.

And then, if you have another question or two that comes up during the general question and answer period, I’ll be glad to — we’ll be glad to work those in at that time.

So, we are now at the point: is there a motion to adopt the board of directors’ recommendation?

WALTER SCOTT JR.: I move the adoption of the amendment to the fourth article of the restated certificate of incorporation that’s set forth in exhibit A of the company’s proxy statement for this meeting.

VOICE: I second the motion.

WARREN BUFFETT: The motion has been made and seconded to adopt the proposed amendment to the certificate of incorporation. It says here, “Is there any discussion?” but I’m not going to say that. We are ready to act upon the motion.

If there are any shareholders voting in person, they should now mark their ballot on the proposed amendment to the certificate of incorporation and allow the ballots to be delivered to the inspector of elections.

Would the proxy holders please also submit to the inspector of elections a ballot on the proposed amendment, voting the proxies in accordance with the instructions they have received?

Mr. Fitzsimmons, when you’re ready, you may give your report.

ROBERT M. FITZSIMMONS: My report is ready. The ballot of the proxy holders received through last Friday cast not less than 970,495 votes in favor of the proposed amendment. That number far exceeds the majority of the number of all shares outstanding.

The certification required by Delaware law regarding the precise count of the votes, including the votes cast in person at this meeting, will be given to the secretary to be placed with the minutes of this meeting.

WARREN BUFFETT: Thank you, Mr. Fitzsimmons.

The amendment to the certificate of incorporation, as set forth in exhibit A to the proxy statement for this meeting, is approved.

After adjournment of the business meeting, I will respond to questions that you may have that relate to the business Berkshire but do not call for any action at this meeting.

Anyone have any further business to come before this meeting before we adjourn? If not, I recognize Mr. Walter Scott Jr. to place a motion before the meeting.

WALTER SCOTT JR.: I move this meeting be adjourned.

VOICE: I second the motion.

WARREN BUFFETT: The motion to adjourn has been made and seconded. We will vote by voice. Is there any discussion? If not, all in favor say, “Aye.”

VOICES: Aye.

WARREN BUFFETT: All opposed say, “No.” The meeting’s adjourned. (Applause)

25. Berkshire is more than its breakup value

WARREN BUFFETT: Now we’ll to move to a — to general questions. And we’ll do it by the same zone system.

As I said earlier, any of you are free, obviously, to leave at any time. We will break formally at noon and reconvene about 15 minutes later, after you’ve all had a chance to buy a sandwich, and you can — (Laughter).

Those in the other rooms can come in here. And we will go from then until about 3 o’clock.

So, we’ll start in with zone 1.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I’m Will Jacks (PH) from Chicago. I’m sort of representing Benjamin Graham today, the question he might ask.

You talked earlier about how you — about the value of your shares, the A shares, let’s say, because the B is tied to the A.

But — and I know it — I don’t expect a complete answer, but generally, how would you go about placing a value on the A shares?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Well, that’s obviously a key question. As I’ve said, we try to give you the information.

But I think people, to the extent they’ve made a mistake in the past in valuing Berkshire — and they have made this mistake over time, including many commentators, including some institutions — is to look at it as simply a breakup value to our businesses.

I mean, you know, you can — you could do the same with General Electric, we — a magnificently run operation by Jack Welch. But I don’t think the way you should look at a business like General Electric is to think about what would happen if they sold each division today, paid the taxes, and then distributed the proceeds.

And that has tended to be the case with many people looking at Berkshire, looking at it on a static basis. And that is not the way that Charlie and I have looked at it over time.

It lends itself a little more to that kind of analysis because we have a lot of money in marketable securities. But we have a lot of money in other things, too.

And the question of Berkshire, in valuing the intrinsic of any business, of course, is what is going to be the stream of cash over many years in the future — in fact, all of the years in the future, discounted back at an appropriate interest rate. I’ve talked about that in the past in the annual report.

Berkshire is a collection of businesses. And some of which we own in their entirety, some of which we own part of. And some of those businesses have very interesting dynamics to them.

And they — the value of our insurance business, for example, if you go back 26 — what was it? Twenty-eight years or so since we — 29, I guess — since we bought it from Jack Ringwalt. We paid 8.7 million, I believe, 8.4 — 8.7 million for two companies that Jack controlled.

If you had the foresight at that time to — and I didn’t, but — if you had the foresight at that time to see what that would develop out of that insurance business, you would’ve come to the conclusion that their value to us was going to be far, far greater than the value at which they were then carried on our balance sheet. They were part of a business which had enormous potential.

And that’s been, probably, the most significant asset that’s been developed at Berkshire. But right now, we have over seven — right at 7 billion — over 7 billion — of float that’s been developed from our insurance business.

We couldn’t foresee that 25 or 30 years ago. But it would’ve been a big mistake to think in terms of the book value of that business being representative of its actual value to us over time, if it was run right.

And that situation probably prevails today.

So, it’s a — Berkshire is a group of, on balance, very fine businesses to which we hope to add.

The intrinsic value will be affected by the job we do in allocating capital. It’ll be affected by the job our managers do in running their businesses. It’ll be affected by some items that we don’t foresee now and, perhaps, have no control over.

But it is not measured, essentially, by what we could sell each separate business for and pay the tax on now. We haven’t run it that way. We’ve run it so that we get the use of a lot of capital at very low cost.

Between deferred taxes and our insurance float, we have some 12 billion or so on the liability side that we think will be a very low cost. And that’s — doesn’t show as an asset, but it can be quite valuable.

Charlie, you want to —?

CHARLIE MUNGER: No. I don’t think I’ve got anything to add to that.

WARREN BUFFETT: Oh. I was all set to write it down, too. (Laughter)

26. Buybacks at what appear to be high stock prices

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2, please.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, Mr. Munger, I’m Tim Medley from Jackson, Mississippi.

My question is an allocation of capital one. You’ve indicated that one thing you like in companies is a willingness on the part of management to repurchase its own shares.

I wonder if you would talk for a minute about your own frame of reference on repurchases when it appears that the current price of the stock is rich in relation to its intrinsic value.

And some have said that, with the right company, ongoing repurchases of stock should be made, irrespective of the price.

So, would you speak for a moment, as to how you think it pencils out when the current price of the stock is rich in relation to its intrinsic value?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. If you’re repurchasing shares above a rationally calculated intrinsic value, you are harming your shareholders, just as if you issue shares beneath that figure, you are harming your shareholders.

That’s a truism. Now, the tough part of that, of course, is coming up with the intrinsic value.

And, for example — a good example might be Coca-Cola.

I think a number of people might have thought Coca-Cola was repurchasing shares at a very high price, because they’ll look at book value or P/E ratios. But there’s a lot more to intrinsic value than book value and P/E ratios. And anytime anybody gives you some simplified formula for figuring it out, forget it.

You have to understand the business. The people who understood that business well, the management, have understood and been very forthright about saying so over the years, that by repurchasing their shares, they are adding to the value per share for remaining shareholders.

And like I say, people who didn’t understand Coca-Cola, or who thought mechanistic methods of valuation could — should take precedence, really misjudged the value to the Coca-Cola Company of those repurchases.

So we favor — when you have a wonderful business — we favor using funds that are generated out of that business to make the business even more wonderful. And we favor repurchasing shares if those shares are below intrinsic value.

And I would say that if it’s a really wonderful business, we probably come up with higher intrinsic values than most people do.

We have great respect, Charlie and I with — I think it’s developed over the years — we have enormous respect for the power of a really outstanding business. And we recognize how scarce they are. And if a management wishes to further intensify our ownership by repurchasing shares, we applaud.

We own — we just went over 8 percent of the Coca-Cola Company, probably, in the last three or so months, by a very tiny fraction. But we had a second purchase one time.

But our percentage interest in the Coca-Cola Company has gone up significantly through their repurchases. And we are better off because they have bought those shares at what looked like, to some people, perhaps, high prices. And we thought they were wrong at the time, and I think now it’s been indicated or proven.

So, I urge you, if you’re trying to decide on the wisdom of repurchases, or of share issuances, that you don’t think in terms of book value. You don’t think in terms of specific P/Es. You don’t think in terms of any little model.

But you think in terms of what would you really, A, pick businesses you can understand and, then, think what you really would pay to be in those businesses. And that’s what counts over time, is whether the repurchases are made at a discount from that figure.

And I would say with the companies that we own shares in, we — our interest in GEICO went from 33 or so percent to 50 percent over a 15-year or so period, simply through repurchases. And we benefitted significantly.

So, did every other shareholder, I might add, that stayed with the company. And we benefited in no way disproportionate to them.

But that was a very wise action on their part. And there too, they were all — usually buying that stock at at least double book value. And you could compare it to other insurance stocks and say, “Well, that’s too much to pay.”

But GEICO wasn’t an insurance company that was comparable to other insurance companies. It was a very different sort of business. And they were very wise, in my view, to be following that course of action.

Charlie? No?

27. B shares won’t dilute value of A shares

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3?

VOICE: That’s you.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Oh, sorry. I’m Elaine Cohen (PH) from San Diego.

I’m a little confused about how the B shares are going to be moving if they’re at 1/30th of the A shares when they get out on the market.

Are they always going to be 1/30th of the A shares? And if they are, is that going to dilute the earnings of the A shares? Could you just explain that?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. It won’t dilute the earnings or value of the A shares as long as we use the money reasonably effectively that is produced.

As I mentioned earlier, if it happens to be 1 percent, you’ll own 1 percent less of all these other things — on the other hand, will have close to $400 million more of cash. So, it will not — in our view, it will not dilute the value of the A.

I expect, over time, that the B, a very large percentage of the time, will be selling very close to a 30th. But it could sell for less than that ratio. It can’t sell for any significant amount more than that ratio, or arbitrage will eat away at any slight premium. I think that takes care of that.

28. No “secret formulas” for Wells Fargo

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, my name is Hugh Stephenson. I’m a shareholder from Atlanta, Georgia.

My question involves the company’s interest in Wells Fargo. As you know, Wells Fargo, like most banks, has a very expensive branch system for deposit-gathering and servicing their customers.

As I guess you know, they also have moved more into branches in supermarkets and in online banking that seems to have the potential to very significantly reduce their costs, relative to the branch system.

Would you comment on how you think that might play out and how significant it might be?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, the question — you’re right. Wells Fargo has been a leader in moving into supermarkets. They’ve got a couple different formats they’ve used. And they’ve been a — they’ve certainly been a leader in the online banking services.

Unfortunately, in banking, you know, it’s a little hard to have any secret formulas. Coca-Cola has 7X down there in the vaults of the, what used to be the Trust Company of Georgia, now SunTrust. But in the banking business, anything you do, your competitors can copy.

Nevertheless, there’s a — there is an advantage. And sometimes it can be a quite — a significant advantage in being first and learning more about different distribution methods. And I think Wells Fargo has done a terrific job in learning that.

I think they’ve got some advantages. They — but they aren’t advantages that other people can’t work at copying and chipping away at.

But it’s a good management. They’ve done a very good job of seizing on that particular trend in supermarkets.

And as such, they are — they have the potential, perhaps, for having a relatively low-cost deposit-gathering operation. And every other bank in the world will be looking, noticing how that works, not only there but at other banks, to figure out whether they can copy it.

Charlie? OK.

29. GEICO benefits from being entirely owned by Berkshire

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name’s Alan Parsow from Omaha.

Berkshire has increased the rate of growth in its insurance float in excess of 20 percent a year since 1967.

In regards to GEICO, its rate of growth, what is its historic rate of growth been in its insurance float? And what impact will it have on the rate of growth in the overall Berkshire insurance float?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I would say that GEICO is a huge plus to Berkshire. Now, we owned 50 percent of it before. I mean, we’ve had a — we’ve benefitted from our GEICO investment in a big way, ever since 1976. So, it’s not entirely a new benefit that’s coming in.

We paid a good price for GEICO, but it is a terrific company. It has outstanding management. It has a low-cost method of distribution, which is very difficult for people to — I mean, everybody wants to have that. But they — very few come close to it.

The management is focused on bringing costs down even further and widening that competitive moat.

GEICO — I personally think that, just from what I see, that GEICO — I would think GEICO’s growth rate is likely to be greater, at least, in the future, that I can see, over where it has been in the past. But it’s been perfectly satisfactory in the past.

I think there are some advantages to it being part of Berkshire, in that there are costs attached to bringing new business on the books. And we care not at all about reported quarterly earnings.

GEICO was relatively insensitive to those before. And that’s a compliment when I say that. But they had some more pressure on them in respect to reported earnings than they will have, as part of Berkshire.

And I think there’s some really big opportunities, in terms of what can be done with GEICO as part of Berkshire.

So, I think five years from now, you’ll be very happy with the fact that we own a hundred percent of GEICO.

And I think you will see that as marvelous a company as GEICO was independently — as an independent company — it will flourish maybe even a bit more as being part of Berkshire.

Not because we bring anything to the party. I mean, the management will continue to run it autonomously. But there’s — there are some advantages for it in being part of a larger enterprise.

30. Berkshire businesses worth more than book value

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 6.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, my name is Steven Tuchner. I’m a shareholder from Toronto, Canada. And my question concerns the valuation of Berkshire shares.

Given the large number and dollar size of the private businesses recorded at historic cost, which Berkshire owns, shouldn’t the multiple to book that the stock trades at, essentially, expand over time to reflect the increases in intrinsic value of the private holdings?

And I cite Buffalo News on the books at, essentially, I think around zero. And even GEICO now will be on the books at, probably, between 3 and 4 billion — worth more than that — as examples of the disparity between intrinsic value and book value?

WARREN BUFFETT: Most of the businesses that we own all of, or at least 80 percent of, are carried on the books at considerably less than they’re now worth.

And with some of them, it’s dramatic, although it’s not dramatic compared to a $40 billion total market valuation for Berkshire. It’s dramatic relative to the carrying price.

Because when we bought See’s Candy for an effective $25 million in 1972, it was earning 4 million, pretax. It earned over 50 million, pretax, last year. When we bought the Buffalo News, it was making nothing. Paid 30 and a fraction million. And it’s now earning, maybe, 45 million. And we’ve got a number of businesses. And GEICO’s worth more than we carry it for because of the accounting peculiarities of the first 50 percent.

So, it is true that, overwhelmingly, our businesses are worth something more than intrinsic value — than book value — and, in many cases, very substantially more, although that’s reflected in the market price of our stock.

I don’t think you can go from year to year and trace the intrinsic value precisely by changes in book value. We use changes in book value as a very rough guide as to movement, and sometimes I comment.

There have been certain annual reports where I’ve said our intrinsic values grew more than the proportional change in book value, and there’s been others where I’ve said I thought it was roughly the same.

So, I don’t think you can use it as a — stick some multiplier on it and come up with a precise guide — a precise number. But I do think it’s a guide to movement.

Our insurance business, though, is the most dramatic case of dollar difference between book value and intrinsic value. I mean, the number has gotten very big over time there. I personally think it will tend to get bigger, because I think GEICO will grow, and I think our other businesses will do well.

The trick, of course, is to take the new capital as it comes along — and not from the issuance of the B, because that’s relatively small compared to the amount of capital we will just generate from operations.

Our float will grow from year to year. Our earnings will be retained. And we’ve got to go out and find things to do that three or five years from now that people say, “Well, that’s worth more than the book value.” And that’s a job. It’s a tougher job than it was. But it’s kind of fun.

31. Not expecting B shares to affect price of A shares

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 7?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. My name is Jim Elliot (PH). I’m from Minneapolis.

I wonder if you could help me with an upside scenario where the B shares, after they’re issued, are limited and there’s not a significant reissue afterwards. The A shareholders are somewhat reluctant to convert. And you have a run on the B shares where, let’s say, it goes to $2,000 a share.

Do we then have the tail wagging the dog, where the 2,000 command a $60,000 price on the A shares? And, you know, what — does the — this arbitrage take care of that? Or —

WARREN BUFFETT: Well —

AUDIENCE MEMBER: — what do we do in that case?

WARREN BUFFETT: If there is demand for the B that pushes the price up somewhat, it will produce conversion from the A. I mean, the only way the B will be able to get — we’ll just pick a figure — if it were to get to $1,200 — there is no way that the A could be selling appreciably below 36,000.

And I don’t think — I think that introducing the B into the equation, may mean — it will mean — that there will be some people who like a lower denomination stock and come in.

But it takes a lot of that to, in an appreciable way, affect $40 billion worth of what is now A stock.

So, you know, if there were incremental demand of a hundred million dollars a year or something like that, that’s a little more than the demand that might otherwise go into the A. But I do not see it producing anything in the way of a big movement.

But you’re quite correct in that there’s no way that the B stock can go up and not really force some conversion from the A. It’ll — I think it’ll be minor.

32. World Book Encyclopedia business won’t be sold

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 8?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hello. This is Rick Merliof (PH) from Oakland, California.

I wanted to ask you about World Book Encyclopedia. World Book seems to me to be an example where Berkshire has invested in technology without necessarily intending to.

I would expect that in five or 10 years it’s going to be real tough to sell a paper encyclopedia, because at that time, you’ll probably be able to buy the computer and the electronic encyclopedia for less than the paper encyclopedia.

Up till now, I haven’t had the impression that World Book has been as aggressive as its competitors in marketing and developing its electronic product.

It’s been the highest price that I have seen of the competition. It’s — it asked at least — a year ago, its list price was 600 and the competition was 8,200.

You sold as low as a hundred on special promotions. But it — I don’t think that was the list.

A year ago, you were still selling by direct sales. I have not yet seen it in a mass market software store. I’ve never seen it bundled with a computer.

And I have seen one newspaper review of electronic encyclopedias that mention the World Book print version but didn’t seem to be aware that a World Book electronic version was available, which it was at that time.

In terms of the product itself, we have both the World Book and the Grolier’s at our house. The Grolier’s came with the computer. And both encyclopedias, in this last year, solicited us to buy an upgrade. World Book was asking $85. Grolier’s was asking 30.

But in addition, I ended up buying only the Grolier’s, because it addressed my biggest disappointment on the original version of both of them, which — it’s sort of a — in a way, a minor issue. But I thought it was relevant for kids doing school reports.

Neither one allows you to print out a very big percentage of the pictures in the encyclopedia. They have a lot of pictures. But you can’t print them. And you can get a color inkjet printer for under 200 bucks these days, so it’s real practical to print things out.

The World Book made no mention of having any improvement in this area. The Grolier’s said you can print out almost all the pictures. And I have found — since we got the upgrade — I found that to be true.

So, I’m concerned that — I’m not an expert on this, but I don’t think World Book is as aggressive in either developing or marketing its electronic encyclopedia.

So, my question is, do you plan to become aggressive in this area and a leader in the electronic technology? Or have you considered selling your electronic business and just getting out of it?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. We won’t sell the electronic business. That, I can tell you.

You’re quite correct. Some of the technical stuff I’m not very good at. I have a little trouble turning on the light switch.

But the — (laughter) — in terms of the bundled product, which is the encyclopedia that is offered with the purchase of a new computer, there’s no question that that’s become a large business in units.

It’s not so large in terms of dollars, because those units, bundled with an original equipment sale, are very low. Actually, Encarta’s probably — well I’m sure has sold, you know, many, many millions of units bundled with a new encyclopedia. It doesn’t necessarily produce a lot of dollars. But it produces a lot of units out there.

We, at World Book — Encyclopedia — some of you may not have noticed, but Encyclopedia Britannica has, within the last couple of weeks, announced the cessation of direct distribution of the print product.

And unit sales of encyclopedias — print encyclopedias — in the country have gone down very significantly in the last few years, as they have at World Book.

We changed the — we are in the process of changing, and have already changed in some parts of the country — the distribution system because we are going to see what can be made to work, if anything, in the direct distribution.

There are some indications that we may be able to make money in that business but with a different cost structure than before. And it — well, we’ll know more about that. We’re not that far along, because we changed the distribution within the last — or partially changed it — within the last few months.

We — it’s not easy to figure out how to make money in either the electronic or print encyclopedia end of the business. And we have some ideas in the electronic end that we’ll know a lot more about in about six months or so, but I can’t really — I don’t want to go into any detail on those at present.

I’ve got the electronic product myself. It’s a first-class product. We’ve got ideas about how to make it an even better product. And we have taken a lot of costs out of the print end of the business. We’ll be putting some of those into the electronic end. But we’ve taken a lot of costs out.

It may well be that it’ll be a workable business for us, even though it isn’t for anybody else, but the jury’s still out on that.

It is not the business it was five years ago. And I don’t think it will be the business that it was five years ago, because the world is changed in some ways on that.

But we’re — we will not sell World Book. That I can just — I’ll state that unequivocally. We will not sell electronic World Book. We are in the business to stay.

But we are groping a bit in terms of figuring out a configuration that will produce decent profits for us and sell a lot of World Books in the process.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: We don’t have any way of avoiding declines in some of our businesses some of the time.

Blue Chip Stamps once sold stamps at the rate of $120 million year. Now, it’s about $200,000 a year. So, we lose some. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: We were in the windmill business many years ago. (Laughter)

We try to make — you know, we think plenty about the problems. But there are industry problems.

I was in anthracite coal at one time, too. Street railways. I’ve seen them all.

But World Book is a first-class product. It’s a product I use, a product Charlie uses. And there is — through an electronic means, you can deliver information at costs far, far less than — I mean, unbelievably less — than was the case not that many years ago.

And the world, in many forms, will be adjusting to that, not just in encyclopedias. And it affects some of the businesses we’re in. And it’s something we think about. But it’s very unlikely that Charlie and I are going to be smarter than the rest of the world, in terms of the electronic world.

I mean, we are looking at it as something where we’re looking for the obvious, and something that is within our capability of doing something about. But we’re not trying to beat people at their own game, where we’re not very good at the game.

33. Protecting public shows “tremendous integrity”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 1?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, Richard Charlton from Canada. One of the highlights of — good afternoon, Mr. Munger, also. (Laughter)

One of the highlights, for me, in coming to the annual meeting for the past seven or eight years was the way that you dealt with the question that was inevitably asked by a new shareholder as to why you will not split your shares.

I know how much it has meant to you to keep the shares trading in an exclusive way. And you have been my mentor for the last 17 years.

And I think that what you’re doing in splitting these shares in order to protect the public, and indirectly, Berkshire shareholders, but mostly to protect the public, is just another expression of your and Mr. Munger’s tremendous integrity.

And you’re setting a fantastic example for corporate America. And I salute you, sir. And I thank you very much. (Applause)

WARREN BUFFETT: Thank you. Thank you.

34. “The fairer, the better” for Berkshire’s stock price

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I hate to leave zone one after that, but we’ll go on to zone 2. (Laughter) Thank you.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Wesley Jack from Oklahoma City, Oklahoma.

As a stock broker, I can say I definitely don’t like UITs and I appreciate your plan for the B shares.

But as long — with the rest of the shareholders, what we hope — that the shares go up in value in the future. Don’t you see a problem with them coming back with this idea in the future?

WARREN BUFFETT: On the unit — you mean on the issuance of unit trusts?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes.

WARREN BUFFETT: Oh, I don’t see any problem because the B will be out there. And it is a superior product, whatever its absolute merits may be. On a relative basis, it is a superior product to anything that is going to carry a big commission to a salesperson and a lot of annual costs.

So, I think — my guess is we’ve taken care of that problem. I wish it hadn’t come up, but it — I would think that it would be very difficult for anyone to honestly offer a product — a derivative-type product — through a unit trust that would be superior to buying the product that will be available.

CHARLIE MUNGER: I think he’s afraid that the B will go up to the place where the whole story comes again. And I must say that if that were to happen, we’d like it. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, we’d like it, only if it reflected underlying values, but — (Laughs)

CHARLIE: Yeah.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. We have a very strange attitude on that. I mean, most managements feel that the — on the price of their shares — that the higher, the better. And that’s an understandable feeling. But the trouble is the game isn’t over at any time.

We really feel the fairer, the better. Our goal is that every shareholder participates in the progress that Berkshire makes, during — as a business — during their holding period. In other words, we don’t want one party getting wealthy off the other. We want them to share based on the gain in value of the business.

And to the extent that the stock got way overvalued or way undervalued, you know, that may make one party — in the first case, the seller, in the second case, the buyer — very happy. But there’s somebody on the other side of the transaction.

In economics, you know, the most important question — maybe important beyond economics, too — but whenever somebody tells you something, you know, the first question to ask yourself is, “And then what?” And we tend to do that around Berkshire.

And so, the stock going up is not an end of itself, because it’s — the next question is, “And then what?”

And to the extent that the stock goes up because the intrinsic value goes up, everyone is getting their fair share of the pie as they go along.

To the extent it exceeds that in some way, the selling shareholder gets a benefit. But the entering shareholder is at a disadvantage. And we really like the idea of the price tracking intrinsic value over time.

And we think that, by having the right kind of shareholders and by communicating with them properly and following the right kind of policies, that we can come as close to that as is attainable in a world where markets, essentially, are fairly volatile. And so far, I think it’s worked out pretty well that way.

But the intention is to — and the goal — is to keep it that way.

One thing to remember: in the end, the owners of businesses, in aggregate, cannot come out anyway better than the businesses come out.

I mean, you can — the businesses are the — and not just our businesses, I’m talking about all American business — the profitability of American business determines the profitability of what the owners of American business have, and you can forget all about the little ticker symbols and everything else.

The owners suffer to the extent that they have some extra costs imposed in broker’s commissions, fees, all kinds of things. That diminishes the return from the business. But no one has figured out yet how to perpetually have owners do better than their businesses.

And our idea is to have them do it as they go long in proportion to the gain that occurs during their tenure as a shareholder. And that isn’t easy to do. And it’s not attained perfectly. But that’s the goal as we go along.

35. Insurance float: “Above all, get it cheap”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Maurus Spence. And I have a serious question and, then, a less serious question first.

The less serious: you said that you and Charlie had lost, between you, a hundred pounds. I was curious who had lost more?

WARREN BUFFETT: No, no. I said the board had lost a hundred pounds. (Laughter)

I have some members of the board who would take umbrage of the fact that they weren’t included in that total. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: OK, Who lost —?

WARREN BUFFETT: Charlie and I, we’re pretty close at the moment, aren’t we? Modesty prevents — (Laughs)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I must say you’re both looking very good, anyway.

WARREN BUFFETT: We’re feeling good.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I was wondering who lost the most and what your diet secrets were. (Laughter) And, then, the more serious question was about float.

You touched on this a little bit earlier. But you’ve often said that your insurance business is probably the most important business that you own.

On page 12 of the annual report, you said, “We have benefitted greatly to a degree that has not been generally understood, because our liabilities have cost us very little.”

I was wondering if you could describe this a little bit better so we can understand it.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, the — Charlie and I have lost about the same amount, at about 20 pounds each.

The insurance business provides us with float. And float is money that we hold that doesn’t belong to us.

It’s like a bank having deposits. A bank has deposits. The money doesn’t belong to it. But it holds the money.

Now, when a bank holds deposits, on everything except demand deposits, there’s an explicit cost, an interest rate attached to it. And, then, there are the costs of running the system and gathering the money which is — also must be attributed both to demand and time deposit.

So there’s a cost to getting what they would call deposits and we could call float.

In the insurance business, a similar phenomenon takes place in that policy holders give us their money at the start of the policy period. And therefore, we get the money paid in advance for the product.

And secondly, it takes time to settle losses, particularly in the liability area. If you bang up a fender on your car, you — it’s going to get settled very quickly, so there’s — but if there’s a complicated injury or something, it may take some years to settle. And during that period, we hold the money.

So, we have, in effect, something that is tantamount to the deposits of a bank. But whereas the deposits of a bank, it’s quite easy to calculate the approximate cost, in the case of the float that the insurance company has, you don’t really know what the cost of that float is until all your policies and losses — policies have expired and your losses have all been settled. Well, that’s forever, in some cases.

So, you’re only making an estimate, as you go along, of what that float is costing.

To date with Berkshire, in the 29 years we’ve been in the business, it appears — never certain, because you don’t know for sure what’s going to happen — but it appears that our float has not cost us anything, in — on average.

There’s been years when we’ve had an underwriting loss when there’s a cost. There’s been years when we had an underwriting profit. And so, we had a reverse cost.

So we have obtained that float on very advantageous terms over the years. Far more than — fully as important as that— it’s important to get it at a low cost, in our case, no cost. But the other important thing is that we’ve grown it dramatically.

And so, we’ve gotten more and more money without having any cost attached to it. And if we still had our 16 — or 17 million, I guess — of float that we had in 1967 and it was no cost, it would be very nice.

But 17 million of free money is worth something, but it’s not worth a ton.

Having seven billion, if we can achieve that as free money, it’s worth a lot of money. And that growth has not, probably, generally, been appreciated fully in connection with Berkshire nor has the interplay of how having zero-cost money, in terms of affecting our gain in value over time.

People have looked at — always looked at our asset side, but they haven’t paid as much attention to the liability side. Charlie and I pay a lot of attention to that.

And, I mean, this — it’s not entirely an accident that the business has developed in this manner. And we have intentions of trying to make it continue to develop in this manner, and in that manner, in the future. But we’ve got competitors out there, too.

Float, per se, is not a blessing. We can show you many insurance companies that thought it was wonderful to generate float. And they have lost so much money in underwriting that they’d be better off if they’d never heard of the insurance business.

But, you know, the job is to get it, get it in increasing quantities, but above all, get it cheap. And that’s what we work at.

And you do that in the business through having some kind of competitive advantages. You won’t do it just by having an ordinary insurance company. The ordinary insurance company is not a good business.

We have it, in certain respects, because of our attitude toward the business. We have it because of our financial strength gives us certain competitive advantages, and we have it in the case of GEICO, because of a very low-cost operation.

And it’s us — up to us — to try and figure out ways to maximize each one of those competitive advantages over time.

We’ve built those advantages. I mean, in 1967, we were not looked at that way in the insurance business. We were — we’ve built a position of competitive strengths. And in the case of GEICO, they had it without us. But we have bought into it over time.

It’s a very important asset. And you ought to pay a lot of attention over the years as to what is happening in — with that asset as to both growth and costs. And that will aid you in calculating intrinsic value.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Nothing to add.

WARREN BUFFETT: OK.

36. Intrinsic value isn’t above current stock price

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4 is the next.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Henry Neuhoff (PH), shareholder, Dallas, Texas.

My guess is that you consider the intrinsic value of the shares to be more than that represented by the price.

WARREN BUFFETT: By more than represented by what?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: More than represented by the current price of the shares.

If that be the case, what would be your thoughts about Berkshire repurchasing its own shares?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, no. We have said we do not consider Berkshire undervalued at this price. We didn’t say we thought it was overvalued. But we said we did not consider it undervalued.

So, a repurchase based on our estimate would not be in the interests of shareholders.

It’s conceivable it could be at some time, but we do not think that’s the case. We think intrinsic value far exceeds book value, but we do not think it exceeds present price.

We’re not selling any shares, though, either. (Laughter)

(Break in tape)

37. Complications from “street name” shareholders

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 6?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is Carlos Lucera (PH). I’m from Idaho. And my question relates to street names.

Our stock at Berkshire Hathaway is in a family limited partnership. And in addition to that, it’s in a street name.

Now, what is the reason, and the rationale behind the reason, for street name shares not being able to participate in the charitable contributions by Berkshire Hathaway?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. We submitted a request for ruling to the IRS — I don’t know, 15 or so years ago, in connection with the shareholder-designated contribution program.

And the ruling we received specifies record holders and not street name holders. Now, that doesn’t mean that a different ruling might not be obtained.

But frankly, when we get into the multitude of indirect holdings and the problems we have with those indirect holdings in other respects, I think it would be a bit of a nightmare for us to attempt to get that program extended through — into street name holders.

I think the costs would far exceed the benefits. And I think that it is the situation, and anybody with it in street name can move it into their own name if they want to.

So I think, with very small amount of effort on the part of an individual shareholder, it would offset an enormous set of problems that we would encounter at Berkshire.

We can handle the present system. We’ve got 12 people there. And they run the annual meeting. They make movies. They do all kinds of things. (Laughter)

And it would be — it would be very tough and — you know, if an extra 10,000 shares participated, it’d be $120,000 of contributions. I just don’t think it would be worthwhile.

Our ruling doesn’t presently cover the subject, in any event. It’s something we’ve thought about.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yeah. I think even if they changed the ruling, we wouldn’t change the policy. It would be, administratively, very difficult.

WARREN BUFFETT: We run into other problems, in terms of people getting their material — just the material on the annual meeting.

And we’ve heard from a number of shareholders that they can’t get it from their broker, and they’re — they don’t know what the B is all about because they didn’t get their proxies. And it just — street name posed more problems.

Although, we have a — now we have — probably have more than — forget about the B. We have more than twice as many, I believe, holders in street name as in direct ownership. Although, the number of shares is far, far — I mean it’s — it’d be less than 20 percent of the shares. But it’s probably double the number of holders.

38. No “look-through earnings” in annual report

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 7?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Good afternoon. My name is Bill Guerra (PH). I’m from the San Francisco Bay area. I’ve owned your shares for many years and appreciate the good job you’ve done.

However, in this year’s chairman’s letter — you developed a concept a few years ago called look-through earnings.

WARREN BUFFETT: Right.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: And I failed to see that this year. And I’m wondering if that no longer is a valid concept or why you refrained from showing the data?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. That’s a good question. I should have actually covered that in the annual report, in terms of mentioning — because I’ve talked about it, and we’ll talk about it in the future.

And we do have a goal on look-through earnings of $2 billion in the year 2000. And that’s going to be adjusted upward to allow for the fact there are more shares outstanding. It’ll be the same basic goal.

But there were two reasons that it was skipped this year. And like I said, I should’ve mentioned it.

One was it was the longest letter we’ve ever had. And having that section in there would’ve elongated it even a bit more. And that, coupled with the fact — and this is the important part of it — we had major changes in our — the composition of the company — immediately after the end of the year.

So, our Capital City stock disappeared. At the time it disappeared, we didn’t know whether it was going into cash, or all Disney stock, or a combination.

We had the acquisition of the other half of GEICO where, even now, the accounting treatment isn’t clear. And I felt that —

The look-through earnings last year were fine. But I felt that, by the time I got through explaining all of the adjustments you would have to make for the transactions then pending, that adding it to the — to already the longest letter I’ve written, would’ve slowed things down a lot and not been particularly helpful.

It will be back in this year, this upcoming report, and future reports, because it’s a very important concept. And it’s something that we’re focused on.

It’s just that last year’s number — it would’ve been a mess by the time I got through trying to explain it.

You know, I normally — the accounting stuff, I know, puts a lot of you to sleep. But believe me, it isn’t so much fun writing it either. (Laughter)

So, I skipped it this year. We’ll have it next year. And the number would’ve been OK last year, but there would’ve been a lot of asterisks attached.

39. Discount rate for estimating intrinsic value

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 8, please.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. Mr. Buffett, good morning. My name’s Ed Walzak (PH) from New York. I’m a student and an admirer of your investment philosophy. I have a question.

In determining a company’s intrinsic value, you seem to write or indicate that you project out a company’s owner earnings for a number of years, and then discount that back by prevailing rates.

My question is, how much of a premium, if any, to prevailing risk-free rates do you demand when you discount back the owner earnings of a company?

Or stated differently, for example, today, with loan rates at about 7 percent, if you did the same exercise with Coca-Cola, at what rate of interest would you discount back their owner earnings?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. We get asked that question a lot. And we’ve answered it to some extent in past annual reports about what discount rate to use.

We basically think in terms of the long-term government rate.

And there may be times, when in a very — because we don’t think we’re any good at predicting interest rates, but probably in times of very — what would seem like very low rates — we might use a little higher rate.

But we don’t put the risk factor in, per se, because essentially, the purity of the idea is that you’re discounting future cash. And it doesn’t make any difference whether cash comes from a risky business or a safe business — so-called safe business.

So, the value of the cash delivered by a water company, which is going to be around for a hundred years, is not different than the value of the cash derived from some high-tech company, if any, that — (laughter) — you might be looking at.

It may be harder for you to make the estimate. And you may, therefore, want a bigger discount when you get all through with the calculation. But up to the point where you decide what you’re willing to pay — you may decide you can’t estimate it at all. I mean, that’s what happens with us with most companies.

But we believe in using a government bond-type interest rate. We believe in trying to stick with businesses where we think we can see the future reasonably well — you never see it perfectly, obviously — but where we think we have a reasonable handle on it.

And we would differentiate to some extent. We don’t want to go below a certain threshold of understanding. So, we want to stick with businesses we think we understand quite well, and not try to have the whole panoply with all different kinds of risk rates, because, frankly, we think that’d just be playing games with numbers.

I mean, we — I don’t think you can stick something — numbers on a highly speculative business, where the whole industry’s going to change in five years, and have it mean anything when you get through.

If you say I’m going to stick an extra 6 percent in on the interest rate to allow for the fact — I tend to think that’s kind of nonsense. I mean, it may look mathematical. But it’s mathematical gibberish in my view.

You better just stick with businesses that you can understand, use the government bond rate. And when you can buy them — something you understand well — at a significant discount, then, you should start getting excited.

Charlie? (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yeah. The discounts were once greater than we now see.

WARREN BUFFETT: That’s all you’re going to get, folks. (Laughter)

40. See’s Candies not going fat-free anytime soon

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 1?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi. Warren, it’s Peter Newman, Nick and Racky’s son. You can’t see me because I’m on your hard left over here.

And by the way, Racky says to send her love to you —

WARREN BUFFETT: Great.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: — and Susie.

I’m going to take a cue from something that the guy who asked the questions about the World Book —

I know you’re loathe to, normally, interfere in the running of your individual corporations, because they do so well on their own. And I am particularly fond of See’s Candy and their products. And you may or may not know that we have a chocoholic in our family, as you do in yours.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Makes good chocolate syrup, too. (Laughs)

AUDIENC MEMBER: Yeah, I won’t mention who.

However, when I was in there this Christmas buying some gifts, I noted that, with the exception of the little candy canes, there’s nothing in that store that is fat-free.

And we are facing a trend — (laughter) — in the world, especially in dessert items and ice cream and candy items, of fat-freeness.

And I just thought that, perhaps, it would be a word — worth a word to management to consider expanding the hard candy line.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, we look at a lot of things. One of the problems, as you probably know, for example, in using aspartame is it doesn’t interact well with heat. And so that’s been sort of tough.

Now, Charlie and I have kept getting our regular boxes of candy during this weight loss-program. And we’ve — (laughter) — devoured them.

And candy, you know, it may be, on average, a hundred and — depends on whether it’s a sugar product or not.

But, take the lollipop, it’d be about 110 calories per ounce. But there’s — that’s one and a half, or one and a quarter lollipops, or something like that.

Most things are, you know, in that hundred per ounce to 150 per ounce range. So, candy is not a specific no-no.

If we can find something that the customer likes, that makes them think they’re getting skinnier by eating it — (laughter) — you know, that will be a breakthrough.

And we look forward — and we test everything that comes along. I can assure you. (Laughter)

In fact, Charlie and I may be the main testers.

Chuck Huggins is here today — and if you’ve got any ideas on it — who runs See’s. Done a terrific job of running See’s ever since we took over in 1972. He’d appreciate ideas.

But we are looking for things that appeal to the consumer that taste good and that they’ll go for. I mean, just as is, you know, the Coca-Cola Company, in terms of carbonated soft drinks. So, it’s a constant subject.

And, you know, there were high hopes on aspartame originally. But it just hasn’t panned out in terms of candy. And I’ve read a few articles about the fat-free stuff.

Well, it should be the fat substitute, which didn’t get me too excited about trying it. But I’m not sure whether some of you read those articles or not. We’ll keep looking, Peter, I appreciate it.

41. GEICO’s price: “We gulped a few times and paid it.”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Good morning, Mr. Buffett and Mr. Munger.

As an aspiring shareholder, I’m very happy and proud to be here. Maybe I can encourage Mr. Munger to respond to my question this morning.

In regards to your purchase of the other half of GEICO, would you comment on your reasoning behind paying the premium above market value and why you, instead, did not purchase shares in the open market?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, we couldn’t have purchased very many shares in the open market at the quoted price. And the price we paid, with the large number of shares we got, we thought was a very satisfactory price.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. We — what Charlie said is a hundred percent right. We also had a restriction that we agreed to many, many years ago — almost 20 years ago — as to the number of shares we would own without the consent — of the directors and, I believe, the Insurance Department.

So, we actually had some special restrictions on us in the case of GEICO. But if we hadn’t have had those restrictions, we’d have behaved in exactly the same manner.

And we didn’t think we could buy it any cheaper than that price. And we gulped a few times and paid it. And I think we will be happy that we did, as it’s turning out.

GEICO is doing very well. It — I mean, I knew it would do well. But I feel very good about it.

42. Newspaper business is still good, but not as good

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, my name is David Lowe (PH) from Ventura, California.

My first Berkshire meeting, and I want to mention that I’m very intrigued at the influence you have over the shareholders here. I note that the first beverage they ran out of in the lobby was Cherry Coke. (Laughter)

My question is about The Buffalo News. You say, in the letter for the ’95 report, that the newspaper industry has lost another notch in its economic attractiveness. Can you elaborate on that?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. The — what you are seeing in newspapers is a circulation trend that has been prevalent for a long time, in terms of newspapers per household.

But that has been declining, and that — daily newspapers — and that I would say the trends of the last couple years are somewhat worse, in that respect.

I would say that the ability to price, both at the circulation and advertising level, is — has weakened a bit in recent years — not dramatically, but it’s weakened a bit.

At one time, newspapers really — daily newspapers in single-newspaper towns were probably as attractive, economically, as any business you could find. I mean, it — a large percentage of advertisers had very little choice, in terms of using them as an advertising medium.

People had less options, in the way of learning what was going on around them other than the daily newspaper. So, the — they started from a position of extraordinary strength.

They still have a very strong position. And I’ve tried to emphasize that in the report. I mean, they’re a bargain at the price they sell for. They give you all kinds of information with very low price. And they’re a magnificent way for most merchants to reach their customers.

But they are not — they do not have the exclusive advantages, in many cases, that they had 15 or 20 years ago.

Third-class mail has become more of an option. People have more ways of obtaining information. As we talked earlier, information can be processed electronically and delivered at far lower cost than people dreamt of 20 years ago.

So, all of those things eat away a little bit. It’s still a very fine business. But those — I don’t see anything that will reverse those trends. I don’t think that they will necessarily accelerate.

But I think that, if the only thing you owned in life was a daily newspaper in a single-newspaper town 20 years ago, you would feel slightly less secure today than you did at that time. But you’d still be a lot better off than owning virtually any other business.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Nothing to add.

43. “Outside information” in annual reports

WARREN BUFFETT: How about zone 4?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, my name is Hutch Vernon. I’m from Baltimore, Maryland.

I know that you read lots and lots of annual reports. And I’m curious what you are reading for, if you would share that with us.

But I’m more curious — because I think I know what you’re reading for — if there are any disclosures — any further disclosures — that you would like to see companies make in their financial reporting, or that the SEC require in financial reporting or proxies or other communications with their shareholders? And that would be for both you and for Mr. Munger.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. The main thing that they can’t mandate in annual reports: I really like to have — I like to know as much as I can about the person that’s running it and how they think about the business and what’s really going on in the business.

In other words, I would like to have a report that would be identical to what — if I owned half of a company but was away for a year, and I had a partner who owned the other half — when I came back, that he would tell me about what had taken place during the past year and what he foresaw coming up and all of that.

I — that is what I think the purpose of the report is. Now, the SEC mandates a lot of information, and —

VOICE: — side on?

WARREN BUFFETT: — some of that is helpful. But there’s an intent behind the report. I mean, if it’s a sales document I’m, you know, I’m less interested. I’m — and —

I don’t see any way to mandate what I’m talking about. But that’s the kind of report I’m looking for.

What I’m trying to do as I read reports, A, I like to understand just generally what’s going on in all kinds of businesses.

If we own stock in a company and in an industry, and there are eight other companies that are in the same industry, I want to own or be on the mailing list for the reports for the other eight, because I can’t understand how my company is doing unless I understand what the other eight are doing.

I want to have the perspective of, in terms of market share, what’s going on in the business or their margins or the trend of margins, all kinds of things that I can’t get unless I know —

I can’t be an intelligent owner of a business unless I know what all the other businesses in that industry are doing. And so, I try to get that information out of a report.

If I’m thinking about investing in a specific company, I try to size up their business and the people that are running it.

And over the years, I have found reading a lot of reports to be quite useful in terms of making business decisions at Berkshire.

If we own all of a business, I want to own shares in all of the competitors just to keep track of what’s going on. And I want to be able to intelligently evaluate how our managers are doing that. And I can’t do that unless I know the industry backdrop against which they’re working.

It’s amazing, you know, what — how well you can do in investing, really, with what I would call outside information. I find inside information — I’m not sure how useful that is.

But outside information — there’s all kinds of information around, as to businesses. And you don’t have to understand all of them. You just have to understand the ones that you’re thinking about getting in. And you can do it, if you just — nobody will do it for you.

You can’t read — in my view — you can’t read Wall Street reports and get anything out of them. You have to do it yourself and get your arms around it.

I don’t think we’ve ever gotten an idea, you know, in 40 years from a Wall Street report. But we’ve gotten a lot of ideas from annual reports.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: What I find is that it takes a long time to read the annual report even if it’s a comparatively simple business, because if you really are trying to understand it, it’s not a bit easy.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. I would say that, on average, in a business we’re really interested in, even though we know what to skip, to some extent, and what to read, I mean, it’s going to be 45 minutes or an hour on a report.

And if there are six or eight companies in the industry, that’s going to be six or eight hours, perhaps, and then their quarterlies and a lot of other —

I mean, it — the way you learn about businesses is by absorbing information about them, thinking, deciding what counts and what doesn’t count, relating one thing to another. And, you know, that’s the job.

And you can’t get that by looking at a bunch of little numbers on a chart bobbing up and down about a — or reading, you know, market commentary and periodicals or anything of the sort. That just won’t do it. You’ve got to understand the businesses. That’s where it all begins and ends.

44. “Berkshire is not a one-man show”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, my name is Hank Strickland (PH). I’m from Fairfax, Virginia, which, if it were a city, would be the tenth largest in the United States. I’m here as a stockholder. And my daughter, who’s also my broker, is here with me.

We were also out there Friday night when we watched you warming up for the beginning of the ballgame. And we noted that you didn’t drop the ball. You seemed to be able to get it to the guy that was warming you up.

We noticed your first pitch, which I had difficulty characterizing as either being a passed ball or a wild pitch.

WARREN BUFFETT: It was a premature sinker, actually. (Laughter)

Very hard to hit, I might add. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: And, then, you moved spritely into the stands, did a lot of picture taking, photo opportunities, signed autographs, vaulted over a rail or two. And we noted, with great enthusiasm, your fitness.

Now that all having been said, many people would characterize Berkshire as a one-man company, with all due respect to Charlie. And many of this audience here, I’m sure, are retired or semi-retired. It’s not unthinkable that, perhaps, you might want to retire, or for good — God’s sakes —

WARREN BUFFETT: It’s unthinkable. I don’t want that one to go by. (Applause)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Or for something — something worse could happen. And for those of us —

WARREN BUFFETT: That would be the worst, I think — (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Well I —

WARREN BUFFETT: I think death would be second. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I could think of some things some of us might want to do to protect our sizeable investments, say, having owned Berkshire since Blue Shamp — Blue Chip Stamp days. But anyway, we could put in a stop order, might take out an insurance policy.

We might ask Charlie to masquerade as Warren after you’ve moved on. Those don’t seem like very attractive options. So, I’m very serious now.

How would you respond to the question of a stockholder that’s really concerned about Berkshire being a one-man show?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Well, Berkshire is not a one-man show. It’s a two-man show, in terms of capital allocation. There’s no question about that, at present.

But it’s run by many managers that are doing an outstanding job and that don’t need any guidance from Charlie or me as they go along.

But I might say that, you know, I will die with all of my Berkshire stock, essentially. And that will — stock will be held, either in the family or in a foundation, depending on the order of death, for a long time thereafter.

So, there’s no one that’s more concerned about the subsequent management issue than I. I mean, this is not something that ends, at all, on my death. And it doesn’t end for the Buffett family or The Buffett Foundation. So, it’s a subject that Charlie and I have both thought about.

The most likely situation — you got to get away from the idea that it’s a one-man show because, right now, we’ve got 33,000 people working for Berkshire out there, you know, as we speak.

And I’m sitting around, you know, watching movies about myself or something. I mean, you can see how vital I am to the place. (Laughter) So the — but the question —

And the other thing we do, besides allocate capital, is we do identify these managers. And hopefully, we make it attractive for them to stay and work for Berkshire.

But that — you know, that doesn’t require 150 IQ or anything to do that. It does require a certain sensitivity to why people want to get up in the morning and do what they do.

And when I’m not around, the logical, at some point — it depends on exactly when it happens, again. But Charlie’s a little older than I am. And it’s likely that it will be broken into a two-person function again, but not exactly the way Charlie and I function.

And that is that there will be someone in charge of investments and capital allocation. I mentioned Lou Simpson’s position, because he is younger than I am, in the annual report, and then someone in charge of operations. And we have that person in the organization now.

Now, I don’t know what the situation will be when I die, because it could be in 20 minutes or it could be in 20 years. And when that — so, I can’t specifically name the individuals.

We have the individuals now for both those functions. We’ll have the individuals for the same functions 20 years from now. I don’t know whether they’ll be the same people.

But it’s quite a logical way to run the business. GEICO was run that way and still is run that way and has been for some years.

It’s always struck me as terribly illogical, the way property-casualty insurance companies are run, because they’ve been dominated by the underwriting side of the business. And here they have this important investment side, but it’s always been — virtually every company’s been subservient to the underwriting.

And GEICO, very logically, set up a co-CEO arrangement some years back where — originally Bill Snyder before that — but Tony Nicely ran the underwriting end of the business and Lou Simpson ran the investment side.

And those are two very different functions. Same person, logically, doesn’t fit both functions in most cases. I mean, it’s a rarity when the same person happens to hit for both functions.

So GEICO worked very well that way. Still works that way. Lou runs investments. Tony runs underwriting.

And Berkshire — slightly different — it’s a variant on it. But, essentially, at Berkshire headquarters, you need someone overseeing and not meddling in them too much, but making sure you’ve got the right manager and you’re treating him fairly.

You need someone on the operating side. You need someone on the investment/capital allocation side. We’ve got those people now. And we’ll have them, you know, whenever it happens, too.

That’s the — that is the structure. And we’ve got some very good businesses.

And, you know, nobody’s buying See’s Candy because they think I’m sitting in some office in Omaha. And no one’s buying a GEICO insurance policy because, you know, my name is there as chairman or CEO. The businesses are marvelous businesses. They’ll continue very well.

And there will be a capital allocation problem then just like there is now. And there will be the problem of keeping good managers in place and treating them fairly. And that’s a solvable problem.

So, that’s the future as seen from Kiewit Plaza.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yes. If you just run your mind through all the assets, I think you will quickly decide that there are large momentums in place that would do very well without us.

I mean, is Coca-Cola going to suddenly stop selling because some manager’s dead at Berkshire Hathaway?

You know, are the people going to stop using Gillette razor blades? Is GEICO suddenly going to stop being intelligently run? Are — is the Nebraska Furniture Mart going to try any less hard?

So, the existing assets, you can argue, have been lovingly put together, so as not to require continuing intelligence at headquarters. (Laughter)

And what — there would be a disadvantage in that I think it would be unreasonable to expect that a successor would be as good at making new investments as Warren has been in the past. Well, that’s just too damn bad. (Laughter and applause)

WARREN BUFFETT: The sympathetic ear over here. (Laughter)

45. Buffett doesn’t answer individual letters

WARREN BUFFETT: Let’s see, where are we? Zone 6 now?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, I’m indebted to Walter Schloss for introducing me to you some 40 years ago. And finally in the early ’80s, I became a stockholder.

My question is, now that you’ve expanded headquarters 9 percent from 11 people to 12 people — (laughter) — do you now more frequently answer letters from stockholders?

As a specific, had you looked at my letter from January 1986? (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: We haven’t gotten to January yet. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Relating to Cap Cities/ABC and talk radio, the problem that occurred last month at cape — Cap Cities might have been prevented.

WARREN BUFFETT: You should get a form letter from us. But the — we do not — A, we do not get into the activities of our investee companies.

I mean, it — if people are unhappy about Coca-Cola or Gillette, and they shouldn’t be — (laughs) — but if they happen to be, they should talk to the companies themselves. I don’t interject myself into the management or operations of the investee companies.

In terms of questions about Berkshire — I put in the annual report a few years back — just running Berkshire takes up a fair amount of time, in terms of keeping track of a lot of businesses.

And it doesn’t need to take up as much time as it does with me. But I enjoy it. But the — I feel that the annual report, the annual meeting, are the time to take up everything on shareholder’s minds. And so, I don’t answer one-on-one questions.

I get all kinds of letters. They want career guidance. They want advice on their business. I mean, there’s a million letters that come in.

And it would really be — it would take a significant amount of time, that otherwise would be spent on Berkshire, to reply to that sort of thing. I may note them, in terms of what I address in subsequent annual reports.

But the annual meeting and the annual report, I feel, are the best ways to communicate with shareholders. And I really don’t do it the rest of the year, although you will get some form reply or you should get some form reply on it.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you.

WARREN BUFFETT: Thanks. It’s noon now. And I’d like to give everybody a chance to visit our other stores and everything. But we will be back here at 12:15.

Afternoon session

1. Investing with “the two wealthiest guys”

WARREN BUFFETT: OK, if we’ve got a monitor over in zone 1, we’re ready to start.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. Thank you very much. My name is Maria Nicholas Kelly (PH). I’m from Tacoma, Washington.

And my husband and I have rather different investment approaches. And in 1988, he bought me one share of Berkshire, so that I could learn something about investing. We both started about that same time.

And he has chosen to invest in, let’s say, about 40 different stocks and buying and selling, and doing rather well for us, frankly.

My approach is more simple. And basically, I finally figured out last year that I should invest in the companies of the two wealthiest men in the world.

So — (laughter) — I decided we should buy, monthly, more Berkshire and Microsoft. So, then this year — and so, we’ve been able to do that.

This year, we read in your report that Berkshire is selling “at a price at which Charlie and I would not consider buying it,” so my husband has challenged my investment strategy. (Laughter)

I know that you are an honest man. And while you may not — (laughter) — you may not recommend to “my partner, Charlie,” to buy more Berkshire at this time, do you recommend that I continue — (Buffett laughs) — my rather automatic investment buying of Berkshire?

And I wanted — I think I know the answer. But I wanted my husband to hear it from the horse’s mouth. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: I think you’re using me here. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: But —

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I — we don’t recommend selling it, but we don’t recommend buying it, either. We are neutral on that subject.

And I hope you continue to be in with the two wealthiest guys. I like the other fellow, too. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah.

2. American Express has “slipped” in credit cards

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, I am Harriet Morton from the Emerald City [Seattle], the same area, the land of Microsoft. And I have a couple small questions.

The first one is, recognizing your lack of interest in technology or sense of familiarity with it, I’m wondering if you’d give a few comments on Bill Gates as a manager.

But the second one, dealing with a business that you’re familiar with, has to do with American Express.

Would you comment on American Express’ strategy to deal with their declining market share in the credit card industry and the rising importance of debit cards? Thank you.

WARREN BUFFETT: I’m not sure I got that entirely, Charlie. Did you? I mean, I got the part about American —

CHARLIE MUNGER: She wanted you to comment on Gates as a manager and American Express as — with the problems in declining in market share.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, the first part is very easy. You know, Bill Gates is, you know, one of the great managers of all time and is an exceptional business talent who loves his business.

And when you get that combination and a high energy level and, now, an heir to leave it to, I don’t think you do much better than that.

American Express has, you know — has slipped over from where they were 20 years ago, obviously, in the credit card business. And I think they may have taken their customer a little bit for granted for a while.

I think [CEO] Harvey Golub is very focused on correcting that and has made some progress. But the credit card business is a very different competitive struggle now than it was 20 or 25 years ago.

Interestingly enough, American Express, itself, backed into the business. Because they were worried about what was going to happen to their traveler’s check business, originally.

And they saw Diners Club come along. A fellow named Ralph Schneider and — started it. And they saw the inroads that were being made. So, the credit card was a reactive move. And for a while, they really dominated the field. And of course, they still dominate the travel and entertainment part of it.

But credit cards are going to be a very competitive business over time. And you need to establish — American Express needs to establish — special value for its card in some way, or it gets more commodity-like.

It’s not an easy business. But their franchise — they’ve got a strong franchise. It is not what it was 20 years ago, relative to the competition.

3. “A lot of mediocrity” among CEOs

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Good afternoon. My name is John Weaver. I’m a shareholder from Bellingham, Washington.

You have discussed what a wonderful business is. One of the criterias in your acquisition, page 23 of your annual report, is management.

Could you discuss how you decide what good management is and how you decide whether you have a good manager?

WARREN BUFFETT: The really great business is one that doesn’t require good management. I mean, that is a terrific business. And the poor business is one that can only succeed, or even survive, with great management. And —

But we look for people that know their businesses, love their businesses, love their shareholders, want to treat them as partners. And we still look to the underlying business, though. We —

If we have somebody that we think is extraordinary, but they’re locked into one of those terrible businesses, because we’ve been in some terrible businesses, and you know, the best thing you can do, probably, is get out of it and get into something else.

But there’s an enormous difference, frankly — there’s an enormous difference in the talent of American business managers.

The CEOs of the Fortune 500 are not selected like 500 members of the American Olympic track and field team. And it is not the same process. And you do not have the uniformity of top quality that you get with the American Olympic team in any sport. You do not get that in top management in American business.

You get some very able people, some terrific people, like a Bill Gates, that we just mentioned. But you get a lot of mediocrity, too.

And the test — I think, in some cases, that it’s fairly identifiable, who has done an extraordinary job. And we like people that have batted .350 or .360, in terms of predicting that they’re going to bat over .300 in the future.

And some guy says, you know, “I batted .127 last year. But I’ve got a new bat or a new batting coach,” you know, some management consultant has come in and told them how to do it, supposedly.

We’re very suspicious of that. So we don’t like banjo hitters who suddenly proclaim that they can become power hitters.

And then we try to figure out what their attitude is toward shareholders. And that isn’t uniform, either, throughout corporate America. It’s far from uniform.

We still want them to be in a good business, though. I would emphasize that.

We feel that — I mean, I gave the illustration of Tom Murphy in the annual report.

I mean, no one had either the ability — no one could top his ability or integrity, in terms of the way he ran Cap Cities for decades. I mean, and you could see it in 50 different ways.

I mean, he was thinking about the shareholders. And he not only thought about them, he knew what to do to forward their interests, and —

In terms of building the business, he only built it when it made sense, not when it did something for his ego or to make it larger alone. He did it when it was in his shareholders’ interests.

And they’re not all Tom Murphys. But when you find them, and they’re in a decent business, you want to bet very heavily and not make the same mistake I made by selling out once or twice, too. (Laughter)

4. “Diversification is a protection against ignorance”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone — was that zone 3 or —? Yeah, zone 4.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yeah, my name is Mark Hake (PH). I’m from Scottsdale, Arizona.

And I am very interested in your policies on diversification and also how you concentrate your investments.

And I’ve studied your annual reports going back a good number of years, and there’s been years where you had a lot of stocks in your marketable, equitable securities portfolio. And there was one year where you only had three, in 1987.

So, I have two questions. Given the number of stocks that you have in the portfolio now, what does that imply about your view of the market in terms of, is it fairly valued, that kind of idea?

And second of all, whenever you — it seems that, whenever you take a new investment, you never take less than about 5 percent and never more than about 10 percent of the total portfolio with that new position. And I wanted to see if I’m correct about that.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Well, on the second point, that really isn’t correct.

We have positions which you don’t even see, because we only listed the ones above 600 million in the last report. And obviously, those are all smaller positions.

Sometimes, that’s because they’re smaller companies, and we couldn’t get that much money in. Sometimes, it’s because the prices moved up after we’d bought them. Sometimes, it’s because we may be selling the position down, even. So there’s nothing magic.

We like to put a lot of money in things that we feel strongly about. And that gets back to the diversification question.

You know, we think diversification is — as practiced generally — makes very little sense for anyone that knows what they’re doing.

Diversification is a protection against ignorance.

I mean, if you want to make sure — (laughter) — that nothing bad happens to you relative to the market, you own everything. There’s nothing wrong with that. I mean, that is a perfectly sound approach for somebody who does not feel they know how to analyze businesses.

If you know how to analyze businesses and value businesses, it’s crazy to own 50 stocks or 40 stocks or 30 stocks, probably, because there aren’t that many wonderful businesses that are understandable to a single human being, in all likelihood.

And to have some super-wonderful business and then put money in number 30 or 35 on your list of attractiveness and forego putting more money into number one, just strikes Charlie and me as madness.

And it’s conventional practice, and it may — you know, if you all you have to achieve is average, it may preserve your job. But it’s a confession, in our view, that you don’t really understand the businesses that you own.

You know, I base — on a personal portfolio basis — you know, I own one stock. But it’s a business I know. And it leaves me very comfortable. (Laughter)

So you know, do I need to own 28 stocks, you know, to have proper diversification, you know? It’d be nonsense.

And within Berkshire, I could pick out three of our businesses. And I would be very happy if they were the only businesses we owned, and I had all my money in Berkshire.

Now, I love it — the fact that we can find more than that, and that we keep adding to it. But three wonderful businesses is more than you need in this life to do very well.

And the average person isn’t going to run into that. I mean, if you look at how the fortunes were built in this country, they weren’t built out of a portfolio of 50 companies. They were built by someone who identified with a wonderful business. Coca-Cola’s a great example. A lot of fortunes have been built on that.

And there aren’t 50 Coca-Colas. You know, there aren’t 20. If there were, it’d be fine. We could all go out and diversify like crazy among that group and get results that would be equal to owning the really wonderful one.

But you’re not going to find it. And the truth is, you don’t need it. I mean, if you had — a really wonderful business is very well protected against the vicissitudes of the economy over time and the competition.

I mean, you know, we’re talking about businesses that are resistant to effective competition. And three of those will be better than 100 average businesses.

And they’ll be safer, incidentally. I mean, there is less risk in owning three easy-to-identify, wonderful businesses than there is in owning 50 well-known, big businesses. And it’s amazing what has been taught, over the years, in finance classes about that.

But I can assure you that I would rather pick — if I had to bet the next 30 years on the fortunes of my family that would be dependent upon the income from a given group of businesses, I would rather pick three businesses from those we own than own a diversified group of 50.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yeah, what he’s saying is that much of what is taught in modern corporate finance courses is twaddle. (Laughter and applause)

WARREN BUFFETT: You want to elaborate on that, Charlie? (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: You cannot believe this stuff. I mean, it’s modern portfolio theory and — yeah, it’s —

WARREN BUFFETT: It has no utility. But you know, it will tell you how to do average. But, you know, I think anybody can figure out how to do average in fifth grade. I mean, it’s just not that difficult, and —

It’s elaborate. And you know, there’s lots of little Greek letters and all kinds of things to make you feel that you’re in the big leagues. But it — (laughter) — there is no value added. (Laughs)

CHARLIE MUNGER: I have great difficulty with it because I am something of a student of dementia — (laughter) — and I have —

WARREN BUFFETT: And we hang around a lot together. (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: And I get ordinarily — classified dementia, you know, on some theory, structure of models. But the modern portfolio theory, it involves a type of dementia I just can’t even classify. (Laughter)

Something very strange is going on. (Buffett laughs)

WARREN BUFFETT: If you find three wonderful businesses in your life, you’ll get very rich. And if you understand them — bad things aren’t going to happen to those three. I mean, that’s the characteristic of it.

CHARLIE MUNGER: By the way, maybe that’s the reason there’s so much dementia. If you believed what Warren said, you could teach the whole course in about a week. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, and the high priests wouldn’t have any edge over the laypeople. And that never sells well. (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: Right.

5. Downsizing is sometimes needed to correct excessive hiring in the past

WARREN BUFFETT: OK, zone — what, 5, are we over there?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. Good afternoon, Mr. Buffett, Mr. Munger, board of directors.

Wanted to ask, in looking ahead, do you see the trends of extensive outsizing, the offshoring, the downsizing, the expendable workforce, the rightsizing, the diminished commitment to company loyalty, and the greater emphasis on the short term, quick buck, bottom line versus your commitment to the long-term investment affecting your pool of investment possibilities and your decision processes?

And do you possibly think of creating new companies on your own?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I think that the trends you talk about, and the attention devoted to them, could have some effect, just in terms of how the public and Congress may feel toward business.

Historically, you know, every industry, at all times, is interested in downsizing or becoming more efficient.

Now, if the industry is growing, you can achieve efficiency by doing more work, or turning out more output, with the same people.

But you know, if you go back 150 years and look at the percentage of people in farming, for example, farming has downsized from being a very appreciable percentage of the American workforce to a very small percentage. And essentially, that’s released people to do other things.

So, it’s in the interest of society to get as much output in anything as it can per unit of labor input. It’s very difficult on the individual involved.

And you know, it’s no fun — I guess it’s no fun being a horse when the tractor comes along, or a blacksmith, and when the car comes along. But the —

So, I don’t quarrel with the activities. I quarrel, sometimes, with how it’s done. And I do think there’s been a certain lack of, in certain cases, some empathy or sensitivity in terms of the way it’s being done.

You should try to make your businesses more efficient. We hope we’re not in businesses that will require us to lay off people over time, because we hope that physical output grows, and that we become more productive and can keep the same number of people to get greater output.

Dexter Shoe has done a great job of that over time. They’ve become more and more productive. But they’ve sold more shoes instead of selling the same number of shoes and letting people go. But sometimes, industry trends —

I mean, at World Book, we have fewer people than we had a year or two ago. And we didn’t — we don’t have any answer to that.

Over time, we got out of the textile business. I wish we didn’t have to. But we did not know how to run a textile company in New England and compete effectively.

Like I say, I would — I love avoiding those businesses. And to the extent we can, we will.

I mean, GEICO is going to add people over time. And I think Berkshire Hathaway’s going to add people over time.

But I can’t — but it is in the interest of society to do jobs more effectively. It’s also in the interest of society, it seems to me, to take care, in some way, of the people that are affected by that activity. And either — in some cases, it may be retraining.

But in other cases, you know, it doesn’t work so well if you’re 55 years old, and you’ve been working in a textile mill all your life, and all of a sudden the guy that runs the place can’t make any money out of selling your output. I mean, that’s not the fellow’s fault that’s been working at the textile mill for 30 years.

So, there’s a balance in that. I think that the attention that’s come about lately, I think there’s — to some degree, it was a media fad based on some particularly dramatic examples at a couple of companies.

I don’t think there is more displacement going on now, as a percentage of the labor force, annually, than there was 10 years ago, in terms of reconstituting what people do. But it’s gotten a lot of attention lately.

There could be a backlash on that, in terms of corporate tax rates or a number of things. And we might feel it in that direction.

We want, at Berkshire, to do everything as efficiently as we can. Part of that, in a big way, is not taking on a lot of people we don’t need.

A lot of the mistakes that are being corrected now are because people got very fat. And their businesses got very fat in the past and took on all kinds of people they don’t need. We see that in a lot of businesses that we’re exposed to.

And as long as they’re very prosperous, really, no one does very much about it. And then when the time comes, they all of a sudden find out they can get way more output.

The oil companies are a classic example. You know, the people, probably, actually needed to produce, refine, and market oil probably hasn’t changed that much. But if you look at the employment relative to barrels produced, refined, and marketed, it’s gone down dramatically over 20 years ago.

To me, it just means that they weren’t being run that well 20 years ago. And it never should’ve occurred in the first place.

We don’t want to take on more people than we need in any of our businesses, because we don’t want to lay people off, either.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, if you put it in reverse, you’d say, name a business that has been ruined because it was over-downsized. I cannot think of a single one.

But if you asked me to name businesses that were half-ruined, or ruined, by bloat, I mean, I could just rattle off name after name after name.

It’s gotten fashionable to assume that downsizing is wrong. Well, it may have been wrong to let the business get so fat that it eventually had to downsize.

But if you’ve got way more people than are needed in the business, I see no social benefit in having people sit around half employed or unemployed.

WARREN BUFFETT: You’re very likely to compete against some guy, at some point, who doesn’t have more people around than needed in the business, too. But it doesn’t change. For the people involved, they’ve got real problems, and —

CHARLIE MUNGER: Warren, can you name one that has been ruined by over-downsizing? There must be one, but —

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, it’s like Eisenhower said about Nixon. Give me a week, and I’ll come up with something. (Laughter)

6. No layoffs at insurance operations due to reduced volume

WARREN BUFFETT: How about zone 6?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, Mr. Munger, I’m Walter Kaye of New York City.

WARREN BUFFETT: We’re glad to have you here, Walter.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: What?

WARREN BUFFETT: We’re glad to have you here. Walter’s been a good friend of ours.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you very, very much. You just make me more of an egomaniac, a humble egomaniac, by saying that.

I don’t know if Mr. Munger’s wife is here and Mrs. Buffett is here, but back East, where I come from, in New York, they say, “When people — when men are successful, it’s their wife’s doing. But if they’re a failure, it’s because they’re lazy.” (Laughter)

But anyhow, I just wanted to, again, thank you very much. You’ve done such great things for our family. It’s absolutely incredible.

And to those of you who don’t know these two gentlemen, besides being financial geniuses, and you all know Mr. Buffett and, somewhat, Mr. Munger, too, they’re the finest human beings you’ll ever meet. I mean, just the way they explained this downsizing is the most intelligent thing that I’ve ever heard.

And eventually, like, you know, these people eventually find work. They have to be reeducated and everything like that.

But one point of business I’d like to ask you, if you don’t mind. I have been noticing that there has been a tremendous amount of new capital going into reinsurance carriers.

And I was wondering if you could make a few comments about that, if you think that will affect the reinsurance business — have any effect on the insurance business in general, because, as you know better than I, we’re still in a very soft market.

And there isn’t a month that goes by that I don’t hear of some new reinsurance carrier, whether in Bermuda or London or somewhere. Thank you.

WARREN BUFFETT: OK. Walter knows more about insurance than I do. But I’ll, nevertheless, comment on that.

There has been a fair amount of capital. And there was a rush of it about, I’d say, maybe three years ago into the reinsurance business.

But there has been capital come in, and that is negative for our business. I mean, because any capital that’s brought in, basically, will get employed.

We are willing, at Berkshire — and we do it — we are willing to sit on the sidelines in the reinsurance business.

We’ll offer quotes. But somebody that — will cut those prices substantially, if they’ve got a lot of capital and want to keep busy. And if you’ve got a lot of capital in this business, or if you attracted a lot of capital, you will do something. You might like to do something smart, but if need be, you’ll do something dumb.

You’ll rationalize it, so you think it’s smart. But you will do it. You won’t just sit there and write the shareholders at the end of the year and say, you know, “We asked you for $300 million last year. And we’d like to report that it’s all safely in a bank account at Citicorp.” It just doesn’t work that way.

So they will go out and do something. People don’t like to sit around all day and do nothing.

And that means that prices will get cut under certain circumstances. And those circumstances — that’s happening now.

We will — at Berkshire, we do have a rule about downsizing on that. We have promised people, at all of our insurance operations, that we will never have layoffs because of a drop in volume. We do not want the people who run our insurance business to feel they have to write X dollars in order to keep everybody there.

We can afford some overhead around that’s costing us a little money for lack of using it at full capacity, because it isn’t that much, relative to the size of our insurance operation.

What we can’t afford are people feeling some internal compulsion to keep writing business in order to keep their job. So, we have a strong policy on that.

And if the business falls away, in terms of price, we won’t be doing business. But we will be around to do business in a big way when the circumstances reverse.

They reversed in the casualty business for a while in 1985 or thereabouts. And we did a terrific amount of business.

They reversed in catastrophe reinsurance four or five years ago, and we became very active in that, and —

We will have times that are very good for us in insurance. It’s a lot like investments. If you feel you have to invest every day, you’re going to make a lot of mistakes. It just — it isn’t that kind of a business. You have to wait until you get the fat pitch.

And in insurance, it’s similar. You do not — if we had a budget for premium volume for our insurance companies, it would be the dumbest thing we could do, because they would meet the budget.

They could meet any budget I set out. I could tell some operation that wrote a hundred million last year to write 500 million this year, and they would meet it, you know, and I would be paying the bills for decades to come, so —

It’s a very illogical way to try and plan 8 or 10 percent-a-year growth.

Now, GEICO is a different story in that GEICO is a business that is the low-cost operator and can attract, from a huge pool, business at, I think, a very good rate of growth simply by letting people know what’s available out there. So that is a business that I see growing under almost any circumstances.

But our reinsurance business will swing around enormously, in terms of volume, based on what the competitor is doing. And what the competitors are doing depends, to a great extent, on how much money they’ve got burning a hole in their pocket.

And right now, it’s going one direction. But it will change, I mean, just like investment markets change, you know. I’ve been through at least a half a dozen periods where people think, you know, they’re never going to get a chance to buy securities at intelligent prices. And it always changes.

In the insurance business, people that misprice their policies will pay the price for it. And the world will still need insurance. And we will still be there.

7. International expansion for GEICO would be dangerous distraction

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 7? Oh, we don’t have any. I guess we have everybody in here now, so we’ll go back to zone 1.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett, salutations from Portugal. I am from Portugal. My name is Herculano Fortado (PH). I have been a shareholder of your company since it was traded on the NASDAQ.

And I hold the shares and went on accumulating year after year, whenever funds were available and were at my disposal.

Now, a little bit about my history. As a student, I am from India. I was born in India, of Indian parentage. And my parents were very modest and could not afford me higher education. I started my school —

WARREN BUFFETT: I think maybe you’d better just get to the question, though, if you will, please.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. And then started writing insurance, life insurance, for a company which was a subsidiary of American Life.

My question now is this. I am now living in Portugal, and I see that the European market is developing and Berkshire Hathaway is having a very big slice of insurance investments.

They don’t seem to be operating in the new markets that are emerging in Europe, and as well as in countries like India or the Pacific area, where the human — two-thirds of human beings are living.

Is there a policy or a plan, on the part of Berkshire Hathaway, to diversify and internationalize their insurance business? This is my only question.

WARREN BUFFETT: Thank you.

The reinsurance business of Berkshire Hathaway is totally international. I mean, we deal with risks all over the world. We deal with companies all over the world.

And that’s the nature of the reinsurance business, generally, although there might be some that would be more specialized to this country, but —

We are quite willing to take on risks around the world, although they have to be risks with a large premium. I mean, that’s the nature of our reinsurance business. We’re not in the retail end of the business.

But we do that worldwide. And we’ll continue to do that worldwide, because there are huge risks that exist for primary insurers around the world. And they need somebody to lay them off on.

Now, whether they will pay the proper price is another question. And it may be a little more difficult, in a few jurisdictions, to do business than in others. But that’s an international operation.

GEICO has two-and-a-fraction percent of the U.S. auto market. We have about 2 1/2 million policyholders. There are over a hundred million in the country.

And there is such an opportunity here that it would be diversionary to go into other countries with GEICO.

There’s been a firm that was very successful over in England that introduced a somewhat GEICO-like operation about 10 years ago. And they did very well. They are now encountering more competition. And their results are falling off somewhat, but —

There’s a huge potential for GEICO in this country. And I would not want the management of GEICO to be going off in other directions now, when there’s so much to be done here.

I mean, three percentage points on our growth rate here, for example, you know, would be 75 million or so of volume. And that, in turn, would keep compounding over time. Well that — there’s too much to do here before we set up some startup operation around the world.

And there are actually various problems in a lot of jurisdictions in — to run a GEICO-like operation — although I wouldn’t say that that prevails every place. I mean, there could be opportunities. But the opportunity here in this country is huge. And the management of GEICO is focused.

I love focused management. The management of — if you read the Coca-Cola annual report, you will not get the idea that Roberto Goizueta is thinking about a whole lot of things other than Coca-Cola.

And I have seen that work time after time. And when they lose that focus — as, actually, did Coke and Gillette both, at one point 20 to 30 years ago somewhat — it shows up.

I mean, it — two great organizations were not hitting their potential 20 years ago. And then they became refocused. And what a difference it makes. It makes tens of billions of dollars’ worth of difference, in terms of market value.

GEICO actually started — they started fooling around in a number of things in the early ’80s, and they paid a price to do it. They paid a very big price.

They paid a direct price, in terms of the cost of those things, because they almost all worked out badly. And then they paid an additional price in the loss of focus on the main business.

That will not happen with the present management. Tony Nicely thinks about nothing else but doing — carrying the GEICO message to people who — that 97 1/2 percent or so that are not policyholders. And that will work very well for us over time.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: We are indirectly in all of these emerging markets through Coca-Cola and Gillette. So, it isn’t true that we’re totally absent.

WARREN BUFFETT: No. Well, at Coca-Cola the international markets are 80 percent of profits — actually, a little more.

Gillette, I think they’re about 70 percent or so. So, the — we love the international aspects of the Coca-Cola or Gillette businesses. And that’s a very major attraction.

But the management of those companies is focused on that. But they are doing — they have distribution systems, and they have recognition, and they’ve got a lot going for them over there. But the beauty of it is that they’re maximizing what they do have going for them, which was not the case 20 years ago.

They just sort of let it go more by default, and they started fooling around with a lot of diversification. And you know, basically, that has not worked that well. So, we like focus. We love focus.

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yeah, and doing it indirectly, as we’ve done, one can argue that we, thereby, do it a lot better. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: We won’t explore the implications of that. (Laughter)

8. Shareholders boost Borsheims sales

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name’s George Olson (PH). I’m from Atlanta, Georgia. I have a couple quick questions for you.

First of all, I’d like to have your comments on the USAir preferred that were — they’re several quarters in arrears on.

And secondly, I was wondering about the Borsheims report from yesterday. You usually comment on that. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, Susan Jacques, who runs Borsheims, called me this morning. And her voice was hoarse but happy, and — (Laughs)

Borsheims — that comparable day last year was the biggest day of the year. And it was about 60 percent up this year, so — I’m — you’ve done your part. (Applause)

CHARLIE MUNGER: We are starting a new custom at Berkshire Hathaway’s annual meetings. A shareholder came up to me and asked for my autograph on his sales slip from Borsheims — (laughter) — which was a $54,000 watch.

Now, that is the kind of autographs we like to give. (Laughter and applause)

And so our message to you all is, “Go thou and do likewise.” (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: It wasn’t a member of Charlie’s family, incidentally. (Laughter)

9. USAir investment has improved, but was still a mistake

WARREN BUFFETT: The USAir preferred, as I mentioned in the annual report, it looks considerably better than it did 18 months ago or thereabouts.

But their fundamental problem — and Steve Wolf has said this — the new CEO of USAir — the fundamental problems are there. And they either address and correct those fundamental problems, or those problems will address and correct them. (Laughter)

And the — you know, their costs are out of line. Their costs are those that are relics of a regulated, protected environment. And they are not in a regulated, protected environment. And so far, they have not had any great success in correcting the situation.

Knowing Mr. Wolf, I’m sure he is, you know, focused entirely on getting that changed. And he will need to get it changed. And he — his record has been pretty successful at that.

So, we’re a lot better off with our US Air preferred than we were 18 months ago, but it still is a mistake I made.

And we would’ve been a lot better off if I’d just, as Charlie says, gone out to a bar that night instead. (Laughter)

You got any comments, Charlie, on USAir? He doesn’t want to comment. It may sound like it’s his deal. (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: It’s, plainly, worth a lot more than it was last year. (Laughter)

10. Newspapers may evolve, but won’t disappear entirely

WARREN BUFFETT: And with that, we’ll move to zone 3. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi, David Winters, Mountain Lakes, New Jersey.

Without ruining my fun, can you give me a few hints about how I should think about calculating the intrinsic value — (Buffett laughs) — of the insurance businesses?

And secondly, I’m wondering about, not that you can foretell the future, either one of you, but with regards to newspapers, is there any concern that it goes the way of the printed World Book and Blue Chip Stamps?

WARREN BUFFETT: It could — I think it’s very — I’ll answer the second part first.

I think it’s very unlikely — very, very unlikely, you know, down to a few percentage points, that newspapers will go the way of Blue Chip Stamps.

World Book is a different story. World Book has got — they have a reasonable shot at a decent future. But it’s not automatic.

But the newspaper, it may be configured somewhat differently. It may get a different percentage of its revenue from circulation and advertising than it does. I mean, there may be some evolutionary-type changes in it. But it’s still a bargain.

It is a bargain to anybody that is interested in their community. It’s still a bargain to a great many advertisers.

We spend a lot of money advertising in newspapers in our various businesses. And we feel we are getting our money’s worth, obviously. And it works.

But it just doesn’t have the lock that it used to have on the business.

11. Why $7B of insurance float is better than $7B of cash

WARREN BUFFETT: Now, what was the other question about?

Did you want to repeat the first one?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: (Inaudible)

WARREN BUFFETT: Oh, yeah, the question about the insurance business, the intrinsic value.

I would say this. We have — I’m not going to give you a precise answer, but I will tell you this.

We have 7 billion, presently, of float. That’s the money we’re holding that belongs to someone else but that we have the use of.

Now, if I were asked, would I trade that for $7 billion and not have to pay tax on the gain that would result if I did that, but I would then have to stay out of the insurance business forever — total forever non-compete clause of any kind in insurance — would I accept that? And the answer is no.

Now, that is not because I would rather have 7 billion of float than 7 billion of net proceeds of free money. It’s because I expect the 7 billion to grow.

And if I’d made that trade — that I’m just suggesting now — if I’d made that 27 years ago and said, “Will you take 17 million for the float you have, no tax to be paid, the float for which you just paid 8-million-7 when we bought the companies, and gotten out of the insurance business,” I might’ve said yes in those days, but it would’ve —

CHARLIE MUNGER: Oh, you would’ve?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. (Laughter) Yeah.

CHARLIE MUNGER: No, he keeps learning. That’s one of his tricks. (Laughter and applause)

WARREN BUFFETT: That’s probably true in this case. I’m not sure about other cases.

But it would’ve been a terrible mistake. It would’ve been a mistake to do it 10 or 12 years ago with 300 million.

It is not worth $7 billion to us to forego being in the insurance business forever at Berkshire Hathaway.

Even though it would all be, you know, it would be — if it were nontaxed profits, so we got the full 7 billion, pure addition to equity — we would not take it. And we wouldn’t even think about it very long. So as Charlie says, that is not the answer that we would’ve given some time back. But it’s a very valuable business.

It has to be run right. I mean, GEICO has to be run right. The reinsurance business has to be run right, National Indemnity, the Homestate Company. They all have to be run right. And it’s not automatic.

But they have the people, the distribution structure, the reputation, the capital strength, the competitive advantages. They have those in place. And if nurtured, you know, they can become more valuable as time goes by.

12. Keeping more mortgages has increased Freddie Mac’s risk a “tiny bit”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. I’d like to ask the chairman and Mr. Munger about Freddie Mac.

A few years ago, I think they were earning most of their money from the guarantee fees and the float. Now, they’ve got the huge balance sheet, a lot of short-term liabilities.

Do you think that’s a more risky business now and that the spread might go away in some, you know, less-than-foreseen event?

WARREN BUFFETT: Charlie, I think he aimed that one at you. (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: It’s probably slightly more risky, but I don’t think they’re taking horrible risks. It’s still a very good business.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, what the question referred to is that, formerly, Freddie Mac emphasized, normally, just the guarantee of credit and then passed all interest rate risk onto the market.

Now, they’ve retained, for their portfolio, a greater percentage of the mortgages that come through their hands.

I think they’ve structured the liabilities quite intelligently to handle what they call in the investment world “the convexity problem,” but — which is that the borrower has the option of calling off the deal tomorrow or retaining it for 30 years. And that is a very disadvantageous contract to enter into, if you lend money.

They have done quite an intelligent job of attacking that by callable debt and various things. But you can’t address a problem like that totally. There is no way to set up some model that satisfies that entire risk.

They’ve done a good job. But as Charlie says, the larger the portfolio, as compared to guarantee fees — because you’ve still got the — you got the credit risk on the portfolio, and you’ve added a little interest rate risk at the extremes.

And it doesn’t keep us up nights, but it’s a tiny bit riskier than it used to be.

13. Don’t wait for downturn to buy a great company

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: (Inaudible) — I’m the guy who asked you my question, my family last year — (inaudible) — my mom. This guy said fine, so I — (inaudible) — (laughter).

I know you said do what you want. I just wanted to let you know that —

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, you did what you wanted. I mean, you followed my advice. (Laughter)

I’m batting 1.000. We’ll see what you’re batting next year. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I had one quick question — (inaudible) — you said, if you have three great companies, wonderful businesses, they could last you a lifetime.

And I have — one thing that struck me in a way that — (inaudible) — great businesses get pounded down. And then you bet big on them, like American Express and Disney at one time.

And my question is, I have capital to invest, but I haven’t yet invested it. I have three great companies, which I’ve identified: Coca-Cola, Gillette, and McDonald’s.

And my question is, if I have a lifetime ahead of me, where I want to keep an investment for more than 20 or 30 years, is it better to wait a year or two to see if one of those companies stumble, or to get in now and just stay with it over a long time horizon?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Well, I won’t comment on the three companies that you’ve named.

But in general terms, unless you find the prices of a great company really offensive, if you feel you’ve identified it —

And by definition, a great company is one that’s going to remain great for 30 years. If it’s going to be a great company for three years, you know, it ain’t a great company. I mean, it — (Laughter)

So, you really want to go along with the idea of something that, if you were going to take a trip for 20 years, you wouldn’t feel bad leaving the money in with no orders with your broker and no power of attorney or anything, and you just go on the trip. And you know you come back, and it’s going to be a terribly strong company.

I think it’s better just to own them. I mean, you know, we could attempt to buy and sell some of the things that we own that we think are fine businesses. But they’re too hard to find.

I mean, we found See’s Candy in 1972, or we find, here and there, we get the opportunity to do something. But they’re too hard to find.

So, to sit there and hope that you buy them in the throes of some panic, you know, that you sort of take the attitude of a mortician, you know, waiting for a flu epidemic or something, I mean — (laughter) — it — I’m not sure that will be a great technique.

I mean, it may be great if you inherit. You know, Paul Getty inherited the money at the bottom, in ’32. I mean, he didn’t inherit it exactly. He talked his mother out of it. But — (laughter) — it’s true, actually.

CHARLIE MUNGER: Close enough.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, close enough, right?

But he benefitted enormously by having access to a lot of cash in 19 — in the early ’30s — that he didn’t have access to in the late ’20s. And so, you get some accidents like that.

But that’s a lot to count on. And you know, if you start with the Dow at X, and you think it’s too high, you know, when it goes to 90 percent of X, do you buy?

Well, if it does, and it goes to 50 percent of X, it gets — you know, you never get the benefits of those extremes anyway, unless you just come into some accidental sum of money at some time.

So, I think the main thing to do is find wonderful businesses.

Is Phil Carret here? We’ve got the world —there’s the hero of investing. Phil, would you stand up?

Phil is 99. He wrote a book on investing in 1924 [“Buying a Bond”]. (Applause)

Phil has done awfully well by finding businesses he likes, and sticking with them, and not worrying too much about what they do day to day.

There’s going to be — I think there’s going to be an article in the Wall Street Journal about Phil on May 28th, and I advise you all to read it. And you’ll probably learn a lot more than by coming to this meeting, but —

It’s that approach of buying businesses — I mean, let’s just say there was no stock market. And the owner of the best business in whatever your hometown is came to you and said, “Look it, you know, my brother just died, and he owned 20 percent of the business. And I want somebody to go in with me to buy that 20 percent.

“And the price looks a little high, maybe, but this is what I think I can get for it. You know, do you want to buy in?”

You know, I think, if you like the business, and you like the person that’s coming to you, and the price sounds reasonable, and you really know the business, I think, probably, the thing to do is to take it and don’t worry about how it’s quoted. It won’t be quoted tomorrow, or next week, or next month.

You know, I think people’s investment would be more intelligent, you know, if stocks were quoted about once a year. But it isn’t going to happen that way, so —

And if you happen to come in to some added money at some time when something dramatic has happened — I mean, we did well back in 1964, because American Express ran into a crook.

You know, we did well in 1976, because GEICO’s managers and auditors didn’t know what their loss reserves should’ve been the previous couple of years.

So, we’ve had our share of flu epidemics. But you don’t want to spend your life — (laughs) — waiting around for them.

14. “Change is likely to work against us”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 6.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I’m Joe Condon (PH) from London.

Both Mr. Buffett and Mr. Munger have addressed my question in annual reports and at previous meetings here. This is my first time. It has to do with investment in a few great, high-technology stocks.

I know your answer has been that, if you don’t understand it, and I can’t, after this performance, can’t really believe that both of you don’t understand most of the high-technology questions. But I’m thinking about not only Microsoft but, say, Pfizer and J&J.

All three companies, which have already proven that not only do they have a great product, proven management over 10 to 15 years, great market share positions, which are not easy to get into.

And I, frankly, don’t see a big difference in the P/E ratios, for example, you could say, Coca-Cola, or, you know, against Johnson & Johnson or Pfizer, which are very powerful companies. I wonder if either or both of you would address that question again.

WARREN BUFFETT: Charlie, why don’t you? (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: If you have something you think you understand that looks very attractive to you, we think it’s smart to do what you understand. If — we’ve been unable to find companies that fit our slender talents.

We well might have been in the Pfizers and Microsofts and so forth. But we’ve never had to revert to it.

We don’t sneer at it. Other people with more talent have found that a wonderful course of action.

WARREN BUFFETT: We generally look at businesses — we feel change is likely to work against us. We do not have great ability — we do not think we have great ability to predict where change is going to lead.

We think we have some ability to find businesses where we don’t think change is going to be very important.

Now, at a Gillette, the product is going to be better 10 years from now than now, or 20 years from now than 10 years from now. You saw those earlier ads going back to the Blue Blade and all that. The Blue Blade seemed great at the time. But they keep — the shaving technology gets better and better.

But you know that Gillette — although they had that little experience with Wilkinson in the early ’60s — but you know that Gillette is basically going to be spending many multiples the money on developing better shaving systems than exist now, compared to anyone else.

You know, they’ve got the distribution system. They’ve got the believability. If they bring out a product, and they say, “This is something that men ought to look at,” men look at it.

And they found out here a few years ago that the same thing happened when they said to women to look at it in the shaving field. They wouldn’t have that same credibility someplace else. But in the shaving field, they have it.

Those are assets that can’t be built. And they’re very hard to destroy.

So change — we think we know, in a general way, what the soft drink industry or the shaving industry or the candy business is going to look like 10 or 20 years from now.

We think Microsoft is a sensational company run by the best of managers. But we don’t have any idea what that world is going to look like in 10 or 20 years.

Now, if you’re going to bet on somebody that is going to see out and do what we can’t do ourselves, I’d rather bet on Bill Gates than anybody else.

But that — I don’t want to bet on anybody else. I mean, in the end, we want to understand, ourselves, where we think a business is going. And if somebody tells us the business is going to change a lot, in Wall Street, they love to tell you that, you know, that’s great opportunity.

They don’t think it’s a great opportunity when Wall Street itself is going to change a lot, incidentally. (Laughter)

But they — you know, it’s a great opportunity. We don’t think it’s an opportunity at all. I mean, we — it scares the hell out of us. Because we don’t know how things are going to change.

We are looking, you know — when people are chewing chewing gum, we have a pretty good idea how they chewed it 20 years ago and how they’ll chew it 20 years from now. And we don’t really see a lot of technology going into the art of the chew, you know? (Laughter) So, that —

And as long as we don’t have to make those other decisions, why in the world should we? I mean, you know, if I — all kinds of things, we don’t know. And so, why going around trying to bet on things we don’t know, when we can bet on the simple things?

Zone 1? (Applause)

I can see the shareholders like us sticking with the simple ones. They understand us, yeah.

15. We don’t reveal more about our stocks than we have to

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Good afternoon, Warren. Jerry Zucker (PH), Los Angeles, California.

In the annual report, the second-largest holdings of unsecured securities are labeled, “Others.”

Could you please expand on some of the holdings there? Like, do we still own PNC? And are we supposed to be buying Big Macs, as the press has reported?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, well, actually, it’s a very descriptive title, “Others.” (Laughter)

We do that for several reasons. But one is that we have no interest in people buying Berkshire or looking at the Berkshire report or anything else, in order to generate investment ideas for themselves. Some people may do it, but we are not in that business.

Berkshire Hathaway shareholders are not being paid for that. There is no way it benefits the owners of the company.

So, we will not disclose, in the way of our security holdings, more than we feel we have to disclose in order to be fair about things that can be material to the company.

And we certainly have no interest in disclosing them to people who, essentially, want to use the information to try and figure out where our buying power may be, subsequently, or something of the sort.

So, we will keep raising the cutoff level. And you may see more and more in others.

And I will say this. There’s a lot of speculation about what we do, in the press, and I’d say about half of it’s accurate and about half of it’s inaccurate.

And again, we leave to you the fun of figuring out which half is right. (Laughter)

Yeah, we hope you get a lot for your money in buying a share of Berkshire. But we don’t want to act as an investment advisory service.

16. Buffett isn’t worrying about the Y2K computer problem

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: David Coles, Appleton, Wisconsin.

Earlier, you made reference to the vicissitudes of time. What are the plans to ensure that all the computer systems and companies in which Berkshire has an interest will function correctly with dates of January 1st of the year 2000 and beyond?

And what will you do to reassure shareholders that we will not suffer serious business loss or failure due to incorrect handling of these dates by computer systems?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, actually, I’ve got a friend that’s quite involved in the — (laughter) — question of — no, I’m serious about that — the 2000 question with computers. But that’s the kind of thing I don’t worry about.

I mean, I will let the people who run the operating businesses work on that. And I’ll work on capital allocation. And I have a feeling, one way or another, we’ll get through it.

But like I say, we have — there are a lot of things at Berkshire we don’t — (applause) — we don’t spend a lot of time on a lot of things at the headquarters that other companies have whole departments on.

And our managers have not let us down. I mean, I must say that we’ve got a group at one business after another. And they focus on their business. And they mail the money to us in Omaha. And we’re all happy. (Laughter)

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: I have the feeling that our people will be quite good at keeping the computer systems in order and with backups. I also have the feeling that few companies could handle a big computer snafu better than we could.

I have the feeling the Coca-Cola stock would be there. The Gillette stock would be there. The Nebraska Furniture Mart would be full of furniture and know the customers.

I don’t think a computer crash is going to do us in.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. You’re correct, though, that that is a problem for the computer world. But as Charlie says, it’ll hit other people a lot harder than it hits us.

Most of the things — we try to be in businesses that are fairly simple and that can’t get all messed up.

And by and large, I think that we’ve got an unusual portfolio of those. And when it gets to our investees, you know, they’re going to worry about those problems themselves.

We really worry about allocating money around Berkshire and having the right managers in place. That — if we can do those two right, everything else’ll take care of itself.

17. Berkshire businesses are “way easier to predict”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is Peter Bevelin from Sweden.

You have said that you like franchise companies, companies that have — that are castles surrounded by moats, companies that are possible to — you can have some prediction five, 10 years down the road.

But aren’t businesses like See’s Candy, the furniture business, the jewelry business, the shoe business, businesses that are hard to predict the future, five, 10 years down the road?

WARREN BUFFETT: What was that on the last part of that?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Aren’t these businesses hard to predict five or 10 years down the road?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, I think —

CHARLIE MUNGER: Things like shoe business and —

WARREN BUFFETT: I think they’re far easier to predict than most businesses. I think I can come closer to telling you the future of virtually all of the businesses we have, and not just because we have them — I mean, if they belonged to somebody else — than if I took the Dow 30, excluding the ones we own, or you know, the first 100 companies alphabetically on the New York Stock Exchange.

I think ours are way easier to predict. There are fair — they tend to be fundamental things, fairly simple. Rate of change is not fast, so I feel pretty comfortable.

I think, when you look at Berkshire five years from now, the businesses we have now will be performing pretty much as we’ve anticipated at this time.

I hope there are some new ones, and I hope they’re big ones. But I don’t think that we’ll have had lots of surprises in the present ones.

My guess is we’ll have had one surprise. I don’t know what it’ll be. But I mean, you know, that happens in life. But there won’t be a series of them.

Whereas, if you — if we were to buy — if we owned a base metals business or many retailing businesses I can think of, or an auto business, I’m not sure I’d know where we would stand in the competitive pecking order five or 10 years from now.

I would not want to try and come in and displace See’s Candies, for example, in the business it does, or the Furniture Mart. It’s not an easy job.

So, I don’t think you’ll get lots of surprises with the present businesses of Berkshire, but the key is developing more of them.

18. Eisner is “most important factor” in Disney’s success

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is Stafford Ordahl. I’m from Morris, New York.

I was just wondering if the surprise could be coming from Disney. Because it seems to me they’ve been coasting, up until very recently, on the efforts of a person that’s no longer with the company, [Jeffrey] Katzenberg, who is one of those rare geniuses, like [filmmaker Steven] Spielberg, that has his finger on the pulse of the American people.

And that — they don’t come along every day, even in Hollywood.

They might be a very different company now that all of his efforts are, so to speak, out of the pipeline.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Have you finished, or —?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, I — Katzenberg is a real talent. I would say that, by far, I mean, by far, the most important person at Disney in the last 12 years, or whatever it’s been, has been [CEO] Michael Eisner.

I mean, if you know him and what he has done in the business, there’s no one — [former President and Chief Operating Officer] Frank Wells did a terrific job in conjunction with Eisner.

But Eisner has been the “Walt Disney,” in effect, of his tenure. He knows the business. He loves the business. You know, he eats and lives and breathes it. And he has been, in my view, by far, the most important factor in Disney’s success.

Now, they face competition. The money is in — you know, the big money is in the animated films and everything that revolves around that, because you go from films to parks to character merchandising and back. And I mean, it’s a circular sort of thing, which feeds on itself. There’s going to be plenty of competition in that.

I mean, they’ve — you know, you’ve seen what MCA and Universal’s going to do in the parks in Florida. And you know what DreamWorks is going to do in animation. And now, you’ve got new technology in animation, you know, through [Pixar CEO Steve Jobs.] And there’s a lot of things going on in that field.

So the question is, 10 years from now, what place in the mind — because it’s a share of mind. You know, they call it share of market, but it starts with share of mind — and what place in the mind of billions of children around the world, and their parents, does Disney itself have, and their characters, relative to that owned by other organizations and other characters?

And it’s a competitive world, so there will be people fighting for that. But I would rather start with Disney’s hand than anyone else’s, by some margin. And I would rather start with Michael Eisner running the place than with anyone else, by some margin.

So that does not mean that it can’t become a much more competitive business. Because people look at the video releases of a “Lion King,” and they salivate.

You know, you sell 30 million copies of something at whatever it may be, 16 or $17, and you can figure out the manufacturing cost. And you know, it gets your attention. And it gets your competitors’ attention.

But going back, if I had to — if I thought the children of the world were going to want to be entertained 10 or 20 years from now, and I had my choice of betting on who is going to have a special place, if anyone has a special place, in the minds of those kids and their parents, I think I would probably rather bet on Disney.

And I would feel particularly good about betting on them, if I had the guy who has done what Eisner has done over those years presiding in the future.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, I think it helps to do the simple arithmetic. Suppose you have a billion children of low-middle income 20 years from now. And suppose you could make $10 per year per child, after taxes, from your position. It gets into very large numbers.

And — (laughter) — I don’t know about your children and grandchildren, but mine want to see Disney. And they want to see it — (applause) — over and over and over again. They don’t want to see Katzenberg. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Well I —

CHARLIE MUNGER: I mean, in terms of the trade name. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: It’s a pretty good trade name. I mean, when you think about names around the world, it’s interesting that, you know, it’s very hard to beat the name Coca-Cola. But Disney’s got a — it’s very, very big name.

And Charlie’s point that they want to see them over and over again, and it’s kind of nice to be able to recycle Snow White every seven or eight years. You hit a different crowd.

And — (laughter) — it’s kind of like having an oil field, you know, where you pump out all the oil and sell it. And then it all seeps back in over seven or eight years. (Laughter)

19. Why Wall Street businesses are “tough” to manage

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I’m Randall Bellows (PH) from Chicago. Thank you for this marathon question-and-answer period.

WARREN BUFFETT: We enjoy it. Thanks.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you. My question is on the security business, Wall Street firms, in general, and specifically, what you feel about Salomon at this time. Thank you.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, we know more about the security business than we knew 10 years ago. (Laughter)

And it, you know, it is a tough business to manage.

There’s a lot of money made in the business and then — throughout Wall Street, I’m talking about. There’s, you know, there’s very big sums of money made. And then the question is, how does it get divided up between the institution and the people there?

And you get to this question — I’ve often used the analogy of, you know, would you rather — if you’re an investor, and you get a chance to buy the Mayo Clinic, you know, that is one sort of an investment. And if you get a chance to buy the local brain surgeon, that’s another one.

You buy the local brain surgeon and his practice for X millions of dollars. And the next day, you know, what do you own?

And if you’re buying the local brain surgeon, you would not pay any real multiple of earnings because he’s going to have this revelation, several days later, that it’s really him and not you there, with your little stock certificate, that’s producing the earnings. And it’s his reputation. And he doesn’t care.

Can you imagine Berkshire Hathaway advertising brain surgery, you know, how much business we would do?

So — (laughter) — he owns the business, even though you’ve got the stock certificate.

Now, if you go to the Mayo Clinic, no one can name the name of anybody at the Mayo Clinic, unless you live within 10 miles of Rochester [Minnesota].

And there, the institution has the power. Now, it has to keep quality up and do all the things that an institution has to do. But whoever owns the Mayo Clinic has an asset that is independent of the attitude of any one person in the place the next day.

Wall Street has a mix of both. And there are some businesses that are more — where the value resides more in the institution. And there are some where the value resides more in the individuals.

We’ve got a couple of sensational people running Salomon. And they wrestle with this problem as they go along. And they seem to be wrestling considerably more successfully currently than was the case close to a year ago.

But it is not an easy business to run. And it’s not an easy business to predict, unless you have a business that’s very institutional in character, and there aren’t many of those in Wall Street.

20. Not important if part of the market is “kind of screwy”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 6?

Sorry we got a — the microphone’s over here.

CHARLIE MUNGER: (Inaudible)

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Just raise your hand and the monitor will supply the microphone.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you. Howard Winston (PH) from Cincinnati, Ohio.

One question. Are you concerned about the rising valuations on the NASDAQ market, where companies trade at multiples of revenues instead of multiples of earnings?

WARREN BUFFETT: The rising value of what, did you say?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: The NASDAQ market —

WARREN BUFFETT: Oh.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: — where they trade at 10 times revenues or more, 30 times revenues, instead of 10 times earnings?

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. Well, we don’t pay much attention to that. Because throughout the careers Charlie and I have had in investing, there have always been hundreds of cases, or thousands of cases, of things that are ridiculously priced, and phony stock promotions, and the gullible being led in to believe in things that just can’t come true.

So that’s always gone on. It always will go on. And it doesn’t make any difference to us.

I mean, we are not trying to predict markets. We never will try and predict markets. We’re trying to find wonderful businesses. And the fact that a part of the market is kind of screwy, you know, that’s unimportant to us.

We tried, a few times, shorting some of those things in our innocence of youth. And it’s very tough to make money shorting even the obvious frauds. And there are some obvious frauds.

It really is — it’s not tough — it’s not so tough to find the obvious frauds, and it’s not tough to be right over 10 years. But it’s very tough to make money being short them, although we tried a few times way back.

It’s — we don’t look at indicia from stocks in general, or from P/Es, or price-sales ratios, or what other things are doing.

We really just focus on businesses. We don’t care if there’s a stock market. I mean, would we want to own Coca-Cola, the 8 percent we own of Coca-Cola, or the 11 percent or Gillette, if they said, you know, “We’re just going to delist the stock and we’re never — you know, we’ll open it again in 20 years?”

It’s fine with us, you know. And if it goes down on the news, we’ll buy more of it. So we care about what the business does. Yeah.

21. A business is more important than where it’s based

WARREN BUFFETT: Norton, did — why don’t you give him the microphone there?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Thank you, Warren, for including me — (Buffett laughs) — out of order.

WARREN BUFFETT: It’s good to have you here. Norton [Dodge] represents a family that came in nineteen-fifty —

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Six.

WARREN BUFFETT: Six! Yeah, that joined up with the partnership and has been with us ever since. (Applause)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: A very, very fortunate connection. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Both ways, Norton, both ways.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: And —

CHARLIE MUNGER: Careful, Norton. We don’t want you mobbed on the way out. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: But I might say that it all began with my father [Homer Dodge] discovering — thanks to a professor of finance that was also at the University of Oklahoma — Ben Graham, back in 1940.

And then later, when Ben Graham was about to retire, we were trying to find his protégé. And clearly, that was Warren. And so he belongs to that long tradition.

But the question I wanted to ask was, you’ve mentioned the very strong companies that Berkshire has that are really international companies, like Coca-Cola and the — Gillette.

But are you considering, or have you ever thought of considering, the foreign companies that are undervalued? Or have you, for some reason, not included that in your universe of companies to consider?

WARREN BUFFETT: We’ve looked at companies domiciled in other countries. And we continue to look at companies domiciled in other countries.

We wouldn’t — you know, we’re happy for the U.S. and for Atlanta that Coca-Cola’s domiciled in Atlanta. But would we pass on it if it happened to be domiciled in England? No, we’d love it, if it were domiciled in England, too.

And we feel that the important thing is the business, not the domicile. Although, it’s — A, we’re more familiar, in a general way, with domestic companies that are domiciled here, although they make — they may make their money internationally.

And we feel a tiny bit more comfortable, just a tiny bit, in terms of understanding the nuances of taxes, and politics, and shareholder governance, and all of that in something where we’ve been reading and thinking about it daily than someplace where we’ve had a little less experience.

But we would love to find a wonderful business that is domiciled in any one of 30 or so countries around the world.

We look some. We don’t look as hard as we look at domestic companies. We’re not as familiar with them.

But I have read hundreds of annual reports of companies spread around the world. And we’ve owned a few, just a couple.

They’re usually not as big, so just getting the kind of money in, in many cases, is more of a problem. But some of them are big.

And we do not have such a surplus of ideas that we can afford to ignore any possibilities. And if we can find something with a market cap, probably, of at least $5 billion or greater, that strikes us as having our kind of qualities, and the price is right and everything, we will buy.

22. We never reach “for an extra eight of a percent”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 1?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Good afternoon, Mr. Buffett. I’m Nelson Coburn (PH) from Silver Spring, Maryland. I have one question I want to ask that hasn’t come up here yet.

Where does the money sit that comes in, say, from dividends and whatever other income that comes into Berkshire, that you’re waiting to invest someplace else? Is it get — someplace where it’s taking in a profit? Or is it just sitting, gathering dust? (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, we only have about four or five commercial paper names we accept. We’re very picky about where we put — the money all gets invested. We do not have anything sitting around in a safe or anyplace else. So it’s all invested.

But we do not get venturesome, in the least, in terms of where our short-term money goes. So we only have, like I say, maybe four or five approved names on commercial paper, all of which I approve. I mean, if anything ever goes haywire on this, it’s my fault.

Right now, we have, maybe, a billion and something in relatively short-term Treasurys. And we have a little extra in some commercial paper, maybe.

But you will never see us reaching for an extra eighth of a percent on short-term yields.

Some of you may remember the fiasco in the — in Penn Central, in the commercial paper market. And Penn Central, around 1970 or thereabouts, was paying a quarter of a point, as I remember, more than other commercial paper issuers.

And of course, they, one day, despite showing a positive net worth, I think, of a billion and a half or so, they said they had a lot of net worth but no cash. Turned out cash was more important. And so they defaulted.

Now, the interesting thing about doing that is, if you’re getting a quarter of a point extra, and you came over on the Mayflower, and you landed, and you said, “Well, I’m going to apply myself to getting a quarter of a point extra on short-term money,” and you didn’t make any mistake until you got to Penn Central, you would — aside from the compounding aspect — you would be behind at that point.

And I don’t like a business that you can do right for 300 years and then make one mistake and — (laughter) — be behind.

So we are very picky about short-term paper. But it is all invested. And when it’s large amounts, it probably will be in Treasurys. A couple firms’ commercial paper, we take.

23. Volatile earnings to be expected at Salomon

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2, please?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is George Gotti (PH) from Zurich, Switzerland. I’ve got a question with respect to Salomon.

Salomon experienced quite a large volatility in profits and even revenues in the past years. What are your views on how this will develop in the future with respect to volatility in profits and revenues?

WARREN BUFFETT: I didn’t get a hundred percent of that, Charlie. Want to —?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yeah, well —

WARREN BUFFETT: I can see, he can hear. We make a great combination. (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, you can see we aren’t wasting much around the joint. (Laughter)

Salomon’s earnings have always been volatile, at least all the time I’ve been around the place. And I don’t think that that volatility will — is likely to disappear.

All that said, we very much like the people at Salomon. And they’ve done a ton of business with Berkshire over the years and in a whole lot of different capacities. And they’ve done it very well.

So we’re high on the firm, as a customer. And the firms we like, as a customer, we think, maybe, other people will like, as a customer. And generally, we love it, volatile or no.

WARREN BUFFETT: If you — at Salomon, as well as other firms of that type, they mark their securities to market. And so the changes in those marks go through earnings daily, actually, but you see them quarterly.

Interestingly, if you took Berkshire over the last 30 years, and marked to market, as we do now for balance sheet purposes, but not for income statement purposes, because the rules are different in that case — if you did that, you would see enormous volatility, quarter to quarter, in Berkshire’s figures.

You would — I don’t think you’d necessarily have seen any down year. But you would’ve seen swings between a few percent and, perhaps, 50 percent or something.

And if you looked quarterly, you’d have seen a number of quarters of losses. And you would’ve seen some great upsurges, too.

The volatility would be extreme, if it had all been run through the income account. But accounting convention does not call for running it through the income account, in the case of Berkshire. And it does, in the case of Salomon.

But the nature of their business is volatile earnings. The nature of most Wall Street businesses is going to be volatile earnings. Some may follow policies that tend to make it look a little less volatile than it might actually be, even.

The real thing that counts is two things, really. I mean, it’s running it so that the volatility never kills you in any way, and the second is having a decent return on equity over time. And I think that the people at the top of Salomon are very focused on that.

CHARLIE MUNGER: I think it’s illogical for the credit rating agencies to mark down Salomon as much as they do because the earnings are volatile. But they’re in a style business. And it’s their game.

24. Very little interaction between Berkshire subsidiaries

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone — what are we? Zone 3 now? Yeah, zone 3.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. I have three quick questions.

Do you have any formal or informal way where the managements — I know that you don’t interfere with the managements of the holdings — but where they can cross-pollinate ideas, for instance, you know, selling World Book through the GEICO channel or something like that?

WARREN BUFFETT: I’ll answer that right now. There’s very, very, very little of that, I — you know, maybe once in two or three years, maybe some idea might strike me as worth passing along. But I — they’re doing fine running their own operations.

We don’t do it within Berkshire, either. They really go their own way.

Now, they know what businesses we’re in. And so they can always go directly to somebody else. But they don’t need me to communicate.

25. Lloyd’s of London reputation problems have helped Berkshire

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: My name is Mike Macey (PH) from Las Vegas, Nevada.

My question is this. There have been some recent news articles on the problems at Lloyd’s. What effect, if any, do you see the problems at Lloyd’s having on an increase in the Berkshire insurance or reinsurance business?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I think, probably, I think it’s fair to say that the problems of Lloyd’s have helped us because Lloyd’s had a terrific reputation. It was the first stop and, usually, the last stop for all kinds of unusual risks and large risks 20 years ago.

And the fact that they have lost some of their luster in that period has helped us. And, you know, we didn’t do anything to contribute to it, but it obviously benefits us, as a competitor, when questions develop about an organization which has been a premier player in the industry.

So, Berkshire probably possesses more capital than all of Lloyd’s put together, and it has established a reputation for being willing to quote on very large risks very quickly and to do exactly what it says. And it might very well be that, in many cases, we would get a call before they would get the call now.

So we’ve been a beneficiary and, probably, in a fairly good-sized way, from their problems. And it’s more difficult for them to make inroads on us now than would’ve been the case 10 years ago.

We have a — I don’t like to lay it on too strong — but we do have a preeminent position in a certain area of really large-scale reinsurance that will be difficult for anyone else to replicate.

Now, they may not like our prices. There may not be demand for some of the things we can do. But if there is demand, we are very likely to get some very significant business out of that position. And we’ve seen it some in recent years. And we’ll see it more in the future.

26. “We assume we’ll be around forever”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mike Assail (PH) from New York City with a question for Charlie about the hundred or so models we ought to have in our head —

WARREN BUFFETT: Here we go.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: — mentioned at the end of the excellent “Worldly Wisdom” speech.

I’d like to know the most useful models on industry consolidation, on product extension, on vertical integration, and any models which explain the special cases when it makes sense to invest in retailing stocks. And if Warren has anything to add or subtract, I’d love to hear it. Thank you very much.

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, I’m glad to answer such a modest question. (Laughter)

I spoke about having a hundred models in your head. But those are all great, big models of considerable generality that are useful over and over again.

Now, you’re down into very complex sub-modeling when you get into a separate model for what’s going to happen in industrial consolidations and retail and so on, and I’m not up to all those sub-models. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: The truth is, you know, we’re up to a few. But we take the general models and, you know, plug them in. And sometimes, the light goes on. And sometimes, it doesn’t. But if it does, they could be quite useful.

If you focus, you do see repetition of certain business patterns and business behavior. And Wall Street tends to ignore those, incidentally. I mean, Wall Street really doesn’t seem to learn, for very long, business lessons.

It may not be to their advantage to learn it. Charlie would — that would probably plug right in to Charlie’s model. It’s —

CHARLIE MUNGER: You bet.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. It’s better, if you’re out selling the future, it may be better to forget the past, if you’re getting paid on selling it and not on betting your life on it in some way.

One situation at Berkshire that really is somewhat different than many companies: we assume, and unfortunately, it’s in error, but we assume we’ll be around forever.

So when we — in our insurance business, we assume we’re going to be here to pay every claim. And we’re not going to retire at 65 and hand over something to someone else. And there wouldn’t be any sense paying games on accounting because it would catch up with us later on.

And whereas, in many businesses, I don’t think they have quite the same horizon on things. They do at a Coca-Cola, or they do at a Gillette.

But many companies are thinking about what kind of — I think, I’m afraid that, more than you’d like — are thinking about what little pictures they can paint for the next four quarters or so. And that’s easy to do.

But our problem is we’re going to be around a lot longer, we think, than four quarters, so that’s not an option available to us. And we have to — we really run it as if, in the year 2050 or something, somebody’s going to look and say, “Did — how’d it work out?”

27. Compensation plans must include cost of capital

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone, where are we, 5 or 6? Wherever the microphone is.

Zone 5, we got a mic over there? Maybe that was — 6! OK, we’ll go to 6.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: You state, in your letter —

WARREN BUFFETT: Could you have the microphone? Or do we have one in the — yeah. Want to bring him the microphone? Particularly for the people behind you, it’s a little difficult.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Glen Rollins (PH), Atlanta, Georgia.

You state, in your letters to shareholders, that with your wholly owned companies, you reward them at a higher rate when they release capital to you. And you, likewise, charge them a higher rate when they need capital. Could you elaborate on that?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, we — some of our businesses don’t need capital at all, or need so little that it doesn’t make sense to build it into a formula.

So we have certain businesses, those are the best businesses, incidentally, that take — to take, essentially, no capital because it means that, if you double the size of the business, you don’t need any more capital. And those are really wonderful businesses. And we’ve got a few of those.

But where our businesses do produce capital, we could have all kinds of complicated systems and have capital budgeting groups at headquarters and do all kinds of things.

But we just figure it’s simpler to charge people a fair amount for the money and then let them figure out, you know, whether they really want to buy a new slitter or whatever it may be in their business.

And it varies a little bit. It varies on the history of when we came in. It varies on interest rates that they — but we generally will be charging people something in the area of 15 percent, in terms of working out compensation arrangements for capital.

Now, 15 percent pretax, depending on state income taxes, is only 9 to 9 1/2 percent after-tax. So you can say that isn’t even enough to charge people, but we find that 15 percent gets their attention.

And it should get their attention, but it shouldn’t be such a high-hurdle rate that things that we want to do don’t get done.

Our managers expect to be running their businesses for a long, long time. So we don’t worry about them doing something that works for them in the next year but doesn’t work five years out or vice — you know, where they don’t make longer plans, because they see themselves as part-owners of the business. But we want them to be owners with a cost attached to capital.

We think it’s awful, frankly, the way businesses reward executives with absolutely no regard for the cost of capital. I mean, a fixed-price option for 10 years — you know, imagine giving somebody an interest-free loan for 10 years. You’re not going to do it.

And if a company is retaining a significant part of its earnings, and you give out a fixed-price option for 10 years, you know, they can do nothing with it but put it in a savings account, and they’ll make some money off of it. So it — we like attaching a cost to the capital.

If we had options for me and Charlie at Berkshire, which would not — it’s not going to happen, but it would not be illogical. We have responsibility for the whole place.

You could have some kind of a compensation arrangement that worked in respect to how the whole enterprise fared, and it would make sense for the two of us.

It wouldn’t make sense for the rest of our managers because they work on specific units. And you should have compensation arrangements that apply to those units.

But assuming you had it for the two of us — which we’re not going to have, I want to assure you — but we would say the fair way to do that would be to have an option at not less than present intrinsic value.

Forget what the market price is. Because, believe me, it — the idea of having the more depressed your market price be, the better your option price be, does not make any sense.

So we would have it at not less than intrinsic value. And then we would have it step up yearly based on something relating to a cost to capital. Because we would say, “Why should we get free use of the shareholders’ capital?” And we could work out a fair stock option.

That would be perfectly appropriate. We won’t do it, but it’d be a perfectly appropriate way to have us compensated that involved an issuance, then an initial price of not less than intrinsic value, and involve carrying costs.

And then we would be in a position, still, not totally analogous to shareholders, because we wouldn’t have a downside that you have, but we would at least have the carrying cost that you have of ownership.

And we work that through into our unit compensation plans by having a cost of capital that, like I say, tends to run about that 15 percent area.

And if people can give us money, we should be able to figure out a way to do something better than 15 percent pretax with it. That’s part of our job, too. So we will pay them to give us back money.

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, we really invented a more extreme system. And that is the executives can buy Berkshire Hathaway stock in the market for cash.

This is a — (laughter) — very old-fashioned system, but most of them — it doesn’t take any lawyers, or compensation consultants, or — and most of them have done it. And most of them have done very well with it. I don’t know why it doesn’t spread more. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: People say they want their management to think like shareholders. Management, you know, they’re compensating them. We’re going to have them think like shareholders. It’s very easy to think like a shareholder. Become one, you know? (Laughter)

And you’ll think exactly like a shareholder.

CHARLIE MUNGER: Right, right.

WARREN BUFFETT: It’s not a great — it’s not a huge psychological hurdle to get over, if you actually write a check. (Laughter)

28. Unlike many movie companies, Disney makes money for shareholders

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 1?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: John Lichter from Boulder, Colorado.

Are there some worthwhile books that you could recommend to us?

And secondly, with respect to Eisner and Disney, how would you define Michael Eisner’s circle of competence? And are you concerned that he might step outside it?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I would say that he has proven himself very good at understanding what Disney is really all about.

And you can look back to the predecessor management, between Walt and Eisner. And they didn’t really do much with that, if you look at those years.

What is special about Disney? And how do you make it more special? And how do you make it more special to more people? I mean, those are the things that you want to — and you’ve got wonderful ingredients to work with when you’re working with something like Disney.

I mean, it — you know, one of the advantages — we were talking about the Mayo Clinic and brain surgeons. The nice thing about the mouse is that he doesn’t have an agent, you know. I mean, the mouse is yours. (Laughs)

He is not in there renegotiating and, you know, every week or every month and saying, you know — (laughter) — “Just look at how much more famous I’ve become in China,” you know, or something. (Laughter)

So if you own the mouse, you own the mouse. And Eisner understands all of that very well. I would say he’s been very skillful, in terms of how he’s thought about it.

I worry about any manager. It has nothing to do with Michael Eisner. But Charlie and I worry about ourselves in terms of getting out of our circle of competence.

And we’ve done it. It is very tempting. And it’s probably part of the human condition, in terms of hubris or something, that if, you know, that if you’ve — as Charlie would say, if you’ve — you know, if you’re a duck floating on a pond, and it’s been raining, and you’re going up in the world, after a while, you think it’s you and not the rain.

You know, that there — that you’re some duck. (Laughter) But —

CHARLIE MUNGER: Right, right.

WARREN BUFFETT: And we all succumb to that a little bit.

But I think that Disney, Coca-Cola, Gillette — I think those companies are very focused. I think our operating units are very focused.

And I think that gives us a huge advantages over the managers that are getting a little bored and decide that they’d better fool around with this or that to show just how talented they really are.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yeah. Eisner is quite creative. And he also distrusts projections. And that is a very good combination to have in the motion picture business. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, Charlie was a lawyer for, what, 20th Century in the old —

CHARLIE: Yes.

WARREN BUFFETT: — days? Yeah, and he saw a little bit of how Hollywood operated. And it kept us out of buying any motion picture stocks for about 30 years. Every time I’d go near one, he’d regale me with a few stories of the past.

So it’s a business where people are — can trade other people’s money for their own significance in their world. And that is a dangerous combination, where if I can buy significance in my world with your money, you know, there’s no telling what I’ll do. (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: Part of the business reminds me of an oil company in California. And it was controlled by one individual. And people used to say, about it, “If they ever do find any oil, that old man will steal it.” (Laughter)

The motion picture business, it’s only about half of it that has normal commercial morals.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, we’re not applying that to Disney.

CHARLIE MUNGER: No.

WARREN BUFFETT: Disney is really — Disney’s done an extraordinary job for the shareholders.

And they make real money out of movies. Most movie companies have — they make money for everybody associated with it, but not a lot has stuck to the shareholders.

Zone 2?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: I —

29. Book recommendations

WARREN BUFFETT: What? Oh, the books! Charlie, what are you reading these days? (Laughs)

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, I’m almost ashamed to report because I’ve gone back and picked up the part of biology that I put up — should’ve picked up 10 or 15 years earlier. And if any of you haven’t done it, it’s a total circus, what they figured out over the last 20 or 30 years in biology.

And I — if you take [evolutionary biologist Richard] Dawkins, “The Selfish Gene” and “The Blind Watchmaker”, I mean, these are marvelous books. And there are words in those books that are entering the English language that are going to be in the next Oxford Dictionary. I mean, these are powerful books. And they’re a lot of fun.

I had to read “The Selfish Gene” twice before I fully understood it. And there were things I believed all my life that weren’t so, and I think it’s just wonderful, when you have those experiences. We always say, “It isn’t the learning that’s so hard. It’s the unlearning.”

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah. I made the mistake of taking Charlie up to Microsoft in December. And he became friends with [Chief Technology Officer] Nathan Myhrvold.

And they are corresponding back and forth with increasing fervor and enthusiasm about mole rats. And they copy me on all these communications. So I’m getting to see this flow back and forth on the habits of mole rats.

I really haven’t found a way to apply it at Berkshire. But I’m sure Charlie — (laughs) — has got something he’s working on, on that. He’s gotten very interested in biology lately.

I like — you know, I’ve always liked reading biography, but since the — the computer has changed my life. I now find myself playing bridge on the computer about 10 hours a week. And unfortunately, I didn’t want to give up sleep or eating or Berkshire. So the reading has been kind of light.

On investment books, if you’re asking about that, I would recommend the first two books that Phil Fisher wrote back around 1960, “Common Sense [Stocks] and Uncommon Profits” and the second one [“Paths to Wealth Through Common Stocks”]. They’re very good books.

You know, I obviously recommend, first and foremost, [Benjamin Graham’s] “The Intelligent Investor,” with chapters eight and 20 are the ones that you really should read.

Two of the — well, all of the important ideas in investing, really, are in that book, because there’s only about three ideas. And those — two of them are emphasized in those two chapters.

Actually, I think John Train’s “Money Masters” is an interesting book.

I don’t know. Can you think of any others, Charlie, that we want to tout? (Laughs)

CHARLIE MUNGER: I don’t know. We have such a fingers-and-toes style around Berkshire Hathaway. (Laughter) So you sort of count.

WARREN BUFFETT: The three —

CHARLIE MUNGER: I’ve never seen — you know, Warren talks about these discounted cash flows. I’ve never seen him do one. (Laughter and applause)

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah.

CHARLIE MUNGER: If it ever —

WARREN BUFFETT: There are some things you only do in private, Charlie. (Laughter)

CHARLIE MUNGER: If it isn’t pluperfect obvious that it’s going to work out well, if you do the calculation, he tends to go on to the next idea.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, it’s sort of — it is true. You don’t — if you have to actually do it on — with pencil and paper, it’s too close to think about. I mean, it ought to just kind of scream at you that you’ve got this huge margin of safety.

I mentioned the three ideas. The three ideas, I should elaborate on. One is that — to think of yourself — to think of investing as owning a business and not buying something that wiggles around in price.

And the second one is your attitude, which ties in with that, the attitude toward the market, that’s covered in chapter eight. And if you have the proper attitude toward market movements, it’s an enormous help in securities.

And the final chapter is on the margin of safety, which means, don’t try and drive a 9,800-pound truck over a bridge that says it’s, you know, “Capacity: 10,000 pounds.” But go down the road a little bit and find one that says, “Capacity: 15,000 pounds.”

30. We’ll do more in insurance, but we don’t know what

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes, Chip Tucker (PH), Minneapolis.

Mr. Buffett and Mr. Munger, what market share does Berkshire have in super-cat insurance business? And what’s your outlook for both the market growth in that business and the potential market share growth with — from Berkshire?

You answered a related question regarding GEICO’s auto opportunities. Are there other insurance businesses potentially worth expanding into? Or is your focus on super-cat and autos opportunity enough?

CHARLIE MUNGER: You know, Warren can answer that question a lot better than I can.

WARREN BUFFETT: I — we don’t — there wouldn’t be any good market share figures in something like super-cat.

We know that, a couple years, and last year, I think, too, we had to be the biggest in terms of premium volume.

We simply take on so much more than anyone else will. And we were getting the calls on the big risks, you know, 400 million here or something of the sort. We had a quote we put out on a billion dollars on the New Madrid fault here a little while ago. Nobody else will be doing that.

So we got market share by our willingness to do large volume, by the fact that people knew we would pay subsequently, but we don’t — while we know we were the largest, we can’t give you any precise figures.

We also know we’re slipping in that now, but that makes no difference to us. We’d only be interested if we were slipping in profitable markets.

And what was the second part of the question on that, Charlie?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: What other opportunities —

WARREN BUFFETT: Oh, what other opportunities in the insurance business?

We — just this year, we bought a very, very small company [Kansas Bankers Surety], the managers of whom are here, a very fine insurance company. It has a little niche.

It — I mean, it will never be huge or anything of the sort, but it’s the kind of business that we can understand. And we like the people that run it. And we like the position they’ve achieved in the market. So we’re delighted to be in it.

We are willing to think about a whole variety of things to do in insurance. But most of them, we find, make no sense. We’ll be — we’ll do other things in insurance over the next 10 or 15 years. It’s just bound to happen, but I can’t tell you what they will specifically be.

The biggest single thing we will do in terms of value, though, probably, is grow GEICO. But we will do other things. And who knows what they might be?

We have expanded some in the — it’s a small business — the structured settlement business, from when we talked a year or two ago. And we are the preferred provider of structured settlements. Those are annuities, essentially, that are payable to people who are usually the victims of a very bad accident.

So they’re very severely injured people, with injuries that will probably last for life. And so we will be making payments to people who are incapable of earning a living, may incur substantial medical bills, for many decades, sometimes, 50 or 60 years.

Those annuities are provided by our companies to other insurance companies and to these injured people, usually, with the approval of the injured person’s attorney.

And when the advisors to the injured person think, “Who is going to be around in 50 years to pay money to this person who’s been incapacitated,” they frequently, and in our view, logically, think of Berkshire. So we have become much better known in that over the last couple of years.

It’s not a big business. And it won’t be a big business. But it’s a perfectly decent business. And it’s one where we have a competitive advantage over time.

We don’t obtain the competitive advantage by price. We obtain the competitive advantage from the peace of mind that the injured party obtains from knowing that that check will be in the mail 50 years from now.

And that’s the kind of business where we have some edge. And we’ll find other things to do over time, but can’t — I can’t —

It isn’t like we’re looking at some specific area and saying, “We’re focusing on this.” We’re aware, generally, of what’s going on in the insurance business. And we’re very ready to move when the time comes, so that we can do something intelligent.

31. People rewarded by capitalism need to help those who aren’t

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Mr. Buffett and Mr. Munger, my family’s been associated with Berkshire since 1968. So I ask this question with a great deal of respect for your integrity and your wisdom.

I work as an inner-city schoolteacher, where there is a rising and pervasive sense of hopelessness.

When I ask my students, “What would make you happy?” their predominant response is, “A million dollars.” As some of the richest men in the world, I wonder what your response to them might be.

And as a second part of this question, the philosophical underpinnings of capitalism have largely ignored a systemic perspective involving issues of ongoing depletion of limited global resources exploited to sustain a market economy, widening gaps between the very wealthy and the severely impoverished, and an international view of America as a country whose primary values are greed and imperialism.

As we move into the 21st century, do you see a need to re-envision capitalist premises towards original notions of democracy, justice, and humanitarian concerns?

WARREN BUFFETT: I didn’t get all of that.

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well — (laughter) — I will say this. I am higher on the existing social order than you are. (Applause)

I — there’s always plenty wrong with a social order. And certainly, there are places where ours is a lot more broken than it used to be.

I don’t think Warren and I have any wonderful solution to all the problems of the world. But wishing for a million dollars instead of some more tangible short step is the wrong frame of mind. That isn’t the way we got our million dollars.

WARREN BUFFETT: But I don’t — (Applause)

CHARLIE MUNGER: Warren might give a different answer, by the way. He’s a —

WARREN BUFFETT: No, I would agree with the — I, you know — wishing for a job makes a lot of sense to me and figuring out how to get one and then going from there. But it —

There is and always has been — that doesn’t mean it always should be — but there is a tremendous amount of inequality.

What you don’t want is an inequality of opportunity. There will be a lot of inequality in ability.

A market system, like we have, churns out what people want. If they want to watch a heavyweight fight, and they want to watch Mike Tyson, they’re going to pay him $25 million for getting in the ring for a few minutes.

And it produces what people like. And it produces it in abundance. And it’s done very well in terms of production.

It is much better to be in the bottom 20 percent in this country now than it was 50 years ago. And it’s better to be in the bottom 20 percent of this country than in any other country. But it still isn’t very satisfactory.

The market system does not reward — it does not reward teachers, does not reward nurses — I mean, it does not reward all kinds of people who do all kinds of useful things in any way comparable to how it will reward entertainers, or people who can figure out the value of businesses, or athletes, or that sort of thing.

A market system pays very big for something that will entertain them. People want to be entertained a good bit of the day. And it pays better for people that will entertain than educate.

I think — I don’t want to tinker with the market system. I don’t think I should be telling people what they should want to do with their lives.

But I do think that it’s incumbent on the people that do very well under that system to be taxed in a manner that takes reasonable care of anybody that is not well adapted to that system, but that is a perfectly decent citizen in every other regard.

And that is — you know, I don’t want to start getting into comparable worth in terms of how I tax. But I do think that somebody like me, that happens to just fit this system magnificently, but wouldn’t be worth a damn in Bangladesh or someplace, you know, because what I have wouldn’t pay off there — their system would not reward that.

I think that we get from society — society provides me — this society provides me — with enormous rewards for what I bring to the game. And it does the same with Mike Tyson. And it does the same with some guy whose adenoids are right for singing or whatever it may be.

And I don’t want to tamper with that. But I do think those people who are getting all kinds of claim checks on the rest of society from that — I think there should be a system that people — where people who are not well adapted to that system, but that are perfectly decent citizens in every other respect, do not really, you know, fall through the slats on that.

And I think progress has been made on that over the last 50 years. But I think we’re far from a perfect society in that respect. And I hope, you know, more progress is made in the next 50 years.

I don’t think the wishing for the million dollars, though — you know, it doesn’t work that way. I think —

But if you are lucky enough to have something that the market system rewards, you do very well here. And if you’re unlucky enough to have something it doesn’t reward, you do better now than you would’ve 30 or 40 years ago. And you do better than in other countries.

But I can see where it seems very unjust to look at somebody else who has just a little different mix of talents that can achieve claim checks in a way that keeps them and the next five generations of their family in a position where they don’t have to do very much.

CHARLIE MUNGER: I would say that I like a certain amount of social intervention that takes some of the inequality out of results in capitalism.

But I hate, with a passion, rewarding anything that can be easily faked. Because I think then people lie, and lying works, and the lying spreads. And I think your whole civilization deteriorates.

If I were running the world, the compensation for stress under workman’s compensation would be zero, not because there isn’t real stress. Because there’s no way to keep the fakery out, if you reward stress at all.

WARREN BUFFETT: There was a great article, and this applies — (applause) — to an earlier question.

There was a very good article in Forbes about one issue ago that showed the occupational profile of the U.S. at a couple of different intervals, going back to 1900.

And one problem you can see, just by looking at that profile, is that, if you assume 20 percent of the — the bottom 20 percent — however you measure it, in terms of employability — whether it’s measured by IQ, or interest in working, or energy level, or whatever you want to do — they fit, very well, most of the jobs that were available a hundred years ago.

In other words, you could do most of the jobs, of which there were many, with relatively unimpressive mental abilities. And as jobs have changed, the profile of people hasn’t changed. So there are more people that end up on the short end.

Now, the good part of that is the society produces so much more that it can take care of those people, one way or another. Now, the trick is to take care of them and make them not only feel, but be productive and be part of the act, and —

We’ve got enough product to do that. But the country turns out way more output than 50 or a hundred years ago.

We don’t have — we’re not perfect at figuring out how to make the bottom 20 or 30 percent, in terms of abilities, fit a new, changing job profile.

I really recommend you look at that Forbes magazine. Because if you think through the implications of those charts, I think you’ll see what social problems have to be attacked.

32. “No magic” to running a bank — just don’t do “something foolish”

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Edward Barr, Lexington, Kentucky.

Earlier, you led us through a discussion of the competitive position of Disney. And you also discussed share repurchase.

I wondered if you could also lead us through a discussion of the competitive position of Wells Fargo, since they just effected such a large combination [with First Interstate], in addition with, perhaps, some discussion of their share repurchase, which is probably as large, in percentage terms, as any company I can think of at the present time.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, Wells should repurchase their shares, if they feel that they’re repurchasing them below intrinsic business value. And that’s a calculation that they make.

And you should — have to ask the question of them what their calculus is of that. But that will determine whether that share repurchase program makes good sense or not.

The advantages of an in-market merger are — can be dramatic. Sometimes, it just causes a bank to do what they should’ve done anyway.

I mean, I’m not so — I’m not always as convinced that the economies come about through — totally through scale, as they are just from taking a hard look at how they run their business.

We may have in the audience today — he was here earlier — the CEO of the Bank of Granite, which is in Granite, North Carolina. And that bank earned 2.58 percent on assets, I believe, in the most recent quarter, annualized, and had a 33 percent efficiency ratio.

Now, that bank is 400 million or 500 million of assets. You know, it doesn’t need to be 5 billion in order to get more efficient or anything of the sort.

It’s got — it’s so much more efficient than any of those larger banks that had to be put together to get those ratios that it makes you kind of wonder about the underlying rationale.

But I’m sure that Mr. [John] Forlines, who runs that bank, just focuses on — and he’s been focusing on it for a lot of years — just doing the right things day after day. And it didn’t take any in-market merger or anything of the sort to cause him to do that.

I recommend any of you in the banking business to get his report because there is nothing magic about the community of Granite, North Carolina.

Nor does he work under laws that are way different than the rest of bankers or anything of the sort. He just gets a record that — achieves a record — that makes all the rest of the records look silly.

We had a fellow over in Rockford, Illinois, in the bank we owned back in the ’70s, Gene Abegg, whose brother is going to be 104. There was a fellow from Rockford here that got me to sign a note to Ed Abegg, who will be 104 soon. I wish Gene had lived to 104.

But Gene ran a bank in Rockford that, when banks — the best banks were earning one percent on assets, he earned two percent on assets. And he did it with way less leverage than anyone else and lower loan losses and big investment portfolio.

And there wasn’t any magic about it. He just didn’t do anything that didn’t make sense.

And there’s a lot of room for improvement in the banking business with or without mergers.

But I would say that Wells, on the record, has done an exceptionally good job of running their bank compared to other big banks. And I would say that those two operations put together will be run a whole lot more efficiently than if First Interstate had been run by — run on its own.

It’s a business that can be a very good business, when run right, as the Bank of Granite or Illinois National Bank in Rockford proved. There’s no magic to it. You just have to stay away from doing something foolish.

It’s a little like investing. You know, you don’t have to do anything very smart. You just have to avoid doing things that are ungodly dumb when looked at about a year later and — you know, airlines and that sort of thing. (Laughter)

And you know, that’s the trick. It is not some great crystal ball game where you look into the future and see all these things that other people can’t possibly see. I mean, what’s complicated about Coca-Cola or Gillette or Wells Fargo, for that matter?

And that’s — we like businesses like banking, if we’ve got somebody in charge of them that is going to run them right. We’ve got a — I don’t know whether Bob Wilmers is here. But he runs First Empire, which we have a good-sized investment in. Bob just runs it right, you know?

I do not worry about surprises from Bob or First Empire. And he’ll do things — if he can grow, and it’s logical, he’ll grow. And if it isn’t logical to do something, he’ll pass. He has no ego compulsions forcing him into some sort of action. And he runs a terrific bank.

Charlie?

33. We do “whatever comes along that makes sense”

WARREN BUFFETT: OK. Zone 5.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Dorothy Craig (PH) from Seattle.

And I noticed, in the annual report, that your recent acquisitions doubled the revenue for Berkshire Hathaway. And it seemed astounding for me. I’m wondering how that’s possible.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, it’s — for one thing, we started from kind of a small base. The — but we — the GEICO acquisition, you know, added 3 billion or so of revenues, and — actually more than that, a little more than that, but not much more. And RC Willey and Helzberg’s probably added 600 million or so in the current year.

And since we were working off a base of 3 1/2 or so billion, those three acquisitions did double the revenues. We won’t have many years when that happens. It’s not any goal of ours to double the revenues or increase them 20 percent, even, or anything.

We just — we try to do whatever comes along that makes sense. And if there’s a lot that comes along in one year that makes sense, we’ll do a lot. And if there’s nothing that comes along that makes sense, we’ll do nothing.

So it’s — there’s a lot of accident in it. But last year, you know, a fair amount happened. And I’d love to see a lot happen next year. But we don’t know at this point.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Nothing.

34. GEICO’s Lou Simpson has more investing options now

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 6.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Oh me? Yes, my name is Victor Lapuma (PH). And I’m from the Virgin Islands. And my question is on the GEICO asset side.

One of the things that makes Berkshire unique is the high percentage in equity as opposed to fixed assets. And GEICO, as of the end of the year, looked like a typical insurance company with four times the fixed assets as equity assets.

And my question is, over time, will they have the same composite as Berkshire on the asset side?

And the second part of that question is, how are the asset allocations decisions being made at GEICO after the merger as compared to before the merger?

WARREN BUFFETT: The decisions at GEICO, which, as you say, is about 5 billion of marketable securities, have been made, and are being made, and will be made, by Lou Simpson. Lou has done a fabulous job of running the investments of GEICO since about 1979. And we’re lucky to have him.

There are very few people that I will let run money running businesses that we have control over. But we’re delighted, in the case of Lou. I mean, that’s one in a thousand or something. But Lou has done a terrific job, will do a good job.

And the one thing we offer him, he has the ability to do whatever he wants to do with those assets now. He did not have that ability before GEICO became part of Berkshire. Because at that time, there were certain ratios that were necessary for — which were understandably necessary, that made sense.

With GEICO as a standalone entity, with its own net worth of a billion and a half or 2 billion, and doing 3 billion of business, it would’ve been inappropriate for him to take on a different configuration, beyond a certain point, in equities.

So he was constrained by the nature of the business he was in and its capitalization. That constraint no longer applies. So he, with that 5 billion, can do whatever he wants.

Now, if he does certain things, we would need to provide backup to GEICO, so that their policyholders would be protected under the most adverse of circumstances. But that’s no problem for us.

We could do it by quota share reinsurance. We could do a lot of things. We could just guarantee their obligations. And we are in a position to do that.

We haven’t done it yet because it’s not — hasn’t been necessary yet. But if it made sense — if Lou wanted to be 5 billion in equities and it made sense, we would arrange things so that the GEICO policyholders would be every bit as secure as under the most conservative of investment portfolios.

So Lou has another string to his bow now. And there may be a time when it gets used. He’s been great under the old system. And he may be better under this system.

CHARLIE MUNGER: That’s a very shrewd question. You’re to be complimented.

WARREN BUFFETT: That means it’s something we thought about — (laughs) — before, but you are to be complimented, right.

35. “Permanent holdings” probably won’t be sold even if market overvalues them

WARREN BUFFETT: Let’s see. Zone 1?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Neil McMahon (PH), New York City.

Berkshire owns several companies — stock in several companies — which are called permanent holdings.

In the early ’70s, we had a two-tier market, the one-decision stocks, high P/Es — 50, 60 times earnings.

If that were to reappear again, would Berkshire’s companies still be permanent? Or is there a price for everything?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, there are things that we think there’s no price for. And we’ve been tested sometimes and haven’t sold them, but —

You know, my friend, Bill Gates, says, you know, it has to be illogical at some point. The numbers have — at some price, you have to be willing to sell something that’s a marketable security, forgetting about a controlled business.

But I doubt if we ever get tested on — there’s only a couple of them in that category.

Actually, there — you know — I won’t comment on that. (Laughs)

We really have a great reluctance to sell businesses where we like both the business and the people. So I don’t think I’d count on seeing many sales. But if you ever attend a meeting here, and there are 60 or 70 times earnings, keep an eye on me. (Laughs)

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: The so-called two-tier market created difficulties, I would say, primarily because a lot of people or companies were called tier one when they really weren’t. They just had been, at some time, a tier one. If you’re right about the companies, you can hold them at pretty high values.

WARREN BUFFETT: Yeah, you can really hold them at extraordinary levels if you’ve got — it’s too hard to find. You’re not going to find businesses that are as good.

So then you have to say, “Am I going to get a chance to buy back the same business at a lot lower price? Or am I going to buy something that’s almost as good at a lot lower price?”

We don’t think we’re very good at doing that. We’d rather just sit and hold the business and pretend the stock market doesn’t exist.

That actually has worked out way better for us than I would’ve predicted 20 years ago. I mean, that mindset is — or 25 years ago — that mindset is — there’s been a fair amount of good fortune that’s flowed out of that that I really wouldn’t have predicted.

CHARLIE MUNGER: But there, you’re demonstrating your trick again, you know? Still learning. A lot of people regard that as cheating. (Laughter)

36. Buffett doesn’t expect Gates will join Berkshire’s board

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 2.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yeah, Alan Rank, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Knowing your aversion to technology but your close affiliation with Bill Gates, Microsoft, have you ever considered either inviting him to be part of the Berkshire through the board, or being involved to maybe solve some of the problems with World Book and taking it to the new technology and expanding it?

And on the other end, you also love insurance and the float. Have you considered the other businesses that would have that similarity, such as cemeteries and funeral homes with their pre-need and their large cash reserves?

WARREN BUFFETT: The — Bill and I talked about the encyclopedia business some years ago. But he was pretty far down the line at Encarta, quite far down the line at Encarta, actually, before I even met him. So it wasn’t — my guess is, if we had met earlier, that there might have been something evolve in that.

But he had put a lot of chips on Encarta and had done a good job with it. So it really wasn’t — it wasn’t a real option to work with him on World Book.

Bill also is very focused on his business. And I believe he’s on the board of some biotech company in which he’s got a significant investment.

But you will not see him on the boards of, at least I don’t believe that you will, of American corporations — I think, if you look at the boards in the, say, up in the Pacific Northwest, where he had a lot of friends and knows the companies well and maybe grew up with some of the people.

But I don’t think you’ll see him on anything which really doesn’t — which is just a business that doesn’t grab him intellectually on something. I do think there’s one biotech company that he’s involved in that way. And you know, he’d be a terrific asset.

But he really focuses on Microsoft. He has his board meetings, as I remember, on Saturday. They last, you know, all day. And then he goes after the business that way. He’s not —

I don’t think he’d be interested on being on a bank board or an insurance company board because he just figures he’s got other things to do with his time. And I think he’s probably right. (Laughs)

37. Not all “float” businesses are attractive

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3? Oh, the question was about other kinds.

We’ve always had an interest in float businesses of one sort or another, but —

You know, Blue Chip Stamps was such a business, until it disappeared — (laughs) — one day, and we couldn’t find it. We went — looked in the closet. We looked everywhere, out in the backyard. (Laughs) Where was it?

So we like that sort of business. But most of the float businesses, the costs are pretty explicit. And like I say, we don’t like most insurance companies as float businesses. We are not interested in buying the typical insurance business, because we think the float will end up costing us too much.

We’d rather borrow money with an explicit cost attached to it rather than have the implicit costs of an underwriting loss with most companies.

But we’re always — we are interested in businesses that provide cash rather than use up cash. We’re willing to have them use cash, if the — if what they use will produce high enough returns. But we’ve got this bias toward things that throw off cash.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, if we go into the pre-need funeral home business, that’ll be the day. (Laughter)

38. Expect a “better” market for Class A than Class B

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 3. (Laughter)

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Charlie is a difficult act to follow. I’m Robert Keeley (PH) from Washington, D.C.

I have a brief comment and a brief question. The comment is that I think you may be considerably underestimating the interest there will be in purchases of Class B stock later this week and next week.

I have at least 10 friends in Washington who are aware that I’m a Berkshire shareholder and that I was coming to this meeting. And they’ve insisted that I report back to them tomorrow on just what happened with the Class B stock because they’re very interested in buying some of it.

Now, that’s anecdotal, to be sure. But if you take that ratio of 10 people to even the shareholders who are present here today, you’re talking about tens of thousands of people who are going to be in that market.

And my question relates to liquidity. On page 18 of your annual report, you say, and I quote, “The prospect that most shareholders will stick to the A stock suggests that it will enjoy a somewhat more liquid market than the B.”

Could you explain that? It seems to me that if most shareholders keep their A stock, do not convert it or sell it, that the B stock will be much more liquid. Maybe I don’t understand liquidity.

WARREN BUFFETT: No, I think you do. You understand it. And I’ll elaborate just a bit.

The — certainly, in the first week, I would expect the B stock to trade far more, although I hope it doesn’t trade like most new issues trade in relation to the amount sold.

It’s just the nature of a new offering that there’s usually — there’s always some flurry of activity. Sometimes, I think it’s quite excessive. And I don’t think it will be with Berkshire. But there will be some flurry of activity.

But longer range, let’s just assume that there’s $400 million worth of B stock. There will be 40 billion of A.

Now, admittedly, you know, I’m not going to do anything with my stock. And many people in this room have a very low tax basis and, except under very unusual circumstances, have no intention of doing anything with their stock.

So of that 40 billion, there’s a very significant percentage that you might say is almost inoculated against reaction to market changes.

But there still is a very significant dollar value. There’s a fair amount held by funds, for example.

And so the market value of what I would call the potentially tradeable A is likely to far exceed the market value of the potentially tradeable B. Now, it may be that all of the B is potentially tradeable, whereas, only a small portion of the A is.

But that 40-billion-to-400-million ratio, I think, almost ensures that, after the initial flurry, that the better market — and when I say, “better market,” I mean the ability to move large dollar amounts in both directions with minimal movement of price — the better market — not by a huge margin — but the better market is likely to be in the A. And frankly, we hope that it is. We still hope there’s a good market in the B, obviously.

But if you’re talking 10 shares of the A, which is a $300,000 or so investment, I think that, two months from now — that it’s likely to be that buying or selling $300,000 worth of A will have slightly less of a percentage impact than buying or selling $300,000 worth of B, but not by a significant amount.

But that’s what I meant by that comment of having a slightly better market in the A than the B. And that’s important from our standpoint because, if that situation became reversed and the B became the better market, then people would have a real incentive to convert from A to B over time, and eventually the B market would dominate.

We don’t anticipate that happening. And I think the way we’ve arranged it, it won’t happen. But it could happen.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Yeah, well, I think we’ve also created arrangements in the way we’ve written the prospectus and rewarded the selling brokers that tend to dampen demand, both individual and institutional. And we sometimes accomplish what we try to do. (Laughter)

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 4? Don’t ask us for a list of those, what we’ve accomplished. (Laughter)

39. Corporate return on equity will probably drop

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Dan Pecaut, Sioux City, Iowa.

In the mid-’70s, you wrote an article on how inflation swindles the equity investor and that the average return on equity for corporate America would be like 12 or 13 percent.

Last year, the average was more like 20. Have the laws of economics been repealed or modified? Or if not, what sort of calamities might occur as we revert to the mean?

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, I have been surprised by returns on equity. There was a good article in Fortune about two issues ago. Well, it was in the “Fortune 500” issue, whenever that was. And it discussed the question of return on equity.

And it made some good points about how the introduction of putting post-retirement health benefits on the balance sheet tends to swell equity returns subsequently. In other words, it moves down the denominator in terms of total equity employed.

And there’s been a lot of big-bath accounting, where there have been write-offs, so that counting that, I don’t think it has gotten to 20 percent. But it’s higher than — it’s certainly higher than I anticipated when I wrote that article.

And I would say that it would seem very extreme to me, in a world of — like we’re living in now — to have equity cap — returns on equity — close to the 20 — average close to the 20 percent rate over time. But it has surprised me, how high returns have been.

Now, you have had situations like at Coke, for example, where 25 years ago, they would not have repurchased stock. And so, they’d have piled up more equity in the business. And Coke’s return on equity, if it had been following the policies of 1970 or ’75, would be far less than it is now.

Coke really doesn’t need equity. And so, it can earn extraordinary returns and very large dollar sums. To the extent that impacts the figures, that has some impact on them.

To the extent that General Motors sets up many, many billions of a reserve for post-retirement health benefits, that tends to make the returns on GM look a lot better than it did in the past, when it wasn’t even recognizing those costs and, therefore, had an equity that really was much larger than the true equity.

So there have been some things happen like that. But all in all, I don’t think, under any system of accounting, the 20 percent returns for American industry are in the cards.

Charlie?

CHARLIE MUNGER: Well, I agree. And I think that this business of having way more consolidation and the successful companies, like Wells Fargo, buying in stock, I think that’s had a huge effect, too.

I don’t think it’s actually gotten that much — obviously, we had a long period of real growth and so on. And I think that, on average, business has earned higher returns on equity. But I think a whole lot of things have combined to goose the results. And I don’t see how it could go much farther.

40. Buffett’s investment doesn’t reflect any real estate insights

WARREN BUFFETT: Zone 5?

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Yes. My name is Ted Elliott (PH) from Connecticut.

The press reported a recent investment you made in the real estate business. And I wondered if you would comment as to your outlook for that business.

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, that’s just sort of an asterisk. I’ve got virtually everything in Berkshire, and I own a few municipal bonds outside and a few other things, but I don’t want to buy anything that Berkshire’s involved in. It just complicates life. And all the best things I like — (laughs) — are in Berkshire.

So every now and then, some little thing happens to hit the radar screen that is too small, really, for Berkshire. And I’d bought a hundred shares of that company back when I — it’s called Property Capital Trust — I’d bought 100 shares of that back when we owned NHP, which had done a couple of deals with them. So I — my policy of reading every annual report in sight that can further my knowledge about anything, I bought 100 shares.

And then I happened to see a year or so ago, where they said they were going to liquidate. So having some money around, I bought that. But it’s not based on any feeling about the real estate business, any sophisticated analysis of the company, or anything else. It’s a minor personal investment.

I have no insights whatsoever. We’ve done a few things in real estate at Berkshire. But they’ve been large things. And there was a brief period when there were a couple things that were intelligent to do.

If we’d started a little earlier, there might’ve been a lot more things. But we started a little late. So we’re doing nothing now. But we listen to things, occasionally.

But we’re looking. We’re basically looking for big things at Berkshire. And we haven’t found anything in real estate in a long time. And we may never.

But who can tell? I mean, we’ve got our oar in the water. And the couple things we’re in are working out fine. But they’re not significant relative to Berkshire’s size.

41. Berkshire’s past growth not a yardstick for new investments

WARREN BUFFETT: We’ll go to zone 6. And this is the last question because it’s going to be 3 o’clock. And let’s have zone 6.

AUDIENCE MEMBER: Hi, my name’s Mike Nolan from New Jersey. My wife and I have been shareholders since 1984, and happy ones. Thank you both. Two questions today.

In the retail store industry, in light of Berkshire’s outstanding 23 percent annual growth in book value per share and the industry’s roughly 8 to 9 percent growth in equity over the last several years, we wonder, why would Berkshire exchange stock for securities such as these, when the growth and the net worth of the acquired companies, if they’re anywhere near the industry average that you’ve acquired this year, are one-third or less?

To quote Barnett Helzberg from the annual report, “The diamond business is a very competitive industry.”

WARREN BUFFETT: Well, all retail is competitive. And both of those companies have averaged a lot better returns on equity than the numbers you cite for the industry.

And the second point, you know, we have no way of making 23.6 percent in the future. So we do not use our historical — if we used our historical average as a yardstick for new investments, we would make no new investments because we don’t know how to make 23.6 percent in the future.

But we like — we regard the retail business as a very tough business. We like the records of those companies, their market positions, and their managements. And when we find a business like that, and we feel very comfortable with the people running it, we will make the deal.

But we won’t expect to make 23.6 percent on our money over time doing that.

I’d like to thank everybody for coming. You’ve, you know — (Applause)

1996年股东大会

上午场

1. 欢迎致辞

巴菲特:稍微早了点,不过我想大家应该都找到座位了。

我得说,这还是我头一回看到这个节目。他们告诉我会给我一个惊喜,他们的确做到了。(笑)

我们的首席财务官马克·汉堡(Marc Hamburg),现在在办公室里大家都叫他 CB,是这场开场表演的总负责人。我想让大家知道,我们可没有什么多媒体(听不清)。(掌声)

整场会议都是由我们日常的普通员工操办的。我们没有公关部门,没有投资者关系部门,没有多媒体部门,什么这一类的部门都没有。所以大家都是各显其能、齐心协力。而马克从今往后就永远负责赛前仪式了。(笑)

今天到场的人非常多。我希望大家都已经找到了座位,无论是在这个主会场,还是在那三个分会场。我想我们大概能容纳 5,400 人左右。从历史上看,每年申请门票的人当中,有 62%,或者说几乎正好 62%,会真的来参加会议。

如果今天这个比例依然成立,那我们恰好把会场坐满了。将来我们会遇到一个问题,对此我们还没想出答案。不过我们还有一年时间。

会议的安排是这样:我们一开始先把公司的正式事务处理完。届时我们也会谈一谈 B 类股的发行问题。所以这部分会比历史上通常的时间稍微长一些。

然后,我们会进行问答环节,一直到中午左右。中午我们会短暂休息一下。外面会有三明治出售,你们可以买。(笑)

查理和我会在这台上吃几个三明治。

之后,我们会一直待到下午 3 点左右,回答更多问题。到那个时候,也就是中午过后,我相信分会场里的每个人都能在这个主会场找到座位。

很多人是从很远的地方赶来参加这次会议的。所以我们真的很想给——让每个人都有机会把问题提出来。查理和我也很乐意——但无论如何,我们到 3 点都必须收尾。不过我们很乐意一直待着。

当然,你们随时可以离场。正如我过去解释过的,趁查理讲话的时候离场,礼貌得多。(笑)

所以——尽管那么做吧。然后到了中午,你们就有机会成群结队地离场了。

我们备有大巴,可以载你们去——如果你们昨天之后还剩点钱的话——载你们去伯克希尔在本地的其他营业场所。

这就是安排了。我希望每个人的问题都能得到解答。

我们有一套办法,把这个会场分成六个区域。在其他会场里我们也分了几个区域。然后今天下午,所有人都能来主会场。这就是流程。

我相信大家都认得查理·芒格,伯克希尔·哈撒韦的副董事长,他之前也没看过那段影片。(笑)

那影片放出来——我们——我想马克之前是不敢放给我们看的。不过无论如何——(笑)——我们继续往下进行。

我想你们也许会感兴趣。这是一份来索取门票的人员名单。除了来自加拿大的 99 人,当然还有美国之外,我们还有来自澳大利亚、海峡群岛、英格兰、希腊、香港、以色列、葡萄牙、波多黎各、新加坡、瑞典和瑞士的人。

我不确定这些人今天是不是都到场了。但他们确实来索取过门票。我也见到了好几位远道而来的人。

2. 董事选举

巴菲特:那么,开场就说到这里,我宣布会议正式开始。

我是沃伦·巴菲特,董事会主席。我衷心欢迎各位前来参加这次会议。我希望大家这个周末都过得愉快。

除了我自己和查理之外,我还想介绍一下各位董事。

不过今年你们从我们董事身上得到的可有点不值票价了。他们——加在一起,自从上次——我们上次开会以来,他们一共瘦了 100 磅。我想他们是想靠董事津贴过日子吧。(笑)

和我们在一起的有霍华德·巴菲特(Howard Buffett)——请起立。(掌声)

苏珊·T·巴菲特(Susan T. Buffett)。(掌声)

马尔科姆·G·蔡斯三世(Malcolm G. Chace III)。(掌声)

还有小沃尔特·斯科特(Walter Scott Jr.)。(掌声)

今天到场的还有我们的审计机构德勤(Deloitte & Touche)的合伙人,罗恩·伯吉斯(Ron Burgess)先生和克雷格·克里斯蒂安森(Craig Christiansen,音译)先生。如果各位对他们公司就伯克希尔账目所做的审计有任何合适的问题,他们都可以解答。

福里斯特·克鲁特(Forrest Krutter)先生是伯克希尔的秘书。他将对会议过程做书面记录。

罗伯特·M·菲茨西蒙斯(Robert M. Fitzsimmons)先生已被指定为本次会议的选举监票人。他将对董事选举中所投票数进行核证。

本次会议指定的代理投票持有人是小沃尔特·斯科特和马克·D·汉堡。截至上周五寄回的委托投票卡所代表的票数,这上面写的是「数字待补」。(笑)

声音:还有另一份稿子。

巴菲特:啊,好的,还有另一份——哦,对。关于这个的稿子在这里:代理投票持有人将按投票卡上的指示,对 1,041,567 股伯克希尔股票进行投票。这一股数已构成法定人数。因此我们将——直接继续——进行会议。

我们将处理本次会议的正式事务,然后宣布正式会议休会。在那之后,我们将受理大家可能提出的问题。

第一项议程将是宣读上一次股东大会的会议纪要。我请小沃尔特·斯科特先生向大会提出一项动议。

小沃尔特·斯科特:我提议免去对上一次股东大会会议纪要的宣读。

巴菲特:有没有人附议?

声音:我附议这项动议。

巴菲特:该动议已提出并获附议。有没有任何意见或问题?我们将以口头表决的方式对这项动议进行表决。所有赞成的请说「赞成」。

众声:赞成。

巴菲特:反对的呢?动议通过。

秘书是否有关于伯克希尔已发行、有权投票、并出席本次会议的股份数量的报告?

罗伯特·M·菲茨西蒙斯:是的,我有。正如随本次会议通知一并寄出的委托投票说明书所示——该说明书已于 1996 年 3 月 8 日(即本次会议的股权登记日)以一类邮件寄送给所有登记在册的股东——伯克希尔·哈撒韦已发行在外的普通股共有 1,193,512 股,每股对本次会议审议的动议享有一票表决权。

在这一数字中,有 1,041,567 股通过截至上周五寄回的委托投票出席了本次会议。

巴菲特:谢谢。如果在场的某位股东希望撤回先前寄回的委托投票,并就委托投票说明书中所列的两项事务亲自投票,他或她可以这样做。

此外,如果在场的任何股东尚未提交委托投票,并希望领取一张选票以便就那两项事务亲自投票,你们也可以这样做。

如果你希望这样做,请向过道里的会务人员表明身份,他们会向你提供两张选票,每项事务一张。

请希望领取选票的各位表明身份,以便我们分发选票。

本次会议的第一项事务是选举董事。我请小沃尔特·斯科特先生就董事选举向大会提出一项动议。

小沃尔特·斯科特:我提议选举沃伦·E·巴菲特、苏珊·T·巴菲特、霍华德·G·巴菲特、马尔科姆·G·蔡斯三世、查尔斯·T·芒格和小沃尔特·斯科特为董事。

巴菲特:有附议吗?

声音:我附议这项动议。

巴菲特:还有没有其他提名?有没有任何讨论?

我在中国学到了很多。我们当时——(笑)

提名已经可以付诸表决了。如果有任何股东亲自投票,他们现在应当在董事选举的选票上做出标记,并让选票递交给选举监票人。

还请各位代理投票持有人也向选举监票人提交一张董事选举的选票,按照他们所收到的指示来投出这些委托票。

菲茨西蒙斯先生,等您准备好了,就可以宣读您的报告。

罗伯特·M·菲茨西蒙斯:我的报告已经准备好了。截至上周五收到的代理投票持有人选票,为每位被提名人投出的票数不少于 1,040,667 票。这一数字远远超过所有已发行在外股份总数的多数。

根据特拉华州法律要求、关于票数精确统计(包括在本次会议上亲自投出的票数)的核证文件,将交给秘书,以便载入本次会议的纪要。

巴菲特:谢谢您,菲茨西蒙斯先生。

沃伦·E·巴菲特、苏珊·T·巴菲特、霍华德·G·巴菲特、马尔科姆·G·蔡斯三世、查尔斯·T·芒格以及小沃尔特·斯科特已当选为董事。

3. 为什么创设B股

巴菲特:本次会议的第二项议程,是审议董事会关于修订公司重述后公司章程的提案。

该修订提案将在重述后的公司章程中增加一项条款,授权董事会发行至多 5000 万股新设的 B 类普通股,每一股 B 类股享有相当于现有普通股 1/30 的经济权益,并拥有 1/200 的表决权;同时将公司现有普通股重新定名为 A 类普通股,并允许每一股 A 类普通股由持有人自行选择转换为 30 股新设的 B 类股。

我想,在我们正式提交并表决这项动议之前——我觉得现在正是一个好时机,来就 B 类股的发行展开讨论、接受大家的提问。我应该先给大家交代一点背景。

我想你们当中很多人都了解这件事的来龙去脉。但这些年来,前前后后大概有六个人,在不同的时候,提议设立一只全部由伯克希尔股票构成的投资公司或单位信托。

换句话说,就是设立一个除了伯克希尔股票之外什么都不持有的实体,然后把它自己的份额拆成更小的面额,卖给公众。

我们一向都不鼓励这种做法,因为我们觉得这样的安排存在相当大的滥用空间。

在去年秋天之前,我们的劝阻都是奏效的。但去年秋天,出现了一个——其实是两个提案——已经走到了向 SEC 提交申请、等待核准的地步,都涉及单位信托。

这些单位信托除了伯克希尔的股票之外什么都不持有,然后会以很小的面额卖给公众,最低投资额大概在 1000 美元上下。

而买入这些信托份额的人,进入的是一个有固定存续期限的实体,但其中包含相当可观的成本,以及一些税务后果,这些他们在买入时可能根本没有预料到。

查理和我担心的是,伯克希尔过去的业绩记录——那是无法复制的——再加上高昂的销售佣金、低面额,以及关于伯克希尔和我本人的大量宣传,而这些宣传,正如你们今天上午所见,我们是极力想要避免的(笑)——

这一切叠加在一起,结果会是很多人买进这些单位信托份额,却根本不清楚自己买的究竟是什么,对未来抱着不切实际的期望。

而这反过来又会制造出相当大的需求——因为这些单位信托会跑出去买伯克希尔的股票——这就在固定供给之下制造了相当大的需求,而其中很大一部分股票几乎是拿不到的,因为持有人的计税成本很低,不愿意卖出;我也希望他们出于其他原因同样不愿意卖出。

而仅仅是设立这些信托、以及它对需求的那种推动,本身就很可能在股价上制造出某种投机性的飙升,这又会让那些被推销过这只信托的人觉得,自己再不冲进去就要错过一桩更大的好事了。

在某些类型的市场里,价格上涨会自己制造出需求。这种需求并不持久。而当它逆转的时候——也就是日后人们梦醒幻灭之时——会引发一大堆问题。

但只要有一大批怀着不切实际期望的买家、高额佣金,再加上固定的供给,那种隐患就实实在在地摆在那里。所以,我们试图劝退这两位发起人。

其中一位打了退堂鼓,可几个月后又冒了出来,搞了个东西,是伯克希尔股票和另外一些据信也在我们投资组合里的证券的组合。

接着我们开始陆续收到一些人的反馈,从中可以清楚地看出,他们对自己买的是什么、涉及多少成本、有什么潜在的税务影响,统统毫无概念。

于是在那个时候,我们面临着——必须做出一个决定,而且得相当迅速地做出来——什么才是解决这个问题的最佳办法,而这个办法本身又不能制造出我们认为这些发起人在做的事情里所潜藏的那种危害。

显然,我们考虑过拆股。但我们担心,拆股会向各色各样的人发出信号——那些人很愿意去相信一些关于未来业绩、其实不太可信的东西——他们会把拆股看成一个绝佳的机会,以为可以用更低的价格买进。

当然,相对于价值而言,那其实并不是更低的价格,只不过是更低的面额罢了。

而这同样在固定供给之下,很可能制造出和单位信托一样的问题,甚至可能是更严重的问题。

于是我们想到了 B 类股这个主意——它能制造出一份供给,去匹配市场对拆细后股份的需求,而且其发行方式不会制造出特别的诱因,也不会给那些考虑买入的人制造虚假的诱因。

我们做的其中一件事,就是给 B 类股的发行定了一笔佣金,这佣金大概是我在华尔街这么多年里见过的最低水平之一,因为我们不希望销售人员有强烈的动力——我们——跑出去推销这些股票。

我们希望任何有兴趣的人,都去读一读招股说明书,好好想一想,然后自己做决定。

我们还做了另一件事,这与通常的商业套路相当背道而驰,那就是我们说,人们想买多少股,我们就发多少股。

要知道,在这个世界上,如果你在卖东西,说「每位客户限购一份」、「你得趁早下手」、或者「你得认识门路才搞得到」,那效果要好得多。很多新股就是这么卖的,而且非常有效。

我是说,这就好比俄罗斯那些老段子——人们排起长队,排进去的时候,根本不知道自己排到队首要买的是什么。

那是一种非常有效的销售手段,而且华尔街对它一点也不陌生。

但我们决定,为了消除任何那种「你得趁早下手」「只有大佬才搞得到」之类的感觉,我们要响亮而明确地宣布:每一个想买的人,我们都备有股份供他购买。

所以,没有任何理由去假定——它实际上根本成不了一只热门股。我们还做了其他各种各样的安排。

所以,我们的希望是,我们吸引来的 B 类股股东,和在座各位的素质是一样的——他们抱着一种投资的心态,觉得自己买入的是一桩生意的一部分,打算无限期地长期持有,也许会持有终生。

他们不会把它当成一小片纸头,以为它因为是新股之类的就可能很抢手。

它让那些对现有股份感到满意的人,可以原封不动地保持完全相同的状态——这正是我打算做的,也是查理会做的。

我们让 B 类股相对于 A 类股,在两个方面略微处于劣势:它的表决权更低,而且不参与股东指定捐赠计划。

这两点都各有原因,但除了那些明摆着的理由之外,还有一层用意,就是不让 B 类股变得完全——它只是略微逊色一点点——但它并不像 A 类股那样有完全同等的吸引力,因为我们不想做任何会把所有人都推去转换成 B 类股的事。

如果这种转换大规模启动起来,B 类股反而会拥有更活跃的市场,于是就会形成一种自我强化的态势,让每个人都觉得这么做才合理。

所以我们把它设计成:如果你持有 A 类股,你没有理由去转换成 B 类股,除非你想卖出或赠予手中持股的某一小部分,而那部分不足一整股 A 类股。

出于这个原因,转换会很方便。但除此之外,应该没有任何诱因。

如果 B 类股的成交价略微高于 A 类股价格的 1/30,就会有套利活动出现,使这种溢价始终不会超过一个微不足道的幅度。

当然,它的成交价完全可能远低于 1/30,因为 B 类股不能转换成 A 类股。

查理,在我们开始就这件事接受提问之前,你想补充点什么吗?我——

芒格:不想。(笑)

巴菲特:——我鼓励每一个人都来提问。

正如你们在会上会注意到的,查理可不是按字数拿报酬的。(笑)

但是我们——我鼓励每一个——任何人提出任何问题。关于这件事没有什么蠢问题。我是说,去年我们谈到一笔优先股发行,当时人们提出了非常中肯的问题。

我不妨先从 A 类股和 B 类股之间这两点差异讲起,先说股东指定捐赠计划,去年这个计划是每股 12 美元。

除了希望让 A 类股相对 B 类股保有一点点微小的优势——这本身就是不让 B 类股参与的一个理由——把 12 美元除以 30,再去征集慈善机构的名单、指定捐赠对象,操作起来也会非常不切实际。

现有的这个计划我们还能相当高效地处理。但我们可不想寄出一两美元的支票,那会变得非常没有效率。

所以,我们已经告诉过潜在的 B 类股持有人,这种事不会有。这样一来,他们在买入时是完全知情的。

至于表决权,B 类股的发行确实会增加在外流通的总票数。所以,假如情况没有其他变化,那么通过发行这些我们其实并不特别热衷于发行的股份,表决权——我的表决权——会因此被稀释一些。

坦白说,我并不想创造出一大堆新股,去稀释巴菲特家族的表决权。因为这次行动,它会被稀释一些,因为现有的全部票数仍在外流通,再加上来自 B 类股的一些票数。

如果有大量股份转换成 B 类股,那么从百分比上看,我们的持股占比确实会上升。但我看不出人们真有什么理由去转换。所以我认为那不大可能发生。我想到头来,情况基本上会保持不变。

而正如我前面提到的,我们就是要让 B 类股略处劣势。

在其他所有方面,我们对待 B 类股都会和 A 类股一模一样。这次年会我们碰到了人数的问题。明年我们得想点办法。而且我们到现在也还没想出来。

不过有人提议,也许可以让 B 类股股东坐二等席位之类的。我们绝不会搞那一套。(笑)

但从今往后,除了我们写进招股说明书里的那两件事之外,B 类股在方方面面都会被当作与 A 类股等同来对待。那——

那么,说到这里,再加上查理不愿多费唇舌,我们这里设了一个六区的系统,另外在分会场还设了两个区。

所以,如果 1 区有任何问题,请有意提问的朋友——举一下手,会有人把麦克风递过去。

1 区在那边。2 区在后面的角落。然后是 3、4、5、6 区。就这样顺时针绕一圈下来。请直接举手,会有人把麦克风递给您。

4. B股IPO价格对所有人一视同仁

巴菲特:我想 1 区有人提问。

观众:早上好。我是马歇尔·帕顿(音),来自得克萨斯州班德拉。

在 B 类股定价确定之后,我们这些通过电脑程序买股票的人,能否确保无论我们是从谁那里买入,那就是我们购买这些股票所要支付的价格?

巴菲特:是的——嗯,价格——大概会在本周三晚上或前后确定一个价格。所有人都会支付相同的价格。而且顺便说一句,这个价格中相当高的比例会归伯克希尔所有。

我是说,与任何其他发行相比,这次的承销价差非常非常低。

现在,一旦首次发行确定——所有人都会支付相同的价格:大型机构,乃至只买一股的买家,支付的都是同样的价格。

随后,我们预计这只股票将在纽约证券交易所上市,大概是周四上午。我相信我们这里有全世界最棒的专家经纪人,吉米·马奎尔,他现在负责普通股的交易,今后将同时负责 A 类股和 B 类股的交易。

吉米,你在场吗?愿意站起来吗?就让大家——他在那儿。全世界最棒的专家经纪人,吉米·马奎尔。(掌声)

我想他每年还会领唱《等到太阳出来,内莉》那首歌呢。你偶尔能在 CNBC 和《夜间商业报道》上看到他。我得给他点同等曝光时间。那个——

不过从周四开始,吉米将同时交易这两类股票。正如我所说——正如我刚才所说,那个——在头几天之后,B 类股几乎不可能卖到明显高于 A 类股的三十分之一,因为只要存在哪怕极小的套利价差,人们就会买入 A 类股、卖出 B 类股。

但这两种股票——这两个类别都会有市场。它们都将以 10 股为单位交易。那就是所谓的「整手」。通常纽约证券交易所的整手是 100 股。但就伯克希尔这两类股票而言,整手将是 10 股。

现在,我读到一两篇媒体报道说,因此最低购买量是 10 股。那不是真的。每种股票——每一类股票——的最低购买量是 1 股。我是说,你可以买 1 股或 2 股,也可以卖 1 股或 2 股。

而且你会有一个零股价差,就像你交易一家股票以 100 股为整手、而你买卖不足 100 股的公司股票时一样。但这两种股票都没有最低交易规模的限制。

等到他们把操作流程理顺之后——他们可能会遇到一点小麻烦——你就会看到伯克希尔 A 类股和伯克希尔 B 类股出现在——报纸上的报价里。我想到了周四之后,这件事到底是怎么回事会变得相当清楚。

通过电脑下单的情况我不太清楚。但我并不认为——当然,就首次发行而言,那将通过销售团里我想是 137 位人士——或者说经纪人——之一来完成。而且无论你跟谁打交道,结果都是一样的。

5. 伯克希尔单位信托的弊端

巴菲特:2 区?

观众:我叫大卫·亨德尔(音)。我来自佛罗里达州博卡拉顿。

据您所知,这个方案是否能有效地遏制单位信托基金?

巴菲特:嗯,它的设计目的当然就是如此。我想答案是肯定的,因为我看不出有什么办法能让单位信托——无论是在首次发行环节还是在随后的交易环节——我看不出单位信托有什么办法,能为人们提供一种像直接购买 B 类股那样高效而廉价的参与伯克希尔的方式。

请记住,如果设立一只单位信托,它就得在市场上买入伯克希尔的股票。所以它会有人们买股票时所要承担的成本。然后,在这之上,它还会叠加上其他这些成本。而且除了最初的佣金之外,他们甚至还有一项估值费。

那是我很想要的一份差事,因为每——(笑)——每三个月,或者隔多久一次,也许每天都有,某个人的工作就是给这个信托估值,而这需要一项了不起的本领,那就是能在报纸上——(笑)——按字母顺序把它找出来。

至于这位估值员能拿多少费用,那个数字是空着的。但我有种感觉,这是现有岗位中比较轻松惬意的一份。(笑)

还有一个额外的问题。我是说,如果这些单位信托设立起来却没怎么发展壮大,它们就可能在某种程度上沦为无人问津的「孤儿」。而它们运营起来肯定会变得很昂贵。

再加上伯克希尔根本不派发任何股息,而信托却要承担费用,包括前面说的估值员费用等等——既然信托要承担费用,它们就不得不定期卖出小笔股份来支付这些费用。而那会给每一位单位信托持有人带来税务后果。

我是说,人们不会知道自己——我们觉得他们不会知道自己卷入了什么。

更严重的问题是,会有人把我们过去的业绩记录摆到他们面前,或者给他们看一张伯克希尔股价的走势图,然后说:「你看,这就是你做到同样事情的机会。」而显然,这并不是——也根本不会是那么回事。

而——但根据我们目前所看到的情况,我们预计这次发行将是 35 万股。但从所涉及的认购单数量来看,即便只面向那些消息灵通的买家,需求也相当可观。

所以我想,如果你把这个圈子扩大到把不知情的人也包括进来,那场面可能会相当「精彩」。

我想答案是,今后我们不会再被单位信托基金困扰了。

6. 不打算进行B股增发

巴菲特:3 区?

观众:我是亚当·英格尔(音),来自科罗拉多州博尔德。

就你们要发行的 B 类股数量而言,你们是打算周三看一下认购账本,然后发行足够的股份来完全满足需求吗?而且如果这变成一只抢手货,你们有没有计划再做一次增发?

巴菲特:是的。嗯,我想我们的计划是把发行规模量身定制成与周二晚上或周三上午——或者无论确切时点是什么时候——所显现出来的需求相匹配。但这次发行就是要这样设计的。

像大多数发行一样,我预计承销商会——这眼下只是个推测——但我——这种做法很常见——会卖出比初始发行量更多一些的股份,目的是在该证券上制造一些空头头寸。

然后,他们有一个期权可以从公司这里取得——在 30 天内最多取得我们初始售出量 15% 的股份,这能保护他们的空头头寸。而这个空头头寸也有助于随后维持股票市场的有序运行。

但我们基本上会把发行规模量身定制成与本周中我们所看到的需求相匹配。

我们没有任何二次发行的计划。我想这件事已经宣传得够充分了。销售团成员组成了一个庞大的网络。所以那些有兴趣、但想以较小面额买入的人,将已经有过他们的机会。

我想会有一个——嗯,按目前的迹象,将会有 35 万股流通在外。根据我们所看到的情况,持有人数量将相当大——非常大。

所以,从周四上午开始在交易所上市后,在我看来,凭借那样的数量和买入人数,应该会有一个相当合理的市场。因此,我预计随后不会有任何动作。

7. 我们不认为伯克希尔股票被“低估”

巴菲特:4 号区?

观众:能听到我说话吗?

巴菲特:能。

观众:我叫汤姆·康拉德(音)。我来自弗吉尼亚州麦克莱恩,我(听不清)来参加这次会议,上周还告诉我所有的朋友和家人去买它。但我在一些刊物上读到,你说过你不会建议你的朋友和家人按当前的定价买入。

我只是有点担心,如果我跑出去告诉他们你为什么这么说——你的想法是怎样的,我到底该不该去告诉我的朋友和家人?——(笑)

巴菲特:我想这个问题我就留给你自己决定吧。我说的是——(笑)——我说的是,按目前的价格,查理和我都不认为伯克希尔的股票被低估了。而那——那并不是有时候被报道出来的说法。我是说,有时候人们说我们认为它被高估了。

我们并没有——如果你看一看招股说明书,或者如果你看一看那个——如果你看一看招股说明书,你会发现我们说的是,我们不认为它被低估了。

现在,我觉得有点好笑的是,人们竟把这当成是一个正在进行公开发行的人所做的某种惊人之语。

但如果你稍微想一想,你能想象有哪个管理层会走出去对全世界说:「我们正卖给你们一样东西——一只新股票——而它被严重低估了」吗?

如果你走出去对公众说:「我们正卖给你们一样值 1 美元的东西,而我们打算以 80 美分卖给你们」,那你怎么向你现有的股东交代?说真的,那会让我非常不快。

所以我觉得,任何一个谈论出售自家股票、却说它被严重低估的管理层,要么是不懂什么才对现有股东有利,要么就是言不由衷、嘴上说说而已。

我们不会出售——我们不会以一个我们认为对现有股东而言并不充分的价格,去出售你们在伯克希尔权益的一部分。就这么简单。

如果我们出售公司 1% 的股份——而 35 万股 B 类股已经接近那个数字——我们就是在出售你们对喜诗糖果所有权的 1%。我们就是在出售你们对 GEICO 所有权的 1%。我们就是在出售你们对《布法罗新闻报》所有权的 1%。这些全都是宝贵的资产。

我们无意以一个对现有股东不公平的价格,去出售这些实体中任何一个的 1%、10% 或全部 100%。

这并不意味着它对新股东不公平,但我们不会——如果我们认为股票被低估了,我们就不会去出售它。

我不太确定,当初单位信托找上门来时,如果我们持有这个观点,我们会怎么做。但我们——并且写进了招股说明书——我们没有出售我们自己的任何股份。在新发行中,你常常会看到现有持有人出售股份。但是,要知道,我个人净资产里几乎 100% 都在伯克希尔,这让我相当满意。

我管理着一个 1964 年设立的信托。我是唯一的受托人。在那个信托里,我想做什么都行。设立这个信托的人还免除了我因投资过度集中而需承担的责任。我家里有几位成员是这个信托的受益人。

那个信托除了伯克希尔·哈撒韦的股票什么都不持有。这一点丝毫不让我困扰。那个——我并不是在推荐你们买入。但我对持有伯克希尔感到非常满意。

但我们不希望——(掌声)——我们不希望人们以为,当他们买入伯克希尔时,他们买到的是某种被低估的东西,因为它并没有被低估。

而且我们在招股说明书的第四条提醒中说,我们希望人们只有在打算长期持有的情况下才买入它。

查理和我打算长期持有,时间很长很长。事实上,说不定哪天你们会看到我们俩坐在台上,可彼此都不认得旁边坐的是谁。(笑)

不过我们还是会装模作样地演下去。(笑)那个——我们——

要知道,这就是我们对伯克希尔的态度。我们不希望那些以为它会是一只热门股、以为一年后能涨价的人进来,因为我们压根不知道一年后它是涨还是跌。我们从来都不知道。

我们确实认为,如果伯克希尔能吸引到一类特殊的股东——他们真心把自己看作是这门生意的部分所有者,就像拥有一座农场的一份、或一栋公寓楼的一份那样,并且打算真的持有它一辈子——我们觉得这是完全明智的做法,因为我们自己就是这么做的。但我们不想超出这个范围。

8. B股募资暂无用途安排

巴菲特:我不确定我们是不是叫到了 4 区。能再回到那边吗?

观众:我叫戈登·谢泼德(音),来自蒙特利尔。

我想问问,你们对这笔钱有什么打算吗?(笑)

巴菲特:呃,这个问题的答案在招股说明书里写着,不过——我们对这笔钱并没有什么即刻的计划。但这种情况我们已经碰到过很多次了。

我是说,钱——资金的流入和流出,在我们看来,不该太刻意地去精确匹配,因为投资机会和商业机会出现的时机,往往跟资金到账的时机并不一致。

而经营一门生意、或者管理投资时,最重要的纪律之一,就是不要——不要试图让你的行动单纯去迁就手头现金的多寡。

随着时间推移,我们总能找到用钱的办法。如今管理 170 亿,要比当初这门生意只有 2000 万时难得多。这一点毫无疑问。我们已经多次指出这一点。而且如果我们规模再大下去,会更难——我希望我们能更大。

但事实上,这次发行就算进来 4 亿,或者别的什么数额,那其实跟 4 亿以别的方式进来并没有什么不同。

当我们的浮存金增长时,我们就吸纳了更多的钱。当我们的盈利被留存时,我们也吸纳了更多的钱。当我们——我记不清当初首都城市那笔交易的支票是多少了,但肯定有 10 亿美元以上,是在一天之内进来的。

所以说,钱是可以相互替代的,随着规模壮大,我们必须不断去寻找越来越大的标的。这才是我们真正专注的事。

但收下这笔钱并不让我困扰。就算我们不收,也不会让我困扰。就算我们收进来三倍的量,也不会让我困扰。这没多大区别。

而我们将会面对——我们——查理和我面对的恒久挑战,就是随着发展不断地去配置资本。这是个不错的挑战。(笑)

9. 劝退抱有不合理预期的买家

巴菲特:5 区?

观众:你好。我是李·德布罗夫(音),算是个老股东了吧,我想得追溯到好多年前,那时候这还是个挺私密的小聚会。我都不太确定该看电视里的你,还是看台上真人的你。不过无论如何,我就在你最右边。

我看到你周围全是保镖,看到这么多安保之类的。然后,我又看到这次 B 类股的发行。我不禁在想,从你的角度看,你会不会觉得自己跟教皇、跟总统是同一条船上的人?

我说这话是绝对诚恳的,因为我觉得,对于你在内布拉斯加州奥马哈以外所拥有的名望,你自己也许并不像我们当中某些人看得那么清楚。那些对投资一窍不通的人,也都清清楚楚地知道你是谁。

而当他们看到这次发行时,我想你会发现,有相当多的人感兴趣的,仅仅是为了能说自己拥有你的一份子而拥有你的一份子,他们对自己在做什么完全没有概念。

我还注意到——我尽量去读这里的小字——在第 14 页,第一段,第二行,你提到可能会发行约 5000 万股 B 类普通股。

所以,我想请你谈谈你眼下身处的这种处境——你可能跟你所拥有的那种声名有点脱节。

巴菲特:呃,我的第一反应是:也许我该告诉我的理发师,咱们可以把剪下来的头发屑攒着卖了。(笑)

那个——我倒不觉得有你说的那么夸张。

不过,你知道,我——先说那 5000 万股,我们必须授权足够多的股份,因为我们打算允许每一股 A 类股——也就是现在的普通股——但就是 A 类股——都能转换成 B 类股。

所以我们必须授权出足够的股份,来应对现有约 120 万股的 30 倍。因此,实际上有 3600 万股是为现有普通股预留的。而既然我们都在授权了——

嗯,我们需要那么多,否则一旦大家都来转换,我们就拿不出真正可用的股份。这种事不会发生。但我们还是得做好准备。

我们并没有大量发行股份的计划。那个——但你提到的那一点,我觉得你强调得比我会强调的程度稍微重了些,不过——那确实正是我们所担心的,就是那些单位信托基金。

有些人以为,从如今这样的基数出发,过去那一切还能重演一遍——这从数学上说简直是个笑话。换了今天,查理和我宁愿要少得多得多的回报,你懂的。

我们已经尽了一切所能——我是说,如果我们不这么做,那些单位信托基金早就推进了。而我觉得,他们会借你所说的那种现象大捞一笔。

而过不了几年,你知道,那就不会——我的处境就会变得相当不同,因为如果人们怀有的希望落了空,他们会非常幻灭。

我觉得,我们已经尽了一切可能,去过滤掉那些可能怀有不切实际信念的人。

而且每个人在买股份之前都应该读一读招股说明书,还有——

我觉得我们已经精心设计了——我们对所做的这件事的设计,已经尽我们所能,去缓和你所说的那种现象。也许会有少数人进来,但不会太多。

查理,你对此有什么想法吗?

芒格:嗯,如果我们只发行现在所谈的这个数量,那对伯克希尔来说几乎是件无关紧要的事。它只占 1%——

巴菲特:是啊。就 1%。

芒格:——或者差不多这么个比例,占整个——

它解决了那些不三不四的追随者的问题——(笑)——而 1%,又算得了什么呢?(掌声)

巴菲特:等等,你刚才听到那句话了吧,之前提到查理时说的——我只想知道我会死在哪儿,这样我就永远不去那个地方。(笑)

嗯,我们就是这么琢磨的——我们信奉逆向工程。

那我们该怎么阻止那些买进之后、过几年真会很不开心的人来买呢?

你知道,这有点像唱乡村歌曲。你们都——你们应该倒着唱。那样的话,你就能把房子唱回来,把车唱回来,还有——(笑)——把老婆唱回来,还有——

10. 几乎等同于直接向伯克希尔购买

巴菲特:6 区?我们这儿有没有——?

声音:这边刚才有人举手了,对吧?这儿。就在这儿。

观众:早上好。我是芮娜·洛伊(音),来自芝加哥,很荣幸来到这里。在麦克风前——

巴菲特:我们看哪儿?哦,在这边。好的。

观众:我有个别人问我、可我实在答不上来的问题。好几个人想知道,他们能不能直接从公司这边买。

巴菲特:这个问题的答案是:不能。不过所罗门兄弟是这次发行的承销商。他们在销售团队里有一百三十七家左右——我想是这个数——的经纪自营商,几乎都是——基本上都是——全国主要的那几家。

对公司来说,做这件事的成本,跟我所见过的任何一次发行相比,都真的非常非常低。当年 AT&T 分拆——也就是出售朗讯——那是一笔近 30 亿美元的交易——你知道,他们的成本百分比比我们的要高出一倍多,就拿伯克希尔这次发行来说。

所以说,几乎就好像你在买它——一位 B 类股持有人——是直接从我们这儿买的,就我所说的那种把发行做成所牵涉的摩擦成本而言。事实上,如果由我们自己来操办,可能花费还更多。

但公司本身并不是一家经纪自营商。而且它——要做直接发行,得跨过一大堆不同的关卡。这次股票只会通过经纪自营商来销售。

11. 为退休计划设立全伯克希尔共同基金?

巴菲特:7 号区?

这个问题将从另一个房间传过来。我们在这儿了。

声音:7 区没有问题。

巴菲特:7 区没有问题。8 区呢?

声音:8 号区没有问题。

巴菲特:好。那我们就回到 1 区。

观众:我是迈克·罗克(音),来自密歇根州弗林特,上帝眷顾的好地方。

我在报刊上注意到,在这只单位信托发行的同时,显然还有一些人在试图设立专门持有伯克希尔股票的共同基金。我觉得这倒是个不错的主意,因为有一类潜在的伯克希尔股东,他们只能通过开放式共同基金或封闭式共同基金来持有伯克希尔股票。

这类人就是那成千上万的教师和医院员工,他们未来的退休金都放在 403(b) 计划里,而这类计划只能投资于共同基金。所以我想问,首先,您是否了解这种情况?如果了解,是否考虑过这一点?如果没有考虑,将来会不会考虑?

巴菲特:嗯,答案是我并不了解这种情况。所以也就没有考虑过。

当然,确实有一些共同基金持有伯克希尔的股票。但目前并没有一只全部持有伯克希尔股票的基金。

我想这么说吧:如果法律的设立,是为了以某种方式把你所说的这一群体的投资限制在涉及共同基金、而不涉及个股的选项上,那么我倒觉得,如果一只基金除了一只股票之外什么都不持有,这可能反而会被视为一种规避法律的做法。

因为,假如根据相关的规则或法规,你不能直接买入通用汽车(General Motors)的股票——我是这么假设的——那么一只除了通用汽车什么都不持有的基金,看起来就可能会被视为一种绕过这一限制的手段。

但答案是,这件事没有被考虑过。我也不清楚这些规则是从哪里来的,是某个机构可以修改的,还是属于某项法规。

但如果这些规则属于某个机构,那么通过其董事会的表决,他们或许有可能在你所说的这类计划内允许购买个股。但如果不是这样,那么在我看来,一只全部只持有一只股票的基金,确实可能会被视为单纯的一种规避规则的手段。

12. 关于B股代码的建议

巴菲特:2 区?

观众:我是来自宾夕法尼亚州匹兹堡的艾伦·兰克(Alan Rank)。

您是否已经确定 B 类股票的代码会是什么?

巴菲特:代码?没有,我们还没定。

观众:我能提个建议吗?作为一名经纪人,那些已经上市、把自己分成 A 类和 B 类的股票,造成了极大的混乱。

如果有任何办法能把代码设成类似 BRB 这样、保持一个简单的三字母代码,无论是大家在 CNBC 的行情条上追踪它,都会方便很多。作为经纪人,纽约交易所上的四字母代码会在我们录入操作等方面带来很多限制。

如果有任何办法能把 B 类股的代码保持成一个简单的一、二或三字母代码,我们将不胜感激。

巴菲特:好的,谢谢你的建议。其实,交易所在与我们合作方面一直格外配合。我是说,10 股一个交易单位,对他们来说可不是件轻松的事。

我相信,有时候他们可能也希望我们能更像交易所里挂牌的其他一些公司一点。但他们一直非常配合、非常帮忙。我们也——他们会——他们会听取我们提出的建议,我们也会听取他们提出的建议。

所以,凡是有利于交易所运作、有利于价格报告的事情,我们都会尽力去做。相信我,这绝不是我们会强加给他们的东西。

我并没有一个特别中意、非要不可的代码。所以,我们看看他们——看看他们有什么想法。我们也会把你这个建议一并提进去。

13. 预计B股发行规模不会有大变化

巴菲特:3 区?

观众:我是来自俄克拉荷马州塔尔萨的葆拉·芬斯特(Paula Finster)(音)。非常高兴能来到这里。我是为数不多的第二代之一,好不容易从我爸那儿磨到了一张票。(清了清嗓子)

三年前——

巴菲特:顺便说一句,她父亲开了一家苏打饮料店。如果你们哪天到塔尔萨,一定要去看看他。(笑)

观众:他确实开了一家。也非常欢迎您再来。(笑)

三年前我来这里时,会议还是在电影院里开的。考虑到这种增长——我知道您不会离开您挚爱的奥马哈——不过也许您可以建一座体育场——带顶棚的那种——(笑)——考虑到这种增长——(巴菲特笑)——还要配上足够的停车位。(笑)

我的问题是这样的。您说过这次发行是不设上限的,他们想要多少就发多少。这个问题并不是为了惹芒格先生发火,不过——

巴菲特:那可不容易做到。(笑)

观众:明白,考虑到昨天那盘桥牌。

总之,我的问题是,你们授权发行的上限是 1%。如果像 5 号区刚才提到的那样,行情火爆失控,需求超过了这个量,会怎么样呢?

您说这 1% 是您的。那么下一个 1% 是您的吗?再下一个 1% 是我们的吗?我知道我们是有限合伙人,您是控股合伙人。但这场游戏到底能走多远?

巴菲特:嗯,就发行规模而言,无论发行规模是多少,它对每个人在经济上的影响都是一样的。我是说,我们手里的股票和在座各位手里的股票没有任何区别。

所以,从经济角度来看,这次发行最终大约是 1%,还是 1.5%,还是 0.75%,我们都不在乎。

只要——只要我们不是以低于其真实价值的价格出售股票,我们就不会因此受损。所以那——对我们来说无关紧要。一次大规模的出售也不会以任何显著的方式让我们获益。

在我看来——我们离正式发行只剩几天了,而且发行说明书已经摆在那里有一段时间了。

所以,我很怀疑会有什么巨大的变化。但我也不知道确切的答案。我是说,这可能取决于整体股市会发生什么。

但我不认为发行规模会出现什么巨大的变化。如果真有大变化,我们显然会非常迅速地通知美国证券交易委员会(SEC)。随着我们一路看到需求发生变化,SEC 一直要求我们及时调整发行规模。封面页也会随之修改。

我们也确实这么做了。每天只要有新的迹象出现,我们都尽力按照他们的要求作出响应。而这 35 万股,是我们截至上周五的最佳估计,而且——

我们接下来这一两天会再看看。但我不认为它会发生戏剧性的变化。不过我也说不准。我不想——我是在就这一点给你一个确定的答复。但这只是我的——这是一个强烈的印象。谢谢你。

14. 只回答有关B股的问题

巴菲特:4 号区?

观众:我是来自纽约市的迈克·阿赛尔(Mike Assail)(音),有个问题想问查理——

巴菲特:很好。

观众:——关于他的投资模型。

我想了解一下,关于行业整合、垂直整合方面最有用的模型,以及那些能解释在何种特殊情况下投资零售类股票是合理的模型——

巴菲特:啊,嗯,我想——

观众:——以及如果——

巴菲特:——我现在不想打断你,但我想我们把这些问题留到后面的一般问答环节。现在这个环节只讨论 B 类股的发行。

观众:哦。抱歉,抱歉。

巴菲特:不过我们很乐意稍后再听这个问题。

观众:抱歉。

巴菲特:这样至少能给查理一点时间把答案想出来。(笑声和掌声)

我们会先把所有关于 B 类股的问题都过一遍。然后,我们会就 B 类股的授权进行表决。再然后,我们才进入一般问答环节。

15. B股会损害A股股东利益吗?

观众:先生——

巴菲特:那边有人——如果有人的话,我们再从 4 号区接一个问题——监场员。

观众:我是来自康涅狄格州的马克·芬迪迪(Mark Findidi)(音)。我先道个歉。这绝不是想冒犯的问题,无论从哪个角度、以任何方式都不是。

您是否认为,发行 B 类股——本意是为了保护那些可能被这只信托忽悠进去的人,如果可以这么说的话——是否会在某种程度上让 A 类股东受损,或者可能让他们受损——无论是其一,在经济上,还是其二,在持有 BRK 这一理念体验上?

我这么说绝没有任何精英主义的意思,因为我认为您从来没有宣扬过这种东西,BRK 也没有宣扬过。但显而易见的是,这里坐满了人——好几个厅都坐满了人——他们在财务上作出了承诺,以表明他们的理念与您站在一起。这种东西会因此被削弱吗?

问题的另一部分是关于那些信托的。按照您描述的样子,它们听起来并不怎么有吸引力。从更长期来看,随着人们意识到自己买到的并不是他们以为的东西,这些信托是不是最终可能会失败?

巴菲特:嗯,它们可能会失败。但我认为,最后蹭上污点的会是我们,而不是那些信托的发起人——不过发起人也可能会沾上。但说到信托的失败,我指的并不是绝对意义上的失败,而是指它让投资者失望。

我真的认为,如果成千上万、甚至几十万人投进了一个被包装成全伯克希尔型的信托,假如有些年份人们最后感到失望,我想他们会倾向于把这种失望完全归咎于伯克希尔,其程度丝毫不亚于归咎于那个卖给他们信托的发起人——而到那时,他们也许根本都找不到那个人了。

至于第一个问题,你知道,这——我并不认为——如果我们觉得这么做会伤害现有股东,我们是不会做的,哪怕我们再怎么厌恶外面正在发生的另一些事。而且我们在设计时就考虑到了这一点,所以它——我们认为它不会伤害现有股东。

至于让他们拥有一种理念——也就是让新股东拥有和现有股东相似的理念——我们已经尽力在他们入场的过程中把不合适的人筛选掉。

不过我打算在这次发行之后,寄出一本小册子,你知道的,有点像大学新生入学指导那种,欢迎来到 Siwash 大学。

我们会把它寄给每个人,新股东和老股东都有,向他们解释我们的理念,就当是一门关于公司的入门指引课。我们大概会在发行尘埃落定后一个月左右把它发出去。

我看不出有什么理由——你知道,伯克希尔是经过很长一段时间逐步演变过来的。15 年前的年会上我们只有 12 位股东。而我们——就那些真正理解这家企业的人而言,我们似乎一直能够留住同一类、同一群股东。这是一个和你在其他公司看到的截然不同的群体。

我认为我们能够——只要我们让这道筛子持续运转,在新人加入我们时也照样发挥作用,我想我们就能把这一点保持下去。

查理?

芒格:是啊。就算这次发行火爆到极点,你新发了公司 3% 的股份,你同时也就进账了 10 亿美元出头。这对我们来说——根本算不上什么大事。(笑)

巴菲特:他这人特别容易激动。别跟他多说什么。(笑)

16. 伯克希尔无法复制过去的涨幅

巴菲特:5 区。

观众:我是来自犹他州帕克城的 Ed Johnson。

随着你们拿到 B 股出售的所得款项,并产生其他现金,你们在市场上是否看到了机会,能够继续提供我们过去有幸体验到的那种回报?

巴菲特:无论卖不卖 B 股,我们都看不到有什么事情能让我们维持哪怕接近过去平均回报水平的成绩。我们一直在努力把这一点传达给大家。

这在数学上已经成了一种荒谬。在这个世界上,钱根本不可能按那种速度持续复利下去,除非出现非同寻常的通货膨胀。它在实际购买力意义上肯定是无法以那种速度复利的。

所以,即便不发行 B 股,我们也并没有在盯着那种回报。我们看不到那样的机会。我们也并不指望能找到与过去某些发现相匹配的东西——也就是相对于我们过去所拥有的资本基数而言的那种回报。

但无论有没有 B 股,我们都面临着这个问题。而发行 B 股,哪怕是极其微小的程度,也丝毫没有改变这一点。

我们一直都在寻找机会。任何时候只要我们发现对我们来说说得通的东西,我们就会去做。

更难的部分,是确保在我们没有找到说得通的东西时,不去做什么事情。我是说,那才是更大的担忧。

而当我们找到它们时,你知道,它们自然会出现。你永远没法——你永远不知道它会在什么时候发生。

我们会碰上一些企业——我在年报里稍微描述了一点——几乎是偶然碰上的,今年我们就签约要做一笔收购。经营这家企业的人今天就在现场。这事之所以能成,是因为我去参加了一个生日聚会。所以,你知道,以后我会多去参加几个的。(笑)

所以,我们这儿的事情并没有走到头。随着时间推移,我们会找到有意思的事情去做。但它们绝不可能像我们过去找到的那些机会那样赚钱,原因很简单,就是资本基数太大了。

17. 预计B股不会出现成交量激增

巴菲特:6 区?

观众:嗨。我是来自迈阿密的 Matt Zuckerman。

我说不好,我觉得查理跟 Ev Dirksen 是同一路人。你知道,30 亿美元,我们很快就要谈到真正算得上钱的数目了。(笑)

巴菲特:是啊。

观众:我基本上有两个问题,第一个——第一,是接着前面这位先生说的,他谈到了你的知名度,那肯定会影响到股票,你不这么认为吗——?

这个问题的第二部分是,连我太太的美发师都已经申购了一些这只股票,而他代表的只是一个庞大群体里小小的一角,这群人很可能都在干同样的事;所以一方面,这只股票将会出现巨大的大众需求,而这个需求很可能并没有体现在那些承销经纪商从机构那里拿到的数字里。

第二,共同基金本身,为了给它们的投资组合增添一点派头、光彩或者别的什么,在这次发行之后,肯定会大量吸纳伯克希尔的股票。

那么,第一,在你们决定要发行——要发出去的股份数量时,你们是不是已经把所有这些因素都考虑进去了?

第二,至少在头 14 天里,公众对这些股票的反应——其价格大概会在 1,100 美元上下——也许不会把 B 股推得足够高,以至于让 A 股的价格出现一个非常非常有意思的飙升。

巴菲特:嗯,我——你说的这些我们都考虑过了。我认为这次发行已经被宣传得相当充分,需求在一两天之内基本上就会反映在承销商的账面上。

而我完全看不出股价有任何理由出现飙升。我是说,我们这套设计本来就应该防止那种情况发生。我们——而且我们也告诉大家不要指望出现飙升。

如果有任何机构想买,如果有任何个人想买,他们都将有机会买到。

我看不出有任何理由,会在发行之后立刻涌入一大批在发行期间根本没听说过这件事的人。

这很有意思。我认为大部分需求会来自散户和较小的持仓,而不太会是来自机构。

大多数新股发行的运作方式,其用意是让需求远远超过供给,从而促使人们去——也许去认购他们其实根本不想要的股票,仅仅是基于这样一种想法:这种受限的供给会导致股价在第一天大涨,不管怎样,你知道的——你看过 Yahoo 或者其他不少新股发行就明白了。

我认为——我个人不喜欢那种分销安排,因为你会发现这次发行的 30% 到 40% 也许会在第一天就被交易掉。嗯,我想——而且,也许还是以高得多的价格成交的。

我觉得那种发行方式有点不太对劲,因为这家公司显然没有拿到与人们愿意支付的价格相当的所得款项。而那些受到优待的客户得到了倒手卖出股票的机会,他们实际上是在给自己支付一笔高得离谱的承销费——尽管他们被称作认购者,可他们第一天就把股票卖掉了。

我们会非常有兴趣去看一看,头几天里 B 股的成交量相对于发行量是多少。

而如果头几天里 B 股的成交量,相对于这次发行不管多大的规模,最后结果竟然接近大多数新股发行的水平,那我会感到失望,也会感到意外。

我认为通过这种分销方式,我们在找到那些真正想要拥有它、而不是为了倒手才买它的人这件事上,会取得更好的成功。不过我们会有一个检验。我们会看看成交量到底如何。

我邀请你们去看一看成交量,把它和我们的发行量做个比较,然后再把这个比例和今年其他的新股发行相对照,就能看出在找到真正的投资者、而不是那些买进来只为了第二天卖给别人的人这件事上,我们到底有多成功。

18. 巴菲特的知名度与安全顾虑

巴菲特:我看看,刚才那是 6 号区吧?那我想我们去 1 号区。

(长时间停顿)

芒格(低声对巴菲特说):也许我们可以表决了。

巴菲特(低声对芒格说):是啊,可我不想打断——

一个声音:呃——

巴菲特:查理说也许我们可以表决了,可我确实——我想让大家把他们的问题——(掌声)

你们这么一鼓掌,只会助长他的气焰。(笑)

我想确保大家在这件事上的问题都能得到解答。我不想把它拖得超过——

如果你觉得你的问题已经被前面某个问题解答了 95%,我希望你就别再问了。

但我们确实希望让那些对此有疑问的人得到解答,因为从我收到的评论和信件里我能看得出来,有些人是真有顾虑。请讲?

观众:我的顾虑——哦,我叫 Jan Anglin。我来自印第安纳州南部。这是我第一次参加伯克希尔的年会。

巴菲特:很好。

观众:我对 B 股确实有一个顾虑,它跟生意关系不大,更多是——我想这关乎你和芒格先生的人身安全。

我经常在报纸上看到你的照片。我当然不介意在财经杂志上看到它,可现在,它有点,像是,到处泛滥了。我不喜欢你这么抛头露面的样子。(笑)

那让我心里不安。这——我是说,你明白我的意思吗?

巴菲特:不明白。我完全明白。

观众:这不是——

巴菲特:我也想到过这一点。(笑)

我很感激你这么说,我也——可答案是,没有别的办法,我是说,如果——

观众:好的。

巴菲特:——随着时间推移

观众:但能不能——

巴菲特:——就事情的发展来说。而且——

观众:所以——

巴菲特:——随着它的成长,基本上你就会越来越受人瞩目。

观众:哦,我懂。但随着 B 股之类的事情,你能不能,就那种,比如说,让自己经常被引述,却不那么容易被拍到照片?(笑)

巴菲特:嗯,我通常就是这样。我——如果你注意到的话,就采访这类事情而言,我都不接受。所有的新闻节目都邀请过我上节目。而我,基本上,都不去。

坦白说,对于股东,我对你们这群人的感觉就不一样。我很高兴看到大家都来这里。而且我喜欢和股东们聚在一起。(掌声)

我觉得真正的保护在于,如果我们做了什么导致股价暴涨然后又暴跌的事,那我可能就得稍微小心一点了。(笑)

芒格:我觉得她这个主意很不错。看过那段表演之后——(笑)

我觉得从今往后,也许你应该去给米老鼠配音。(笑)

巴菲特:我确实很感激大家的这份心意。而且有一点——在相当大的程度上,这是无法避免的。不过,芒格也许以为我并不是被人硬推去演那些角色的。

19. A股“永久”可转换为B股

巴菲特:2号区。

观众:我是来自——偏偏是——内布拉斯加州奥马哈的乔·格里尔(音)。(笑)

关于这个转换权,从 A 股转换成 B 股有没有时间限制?

巴菲特:没有。这是个好——我很高兴你问了这个问题。

在发行之后的头五天左右——是工作日——不能转换。但在那之后,你就可以一直转换,直到世界末日。从 A 股转 B 股是永久可转换的。但 B 股不能转成 A 股。

所以在你有理由这么做之前,没有必要去转换。它——而且正如我所指出的,转换有一个非常轻微的劣势。我也不会——在我有需要之前,我是不会去转换的。

20. 如何将A股转换为B股

巴菲特:3 区?

观众:我是来自华盛顿州雷德蒙德的斯科特·道林。

和这个问题有点相关,作为一名 A 股股东,我真正能想到把 A 股转换成 B 股的理由只有两个,其中一个是出于赠与的考虑。

关于这一点,要怎么把 A 股转换成 B 股呢?

巴菲特:对。那——对,委托书里有关于怎么做的说明,我想年报里也有,里面描述了具体怎么操作。

但基本上,你联系波士顿银行来办这件事,然后从那里着手。或者如果你的股票是放在券商那里的,你就指示你的券商去办。

21. B股定价旨在劝退不合理预期

巴菲特:4 号区?

观众:早上好。我是来自旧金山的露丝·欧瓦德斯。

我想问,你们是怎么决定 B 股的比例应该是 30 比 1,而不是 300 比 1 或者介于两者之间的某个数?

巴菲特:对。我们想要的是一个大致——至少在最初——能在 1000 美元左右价位交易的东西。

我们觉得,几乎不可能有人会觉得设立一个发行远低于那个面额单位的信托在商业上是可行的。

所以,那已经是我们觉得自己必须降到的最低点了。而且我们一点也不想发出某种信号,你知道的,好像这是某种最后的机会之类的,让那些人能用很小的一笔钱挤进来,你知道的,那些人就是怀着某种愿望,希望能把一百美元变成 10 万美元什么的。

我收到过一些人的来信,你知道的,他们以为这事不知怎么就能办到。但办不到。

而我们不想以潜移默化的方式、或任何其他方式,去迎合那些怀着这种希望的人。

我同情他们。但我们没有那个答案。所以,我们把价格降到了和单位信托相匹配的水平。

22. B股会增加账面价值,但不会增加内在价值

巴菲特:5 区?

我们会尽量——我们会尽量比较快地结束关于 B 股的提问。但我不想让任何对这件事心存疑虑的人——没有机会提出他们的问题。

观众:我叫鲍勃·麦克卢尔(音)。我住在新加坡。

照我的理解,B 股以它们很可能被卖出的那个价格出售,会立刻提升伯克希尔·哈撒韦的账面价值。所以,就我而言,卖得越多越好。

你能跟我们讲讲你对这个问题的想法吗,会计上的处理方式,这会怎样影响伯克希尔的账面价值?

巴菲特:嗯,任何我们以折合每股 A 股 33000 美元上下这个范围——也就是现在股票的售价——卖出的股份,都会提升每股账面价值。

但这并不意味着它会提升每股内在价值。

我在报告里说过很多次,我们用账面价值作为追踪内在价值变动的一个替代指标。但它完全不能代表诸如每股内在价值之类的东西。

关键不在于它对每股账面价值有什么影响,而在于它对每股内在价值有什么影响。而且,你知道的,我们相信内在价值实质性地高于账面价值。

我们从不给你一个数字来扫你的兴。但是——(笑)——我们并不把它提升每股账面价值这一事实,当作决定发行这些股份的任何一种决定性因素。

但从数学上讲,它会带来那个结果。关键是它与内在价值的关系。

23. “我们做的事实摆在那里”

巴菲特:6 区?

声音:我想这边有个问题。

巴菲特:6 区有什么问题吗?

声音:在你后面。

观众:你们的问题似乎在于,你们吸引了相当多的潜在股东,而他们没有办法去估算内在价值,或者对伯克希尔的未来前景形成预期。

那么,除了那些笼统的指引——比如说由于你们的资产基数,你们没法继续以过去那样高的速度让内在价值复利增长,以及你们并不认为股票被低估了——除此之外,对于他们该怎么做,你有没有什么建议?

巴菲特:对。嗯,我们大概会在后面的总体问答环节里更多地谈到我们的各项业务,但我们只是尽量以一种宽泛、笼统的方式,把芒格和我认为重要的、以及假如我们处在你们的位置上也会想知道的、关于我们各项业务的所有信息都告诉你们。

我可以向你保证,如果芒格和我对我们各项业务的全部了解,就是我们已经公开披露的那些,那它也不会让我们的估计,相比深度参与这些业务时所得出的估计有任何改变。关于我们做的事情,事实都摆在那里。

所以,只要你一直关注我们这类业务、了解行业状况以及诸如此类的一切,你就和我们处在同样的位置上。

我们会继续这么做。我们本质上把你们当作我们的合伙人。我们告诉——我们尽量准确地告诉你们,假如是你们在经营这家公司,作为合伙人的我们会想知道些什么。我们会继续这么做。

我们不会告诉你一个数字,因为我们也不知道那个数字。我们心里有一个区间。随着时间推移,各种因素会改变那个区间。而且,如果我们试图把那个区间公布出来,我们大概会惹上各种各样的麻烦。

而且芒格和我得出的区间不会完全一样。但会相当接近。我们稍后会再多谈一些这个。

24. 股东批准发行B股

巴菲特:现在另一个房间的 7 区和 8 区也有问题了。那么,请先来 7 区。

声音:我想你已经回答了我们 7 区的问题。

巴菲特:哦,7 区解决了。那 8 区呢?

声音:8 号区没有问题。

巴菲特:哦,好的。(掌声)

我想,到这一步,等我们完成这次表决之后,就可以转入一般性提问了。

然后,如果在一般问答环节中你们又冒出一两个问题,我很乐意——我们很乐意到那时候把它们安排进来。

那么,我们现在到了这一步:有没有人提出动议,采纳董事会的建议?

小沃尔特·斯科特:我提议采纳本次会议公司委托投票说明书附件 A 中所列的、对重述后的公司注册证书第四条的修订案。

声音:我附议这项动议。

巴菲特:对注册证书修订案的提议动议已经提出并获得附议。这上面写着「有没有人要讨论?」,不过我就不念了。我们已经准备好就这项动议进行表决。

如果有股东要亲自投票,现在请就拟议的注册证书修订案在选票上做标记,并把选票交给监票员。

也请受托投票人按照他们收到的指示行使委托投票权,就拟议的修订案向监票员提交一张选票。

菲茨西蒙斯先生,等您准备好了,就可以宣读您的报告。

罗伯特·M·菲茨西蒙斯:我的报告已经准备好了。截至上周五收到的受托投票人选票中,不少于 970,495 票赞成拟议的修订案。这个数字远远超过了全部已发行股份总数的过半数。

按照特拉华州法律要求、关于票数精确统计(包括在本次会议上亲自投出的票)的认证,将交给秘书,与本次会议的会议记录一并存档。

巴菲特:谢谢您,菲茨西蒙斯先生。

本次会议委托投票说明书附件 A 中所列的、对注册证书的修订案,获得通过。

在事务性会议休会之后,我将回答你们可能提出的、与伯克希尔业务相关、但不需要在本次会议上采取任何行动的问题。

在我们休会之前,有没有人还有其他事务要提交本次会议处理?如果没有,我请小沃尔特·斯科特先生向会议提出动议。

小沃尔特·斯科特:我提议本次会议休会。

声音:我附议这项动议。

巴菲特:休会动议已经提出并获得附议。我们用口头方式表决。有没有人要讨论?如果没有,赞成的请说「赞成」。

众声:赞成。

巴菲特:反对的请说「反对」。会议休会。(掌声)

25. 伯克希尔的价值不止于拆分清算价值

巴菲特:现在我们转入——转入一般性提问。我们还是按照同样的分区方式来进行。

正如我前面所说,你们任何人显然都可以随时离场。我们会在中午正式休息,大约 15 分钟后再重新开始,等你们都有机会去买个三明治,然后你们就可以——(笑)。

在其他房间的人可以到这边来。然后我们会一直进行到大约 3 点钟。

那么,我们从 1 号区开始。

观众:我是来自芝加哥的威尔·杰克斯(音)。我今天算是代表本杰明·格雷厄姆,问他可能会问的问题。

你前面谈到你们如何看待你们股票的价值——比方说 A 股的价值,因为 B 股是和 A 股挂钩的。

不过——我知道——我并不指望得到一个完整的答案,但大体上说,你会怎样去给 A 股估值?

巴菲特:是的。嗯,这显然是个关键问题。正如我说过的,我们尽量把信息提供给你们。

但我认为,人们在过去给伯克希尔估值时之所以会犯错——而且随着时间推移他们确实犯过这个错,包括许多评论人士,也包括一些机构——就是把它单纯看成我们各项业务的拆分变现价值。

我是说,你知道,你可以——你完全可以对通用电气这么干,那是杰克·韦尔奇经营得极其出色的一家公司。但我认为,看待通用电气这样的企业,你不该去想:如果他们今天把每个事业部都卖掉、缴完税、再把所得分掉,会发生什么。

而许多看待伯克希尔的人往往就是这种情况,他们是在用一种静态的视角来看它。而这并不是查理和我多年来看待它的方式。

伯克希尔确实更容易招来这种分析,因为我们有大量资金投在可流通证券上。但我们也有大量资金投在其他东西上。

当然,给伯克希尔估值,乃至给任何企业估值它的内在价值,问题在于:未来许多年里——事实上是未来所有年份——将会产生多少现金流,再以一个合适的利率折现回来。我过去在年报里谈过这个问题。

伯克希尔是一组企业的集合。其中有些我们完全拥有,有些我们只拥有一部分。而这些企业里,有一些具有非常有意思的内在动态。

举例来说,我们保险业务的价值,如果你回溯到 26——是多少来着?大概 28 年前左右,自从我们——我猜是 29 年前——自从我们从杰克·林沃尔特手里把它买下来。我相信我们付了 870 万美元,840 万——870 万美元,买下了杰克控股的两家公司。

如果你当时有先见之明——我可没有,不过——如果你当时有先见之明,能看到那项保险业务日后会发展出什么,你就会得出结论:它们对我们的价值将远远、远远超过当时记在我们资产负债表上的那个数字。它们是一项蕴含巨大潜力的业务的一部分。

而这很可能是伯克希尔发展出来的最重要的一项资产。但眼下,我们有 70 多亿——正好 70 亿——70 多亿——的浮存金,是从我们的保险业务中发展出来的。

25 或 30 年前我们没法预见到这一点。但当初要是按那项业务的账面价值来衡量它对我们的实际价值——如果经营得当的话——那将会是一个大错误。

而这种情况如今很可能依旧成立。

所以,这是——伯克希尔总体上是一组非常优秀的企业,我们希望还能往里添加更多。

内在价值会受到我们在配置资本上做得好坏的影响。它会受到我们的经理人经营各自业务做得好坏的影响。它还会受到一些我们现在预见不到、或许也无从掌控的因素的影响。

但它本质上不是用「我们现在能把每一项独立业务卖多少钱、再缴完税」来衡量的。我们不是那样经营的。我们的经营方式是:让自己能以极低的成本动用大量的资本。

在递延税款和我们的保险浮存金之间,我们负债端大约有 120 亿左右的资金,我们认为它的成本会非常低。而这——它并不显示为一项资产,但它可以相当有价值。

查理,你想——?

芒格:不了。这一点我想我没什么要补充的。

巴菲特:哦。我可都准备好把它记下来了。(笑)

26. 在看似高位的股价回购股票

巴菲特:请 2 号区提问。

观众:巴菲特先生,芒格先生,我是来自密西西比州杰克逊市的蒂姆·梅德利。

我的问题是关于资本配置的。你曾表示,你在公司身上看重的一点,是管理层愿意回购自家股票。

我想请你花一分钟谈谈,当一只股票的现价相对其内在价值显得偏高时,你自己看待回购的参照框架是什么。

有些人说,对于合适的公司,应当持续回购股票,无论价格如何。

所以,能不能请你谈一会儿:当股票现价相对其内在价值偏高时,你认为这笔账该怎么算?

巴菲特:好的。如果你在高于一个理性测算出来的内在价值之上回购股票,你就是在损害你的股东——就如同你在低于那个数字之下增发股票,你也是在损害你的股东。

这是个不言自明的道理。当然,难就难在如何得出那个内在价值。

举个例子——可口可乐也许是个好例子。

我想,不少人可能会觉得可口可乐是在以很高的价格回购股票,因为他们会去看账面价值或市盈率。但内在价值远不止账面价值和市盈率这些东西。任何时候,只要有人给你一个简化的公式去算它,忘了它吧。

你必须理解这门生意。那些真正理解这门生意的人,也就是管理层,多年来一直明白、也一直非常坦率地这么说:通过回购自家股票,他们是在为留下来的股东提升每股价值。

就像我说的,那些不理解可口可乐的人,或者那些认为机械式的估值方法应当占主导地位的人,真的是严重误判了那些回购对可口可乐公司的价值。

所以我们倾向于——当你拥有一家了不起的企业时——倾向于用这家企业自身产生的资金,把它变得更加了不起。如果股价低于内在价值,我们也倾向于回购股票。

我还要说,如果这真是一家了不起的企业,我们估算出来的内在价值很可能比大多数人都要高。

查理和我都非常敬重——我想这是这些年逐渐培养出来的——我们对一家真正卓越的企业所蕴含的力量怀有极大的敬意。我们也认识到这样的企业是多么稀少。如果一家公司的管理层希望通过回购股票来进一步加深我们的持股比例,我们会鼓掌叫好。

我们持有的可口可乐公司股份——大概就在最近三个月左右,刚刚超过了 8%,超出的幅度非常微小。不过有一次我们做过第二笔买入。

但通过他们的回购,我们在可口可乐公司的持股比例已经显著上升。我们因此变得更好,因为他们以在某些人看来或许偏高的价格买回了那些股票。当时我们就认为那些人想错了,而我想现在已经显现出来、或者说被证明了。

所以我要敦促各位,如果你想判断回购或增发股票是否明智,不要从账面价值的角度去思考,不要从某个具体的市盈率去思考,也不要套用任何小小的模型。

而是要这样思考:首先,挑选你能理解的企业;然后,想一想你真正愿意出多少价钱来拥有这些企业。随着时间推移,真正重要的,是回购是否在相对于这个价格打了折扣的价位上完成的。

我想说说我们持有股份的几家公司——在大约 15 年的时间里,我们在 GEICO 的权益从 33% 左右上升到了 50%,纯粹是靠回购实现的。我们从中获益良多。

我还要补充一句,每一位一直留在公司里的股东也都同样获益了。我们获得的好处丝毫没有超出他们应得的比例。

但那是他们非常明智的举动。而且在那个例子里,他们买入那只股票时,通常也至少是账面价值的两倍。你可以拿它跟别的保险公司股票比较,然后说:「嗯,这个价钱太高了。」

但 GEICO 并不是一家可以跟其他保险公司相提并论的保险公司。它是一种非常不同的生意。在我看来,他们沿着那条路走下去是非常明智的。

查理?没有?

27. B股不会稀释A股的价值

巴菲特:3 区?

声音:是叫你呢。

观众:哦,抱歉。我是来自圣迭戈的伊莱恩·科恩(音)。

我有点搞不明白,如果 B 类股一上市时就定在 A 类股的 1/30,那它们之后会怎么变动。

它们会一直保持在 A 类股的 1/30 吗?如果是这样,那会不会稀释 A 类股的盈利?您能解释一下吗?

巴菲特:嗯。只要我们把募集到的资金用得足够有效,它就不会稀释 A 类股的盈利或价值。

正如我前面提到的,如果增发的规模恰好是 1%,那么你在所有这些其他资产里的持有比例会减少 1%;但另一方面,公司会多出将近 4 亿美元的现金。所以在我们看来,它不会稀释 A 类股的价值。

我预计,随着时间推移,B 类股在绝大多数时间里都会非常接近 1/30 的价位成交。但它有可能以低于这个比例的价格成交。它不可能以明显高于这个比例的价格成交,否则套利就会把任何微小的溢价吃掉。我想这个问题就回答完了。

28. 富国银行没有“秘密公式”

巴菲特:4 区。

观众:巴菲特先生,我叫休·斯蒂芬森。我是来自佐治亚州亚特兰大的股东。

我的问题涉及公司在富国银行(Wells Fargo)的持股。如您所知,富国银行和大多数银行一样,有一套非常昂贵的分行网络,用来吸收存款和服务客户。

我想您也知道,他们也越来越多地进军超市里的分行网点和网上银行,这看起来有潜力相对于分行网络大幅降低他们的成本。

您能谈谈您认为这件事会如何发展、以及它可能有多重要吗?

巴菲特:嗯,这个问题——你说得对。富国银行一直是进军超市网点的领头羊。他们用过好几种不同的店面形式。而且他们也确实——他们在网上银行服务方面绝对是领头羊。

遗憾的是,在银行业里,你知道,要想有什么秘方是相当难的。可口可乐有一份「7X」配方,就锁在过去叫佐治亚信托公司、如今叫 SunTrust 的金库里。但在银行业里,你做的任何事,你的竞争对手都能照搬。

尽管如此,这里头还是——还是有一种优势的。而且有时候,率先行动、对各种分销方式了解得更多,可以是一种相当——相当显著的优势。我认为富国银行在摸索这一点上做得非常出色。

我认为他们确实拥有一些优势。他们——但这些优势并不是别人无法去照搬、无法去一点点蚕食的。

但这是一支优秀的管理团队。他们在抓住超市这一特定趋势上做得非常好。

正因如此,他们——他们或许有潜力拥有一套成本相对较低的存款吸收业务。而世界上其他每一家银行都会盯着看、留意这套做法的效果如何,不仅看富国银行这边,也看其他银行那边,琢磨自己能不能照搬。

查理?好的。

29. GEICO受益于被伯克希尔全资拥有

巴菲特:5 区。

观众:我叫艾伦·帕索(Alan Parsow),来自奥马哈。

自 1967 年以来,伯克希尔的保险浮存金增长率每年都超过 20%。

就 GEICO 而言,它的增长率——它的保险浮存金历史增长率是多少?又会对伯克希尔整体保险浮存金的增长率产生什么影响?

巴菲特:嗯,我得说 GEICO 对伯克希尔是一个巨大的利好。当然,我们此前已经持有它 50% 的股份。我的意思是,自 1976 年以来,我们就一直从对 GEICO 的投资中大获其益。所以这并不完全是一项新涌入的好处。

我们为 GEICO 付了一个不错的价钱,但它是一家了不起的公司。它有出色的管理层。它有一套低成本的分销方式,这是别人很难做到的——我的意思是,人人都想拥有这样的方式。但他们——能接近它的寥寥无几。

管理层专注于把成本压得更低,并把那条竞争护城河拓得更宽。

GEICO——我个人认为,仅从我所看到的来说,GEICO——我觉得 GEICO 未来的增长率,至少在我能看到的范围内,很可能会比过去更高。不过它过去的表现也完全令人满意。

我认为它成为伯克希尔的一部分会有一些好处,因为承揽新业务、把它记到账上是要花成本的。而我们对季度报告盈利毫不在意。

GEICO 此前对那些就相对不敏感。我这么说是在称赞它。但作为独立公司时,他们在报告盈利方面所承受的压力,要比作为伯克希尔一部分时更大一些。

而且我认为,就 GEICO 作为伯克希尔一部分能做的事情而言,有一些真正巨大的机会。

所以我想,五年之后,你们会非常高兴我们 100% 拥有了 GEICO。

而且我想你们会看到,尽管 GEICO 作为独立公司——作为一家独立企业——已经如此出色,但作为伯克希尔的一部分,它或许还会更加蓬勃地发展。

这并不是因为我们给这桩好事添了什么砖加了什么瓦。我的意思是,管理层会继续自主经营它。但作为一家更大企业的一部分,它确实——确实能得到一些好处。

30. 伯克希尔旗下企业价值高于账面价值

巴菲特:6 号区。

观众:巴菲特先生,我叫史蒂文·图克纳(Steven Tuchner)。我是来自加拿大多伦多的股东。我的问题涉及伯克希尔股票的估值。

考虑到伯克希尔所拥有的、以历史成本入账的非上市企业数量众多、金额巨大,难道这只股票相对于账面价值的倍数不应当随着时间推移基本上不断扩大,以反映这些非上市资产内在价值的增长吗?

我举《布法罗新闻报》(Buffalo News)为例,它在账面上基本上、我想大概是按零记的。甚至现在的 GEICO,在账面上大概也会记在 30 到 40 亿美元之间——而其真实价值还不止于此——这些都是内在价值与账面价值之间存在差距的例子,对吧?

巴菲特:我们全资拥有、或至少持有 80% 的大多数企业,在账面上的记账金额都大大低于它们如今的真实价值。

其中有些差距相当悬殊,尽管跟伯克希尔 400 亿美元的总市值相比并不悬殊。但相对于它们的账面记账价格,差距是悬殊的。

因为当我们 1972 年以实际 2500 万美元买下喜诗糖果时,它的税前利润是 400 万美元。去年它的税前利润超过了 5000 万美元。当我们买下《布法罗新闻报》时,它根本不赚钱。我们付了 3000 万出头。而它现在的盈利大概是 4500 万美元。我们手里还有好些这样的企业。GEICO 的真实价值也高于我们的账面记账值,因为头 50% 那部分在会计处理上有些特殊。

所以确实如此:我们的企业绝大多数都值得比内在价值——比账面价值——更高一些,而且在许多情况下高出非常之多,尽管这一点已经反映在我们股票的市场价格里了。

我不认为你能逐年地、靠账面价值的变动来精确追踪内在价值。我们把账面价值的变动当作一个非常粗略的变动指引,有时候我会就此加以评论。

在某些年报里,我说过我们的内在价值增长得比账面价值的相应变动更多;在另一些年报里,我说过我认为两者大致相当。

所以我不认为你能把它当作一个——给它套上某个乘数、就得出一个精确的指引——一个精确的数字。但我确实认为它是衡量变动方向的一个指引。

不过,我们的保险业务,才是账面价值与内在价值之间美元差额最为悬殊的例子。我的意思是,那边的数字随着时间推移已经变得非常大了。我个人认为它还会倾向于继续变大,因为我认为 GEICO 会增长,也认为我们其他的企业会经营得很好。

当然,诀窍在于把随之而来的新增资本运用好——而且不是来自 B 类股发行的那部分资本,因为相比我们单凭经营就能产生的资本量,那部分是相对很小的。

我们的浮存金会逐年增长。我们的盈利会留存下来。而我们必须出去找到一些事情来做,让三五年之后人们会说:「嗯,这值得比账面价值更高的价钱。」这是一项苦差事。这比过去更难了。但它也别有一番乐趣。

31. 预计B股不会影响A股价格

巴菲特:7 号区?

观众:是的。我叫吉姆·埃利奥特(音)。我来自明尼阿波利斯。

我想请您帮我设想一种向上的情形:B 股发行之后,数量受限,之后也没有大规模再增发。A 股股东又有些不愿意转换。于是 B 股出现抢购,比方说,价格涨到每股 $2,000。

那我们是不是就出现了「尾巴摇狗」的局面——这 2,000 的价格逼着 A 股报出 $60,000 的价位?您知道——这种套利能不能解决这个问题?还是说——

巴菲特:呃——

观众:——那种情况下我们该怎么办?

巴菲特:如果对 B 股的需求把价格往上推一些,那就会促使 A 股转换过来。我是说,B 股要想涨上去的唯一办法——我们随便举个数字——假如它涨到 $1,200,那 A 股是绝不可能明显低于 36,000 在交易的。

而且我不觉得——我认为把 B 股引入这个等式,可能意味着——其实是一定会意味着——会有一些喜欢面值更低的股票的人进来。

但要靠这个去明显地影响现在价值 $40 billion 的 A 股,那得有相当大的量才行。

所以,你知道,假如每年有一亿美元左右的增量需求之类的,那比原本可能流入 A 股的需求多出一点点。但我看不出这会引发任何意义上的大幅波动。

不过你说得很对,B 股上涨而完全不引发 A 股的某种转换,那是不可能的。我觉得——我认为这种影响会很小。

32. 世界图书百科全书业务不会出售

巴菲特:8 区?

观众:您好。我是来自加利福尼亚州奥克兰的里克·梅利奥夫(音)。

我想请教您关于《世界图书百科全书》(World Book Encyclopedia)的问题。在我看来,World Book 是一个例子,说明伯克希尔在并非有意为之的情况下投资了科技。

我预计五到十年后,纸质百科全书会变得非常难卖,因为到那时候,你买一台电脑加一套电子百科全书,花的钱可能比纸质百科全书还少。

到目前为止,我的印象是 World Book 在营销和开发其电子产品方面,并没有它的竞争对手那么积极进取。

它的售价是我所见过的竞品中最高的。它——至少一年前,它的标价是 600,而竞争对手是 8,200。

你们在特别促销时卖过低至一百的价格。但我想那不是标价。

一年前,你们还在用直销的方式卖。我至今没在大众市场的软件店里见到过它。我也从没见过它跟电脑捆绑销售。

而且我看到过一篇报纸上对电子百科全书的评测,文中提到了 World Book 的纸质版,却似乎并不知道当时已经有 World Book 的电子版可买——而那时它确实是有的。

就产品本身而言,我们家里 World Book 和 Grolier's 两套都有。Grolier's 是随电脑附带的。这两套百科全书在过去这一年里都来招揽我们购买升级版。World Book 要价 $85,Grolier's 要价 30。

但此外,我最后只买了 Grolier's,因为它解决了我对这两套原始版本最大的失望之处——这在某种程度上算是个小问题。但我认为对于做学校作业的孩子来说,这一点很重要。

两套都不允许你打印百科全书里很大一部分的图片。它们图片很多。可你打印不出来。如今花两百块不到就能买一台彩色喷墨打印机,所以把东西打印出来其实很实用。

World Book 完全没提到在这方面有任何改进。Grolier's 则说你几乎所有图片都能打印出来。而我发现——自从我们买了升级版以后——我发现这是真的。

所以,我担心的是——我不是这方面的专家,但我觉得 World Book 在开发或营销其电子百科全书上都不够积极。

所以我的问题是:你们打算在这个领域变得积极进取、成为电子技术的领先者吗?还是说你们考虑过把电子业务卖掉、干脆退出这门生意?

巴菲特:是的。我们不会卖掉电子业务。这一点我可以告诉你。

你说得很对。有些技术性的东西我不太在行。我连开个电灯开关都有点费劲。

但——(笑)——就捆绑产品而言,也就是随新电脑一起附送的那种百科全书,毫无疑问,按销量计算这已经成了一门大生意。

但按金额算就没那么大了,因为那些跟整机一起捆绑出售的产品单价非常低。其实,Encarta 大概——嗯,我敢肯定它已经随新电脑捆绑卖出了好多好多百万套。这未必能带来很多收入,但它在外面铺出了巨大的销量。

我们在 World Book——百科全书这块——你们有些人可能没注意到,《大英百科全书》(Encyclopedia Britannica)在过去这一两周里宣布停止其纸质产品的直销。

而百科全书——纸质百科全书——在这个国家的销量,过去这几年里大幅下滑,World Book 也是如此。

我们改变了——我们正在改变,而且在这个国家的某些地区已经改变了——分销体系,因为我们想看看在直销方面究竟能不能跑出点名堂来,如果还有可能的话。

有些迹象表明,我们也许能在这门生意里赚钱,但要用一套与以往不同的成本结构。这——嗯,关于这一点我们会知道得更多。我们进展还没到那一步,因为这套分销体系是在过去——或者说部分改变是在过去几个月里才改的。

我们——要弄清楚怎么在电子版还是纸质版百科全书这门生意里赚钱,都不容易。我们在电子版这块有一些想法,大约半年左右之后我们会了解得多得多,但我现在真的不能——我现在不想详细谈这些。

我自己就有那个电子产品。它是一流的产品。我们也有想法让它变成一个更出色的产品。而且我们在纸质版那块砍掉了大量成本。我们会把其中一部分投到电子版这块去。但我们确实砍掉了很多成本。

很可能这对我们来说会是一门做得起来的生意,哪怕对别人来说不是,但这一点尚无定论。

它已经不是五年前的那门生意了。而且我认为它也不会再是五年前的那门生意,因为在这件事上,这个世界已经在某些方面变了。

但我们——我们不会卖掉 World Book。这一点我可以——我可以毫不含糊地声明。我们不会卖掉电子版 World Book。我们要做这门生意,并且会一直做下去。

但我们确实还在摸索——要弄清楚一种能为我们带来像样利润、同时又能借此卖出大量 World Book 的产品配置。

查理?

芒格:我们没有任何办法能避免我们某些生意在某些时候出现下滑。

蓝筹印花(Blue Chip Stamps)曾经以每年 $120 million 的规模卖印花。如今大约每年 $200,000。所以我们也会折损一些。(笑)

巴菲特:很多年前我们还做过风车生意。(笑)

我们努力去做——你知道,我们对这些问题想得很多。但有些是整个行业的问题。

我还一度做过无烟煤的生意。还有有轨电车。这些我都见识过。

但 World Book 是一流的产品。它是我用的产品,也是查理用的产品。而且——通过电子手段,你可以以远远更低的成本来传递信息——我是说,低得令人难以置信——比起没多少年前的情形。

而这个世界,会以各种各样的形式去适应这一点,不只是在百科全书领域。这会影响到我们所处的一些生意。这也是我们一直在思考的事情。但查理和我极不可能在电子世界这件事上比世界上其他人更聪明。

我是说,我们看待这件事,是去寻找那些显而易见的东西,以及那些在我们能力范围之内、我们有办法去应对的东西。但我们并不打算在别人擅长的领域里去跟人家比拼,毕竟在那种游戏里我们并不在行。

33. 保护公众利益体现“极大的诚信”

巴菲特:1 区?

观众:巴菲特先生,我是来自加拿大的理查德·查尔顿。过去几年最精彩的一点是——芒格先生,也祝您下午好。(笑)

对我来说,过去七八年来参加年会,最精彩的看点之一,就是您应对那个新股东每年必问的问题的方式——也就是您为什么不拆股。

我知道让这些股票以一种与众不同的方式交易,对您来说意义有多大。而且过去 17 年来,您一直是我的导师。

而我认为,您这次拆分这些股票,是为了保护公众,并间接地保护伯克希尔的股东,但主要是为了保护公众——这只不过是您和芒格先生那份巨大的正直品格的又一次体现罢了。

而且您正在为美国企业界树立一个了不起的榜样。我向您致敬,先生。我非常感谢您。(掌声)

巴菲特:谢谢。谢谢。

34. 对伯克希尔股价而言,“越公平越好”

巴菲特:嗯,听完这番话我真舍不得离开 1 区,不过我们还是继续到 2 区吧。(笑)谢谢你。

观众:我是来自俄克拉荷马州俄克拉荷马城的韦斯利·杰克。

作为一名股票经纪人,我可以说我绝对不喜欢单位投资信托(UIT),我很赞赏你们针对 B 股的方案。

不过只要——跟其余股东一样,我们所希望的是——这些股票将来能升值。难道您不觉得,他们将来再拿这个主意卷土重来会是个问题吗?

巴菲特:关于这个单位——你是指单位信托(unit trust)的发行吗?

观众:说完了。

巴菲特:哦,我不觉得有什么问题,因为 B 股会在市场上流通。无论它的绝对价值如何,它都是一种更优越的产品。相对而言,相比那些要给销售人员支付高额佣金、还有一大堆年度费用的任何产品,它都是更优越的产品。

所以,我想——我猜我们已经把那个问题解决了。我真希望它没有冒出来,但是——我觉得任何人都很难诚实地通过单位信托提供一种产品——一种衍生品类型的产品——而它会比直接买入即将上市的那款产品更划算。

芒格:我想他是担心 B 股的价格会涨到一个高位,使得整个戏码又重演一遍。我得说,如果真发生那种情况,我们会很乐意。(笑)

巴菲特:嗯,只有当它反映了内在价值时,我们才会乐意,不过——(笑)

芒格:对。

巴菲特:对。我们对这件事的态度非常奇特。我是说,大多数管理层都觉得——就股价而言——越高越好。这是一种可以理解的感受。但问题在于,这场游戏在任何时刻都没有结束。

我们真心觉得,越公平越好。我们的目标是,让每一位股东在持股期间,都能分享到伯克希尔作为一家企业所取得的进步。换句话说,我们不希望一方靠着另一方致富。我们希望他们根据企业价值的增长来分享收益。

如果股票被严重高估或严重低估,你知道,这可能会让某一方——在前一种情况下是卖方,在后一种情况下是买方——非常高兴。但交易的另一边总有一个人。

在经济学里,你知道,最重要的一个问题——也许其重要性超出了经济学的范畴——就是每当有人告诉你某件事时,你知道,你应该先问自己的第一个问题是:「然后呢?」我们在伯克希尔往往会这么做。

所以,股价上涨本身并不是目的,因为——下一个问题是:「然后呢?」

如果股价上涨是因为内在价值上涨,那么每个人在这个过程中都得到了他们应得的那份蛋糕。

如果股价以某种方式超出了内在价值,那么卖出的股东就占了便宜,而新进入的股东则吃了亏。我们真心喜欢股价随时间推移而紧贴内在价值的这种想法。

我们认为,通过拥有正确类型的股东、与他们进行恰当的沟通,并奉行正确类型的政策,我们能够在一个市场本质上相当波动的世界里,尽可能接近这个理想。到目前为止,我觉得这方面运作得相当不错。

但我们的意图——以及目标——就是把它保持在这个状态。

有一点要记住:归根结底,企业的所有者整体而言,无论如何都不可能比这些企业本身做得更好。

我是说,你可以——这些企业才是——而且不仅仅是我们的企业,我说的是所有的美国企业——美国企业的盈利能力,决定了美国企业的所有者所拥有东西的盈利能力,你可以把那些小小的股票代码和其他一切统统忘掉。

所有者承受的损失,则取决于他们被强加了多少额外成本——经纪佣金、各种费用、形形色色的东西。这些都会削减来自企业的回报。但还没有人想出办法,让所有者能够永远比他们的企业做得更好。

而我们的想法是,让他们随着时间推移,按照他们作为股东任期内所发生的收益的比例,去获得回报。这件事做起来并不容易,也无法做到完美。但这就是我们一路走来所追求的目标。

35. 保险浮存金:“首先,要便宜地获得它”

巴菲特:3 区?

观众:我是 Maurus Spence。我有一个严肃的问题,还有一个不那么严肃的问题,我先问后者。

不那么严肃的问题:你说你和查理两人加起来瘦了一百磅。我很好奇是谁瘦得更多?

巴菲特:不,不。我说的是董事会瘦了一百磅。(笑)

我手下有几位董事会成员,会对自己没被算进这个总数里而感到不满。(笑)

观众:好吧,那是谁瘦了——?

巴菲特:查理和我,我们俩目前差不多打平,对吧?谦虚使我不便明说——(笑)

观众:不管怎么说,我得说你们俩看起来都气色很好。

巴菲特:我们感觉也很好。

观众:我想知道是谁瘦得最多,以及你们的减肥秘诀是什么。(笑)然后,那个更严肃的问题是关于浮存金的。

你前面稍微提到了一点。但你常说,保险业务大概是你所拥有的最重要的业务。

在年报第 12 页,你说:「我们从中获益匪浅,其程度之大尚未被普遍理解,因为我们的负债几乎没有给我们带来什么成本。」

我想请你把这一点描述得更清楚一些,好让我们能够理解。

巴菲特:好的,那个——查理和我瘦的差不多一样多,每人大约 20 磅。

保险业务为我们提供了浮存金。而浮存金是我们持有但并不属于我们的钱。

这就像银行拥有存款一样。银行有存款,这些钱不属于它,但它持有这些钱。

那么,当银行持有存款时,除了活期存款之外的所有存款,都有一个明确的成本,也就是附带的利率。然后,还有运营整个系统、归集这些资金的成本——这些成本也必须同时分摊到活期存款和定期存款上。

所以,获取他们所谓的「存款」、也就是我们可以称之为「浮存金」的东西,是有成本的。

在保险业务中,发生着一种类似的现象:投保人在保单期开始时就把钱交给我们。因此,我们这款产品的款项是被预先支付的。

其次,理赔需要时间,尤其是在责任险领域。如果你把车的挡泥板撞瘪了,那——会很快就赔付完毕,所以——但如果是复杂的人身伤害之类的,可能要好几年才能了结。而在那段期间,我们持有着这笔钱。

所以,我们实际上拥有的,是某种相当于银行存款的东西。但是,银行存款的近似成本相当容易计算,而对于保险公司拥有的浮存金来说,在你所有的保单和损失——保单都到期、损失都全部了结之前,你其实并不知道这笔浮存金的成本是多少。而在某些情况下,那等于永远也不知道。

所以,你一路走来,只能对这笔浮存金正在耗费多少成本做出估算。

在伯克希尔,截至目前,在我们从事这一行业的 29 年里,看起来——永远无法确定,因为你无法确知将来会发生什么——但看起来,平均而言,我们的浮存金没有给我们带来任何成本。

有些年份我们出现了承保亏损,那就有成本。也有些年份我们获得了承保利润,于是我们的成本就是负的。

所以这些年来,我们以非常有利的条件获得了那笔浮存金。远不止于此——与此同样重要的是——以低成本、在我们这里是零成本获取浮存金固然重要,但另一件重要的事是,我们让它戏剧性地增长了。

于是,我们获得了越来越多的钱,却不附带任何成本。如果我们今天还只有 1967 年时那 1600 万——我猜是 1700 万——浮存金,而且它没有成本,那也很不错。

但 1700 万的免费资金虽然值点钱,却不值一大笔钱。

而拥有 70 亿——如果我们能让它成为免费资金的话——那就值很多钱了。而这种增长,恐怕在伯克希尔身上一直没有得到充分的赏识;同样没有得到充分认识的,还有零成本资金在影响我们价值随时间增长方面的那种相互作用。

人们一直盯着——总是盯着我们的资产端,却没有对负债端给予同样多的关注。查理和我对此投入了大量关注。

而且,我是说,这——业务以这种方式发展,并非完全是偶然。我们也有意图,要努力让它在未来继续以这种方式、按这种路子发展下去。但外面也有我们的竞争对手。

浮存金本身并不是一种福气。我们可以给你举出许多保险公司的例子,它们曾觉得能产生浮存金妙不可言。结果它们在承保上亏掉了那么多钱,以至于如果它们当初压根没听说过保险这行,反倒会过得更好。

但是,你知道,关键的活儿就是把浮存金搞到手、把它越搞越多,但最重要的是,要搞得便宜。这就是我们努力的方向。

而你要在业务中做到这一点,靠的是拥有某种竞争优势。光靠经营一家普普通通的保险公司,你是做不到的。普普通通的保险公司不是一门好生意。

我们之所以能做到,在某些方面,是因为我们对这门生意的态度;之所以能做到,是因为我们的财务实力赋予了我们某些竞争优势;而在 GEICO 这个例子里,我们之所以能做到,是因为它的运营成本极低。

而这就取决于我们——靠我们自己——去想办法,让这些竞争优势中的每一项都随着时间推移而最大化。

我们已经建立起了这些优势。我是说,在 1967 年,我们在保险业里并不被那样看待。我们——我们已经建立起了一个具有竞争实力的地位。而在 GEICO 这个例子里,它本来就拥有这些优势,并不靠我们。但我们随着时间推移买进了它。

这是一项非常重要的资产。这些年来,你应当对这项资产在增长和成本两方面所发生的变化给予大量关注。这将有助于你计算内在价值。

查理?

芒格:没有什么要补充的。

巴菲特:好的。

36. 内在价值并未高于当前股价

巴菲特:下面是 4 号区。

观众:我是亨利·诺伊霍夫(音译),股东,来自得克萨斯州达拉斯。

我猜您认为这些股票的内在价值高于其当前价格所体现的水平。

巴菲特:高于什么所体现的水平?

观众:高于股票当前价格所体现的水平。

如果情况确实如此,那么您对伯克希尔回购自家股票有何看法?

巴菲特:是的,没有。我们说过,按目前这个价格,我们并不认为伯克希尔被低估了。我们并没有说我们认为它被高估了。但我们说过,我们并不认为它被低估了。

所以,基于我们的估计去做回购,并不符合股东的利益。

在某个时点这或许是有可能的,但我们认为现在并非如此。我们认为内在价值远远超过账面价值,但我们不认为它超过当前的价格。

不过,我们也没有在卖出任何股票。(笑)

(录音中断)

37. “街名”持股股东带来的复杂问题

巴菲特:6 区?

观众:我叫卡洛斯·卢塞拉(音译)。我来自爱达荷州。我的问题与代持名义(street name)有关。

我们持有的伯克希尔·哈撒韦股票是在一个家族有限合伙里。除此之外,它还登记在代持名义之下。

那么,代持名义下的股票无法参与伯克希尔·哈撒韦的慈善捐赠,原因是什么,背后的道理又是什么?

巴菲特:是的。大约 15 年前左右,我们就股东指定捐赠计划向美国国税局(IRS)提交了一份征求裁定的请求。

而我们收到的裁定指明的是登记在册的持有人,而不是代持名义下的持有人。当然,这并不意味着我们就不可能再争取到一份不同的裁定。

但坦白讲,当我们想到那一大堆间接持股,以及我们在其他方面因这些间接持股而碰到的种种问题时,我觉得要让我们试图把这个计划扩展到——延伸到代持名义持有人身上,会有点像一场噩梦。

我认为成本会远远超过收益。我认为情况就是如此,而任何以代持名义持有股票的人,只要愿意,都可以把股票转到自己的名下。

所以我觉得,单个股东只要付出很小的一点努力,就能抵消我们在伯克希尔会遇到的一大堆问题。

我们能应付得了现在这套体系。那里我们有 12 个人。他们既要操办年会,又要拍电影。他们什么活儿都干。(笑)

而那会非常棘手——你知道,如果再多 10000 股参与进来,那就是 120,000 美元的捐款。我就是觉得这不值当。

无论如何,我们目前的裁定并没有涵盖这件事。这是我们也曾考虑过的问题。

查理?

芒格:是的。我觉得就算他们改了裁定,我们也不会改变这项政策。从行政管理上看,那会非常麻烦。

巴菲特:我们还会碰到其他问题,就在人们拿到他们的材料这件事上——光是年会的材料就成问题。

我们听不少股东反映,他们没法从自己的券商那里拿到材料,他们——他们搞不清楚 B 股是怎么回事,因为他们没收到委托投票表决材料。这就——代持名义带来了更多的麻烦。

不过,我们有——现在我们有——B 股先撇开不谈,我们这边代持名义的持有人,我相信,可能是直接持有人的两倍还多。虽说股份数量要少得多得多——我是说,那——大概不到全部股份的 20%。但持有人的数量可能是直接持有的两倍。

38. 年报中没有“透视盈余”

巴菲特:7 号区?

观众:下午好。我叫比尔·格拉(音译)。我来自旧金山湾区。我持有你们的股票很多年了,很欣赏你们出色的工作。

不过,在今年的董事长致股东信里——几年前您提出了一个概念,叫做透视盈余(look-through earnings)。

巴菲特:没错。

观众:可今年我没看到这部分内容。我想知道这是不是已经不再是一个有效的概念,或者您为什么没有列出这些数据?

巴菲特:是的。这是个好问题。其实我本该在年报里把这一点交代一下——提一句也好——因为我谈过它,将来我们也还会谈到它。

我们确实给透视盈余定了一个目标,到 2000 年达到 20 亿美元。这个目标还会向上调整,以反映在外流通股份增多这个事实。但基本目标还是一样的。

不过今年它被略去了,原因有两个。就像我说的,我本该提一句的。

一个原因是,这是我们写过的最长的一封信。而把那一节放进去,会让它再长出一点。再加上一个事实——这才是关键所在——年度结束后紧接着,我们公司的构成发生了重大变化。

于是,我们持有的大都会(Capital Cities)股票就不见了。在它消失的那个时点,我们还不知道它会变成现金,还是变成全部的迪士尼股票,又或是两者的某种组合。

我们收购了 GEICO 的另一半,而即便到现在,会计处理方式仍不明朗。我觉得——

去年的透视盈余数字本身没问题。但我觉得,等我把当时尚在进行中的那些交易需要做的全部调整都解释清楚,再把这一段加到——加到我写过的本已最长的信里,会大大拖慢节奏,而且也没什么特别的帮助。

这部分内容会在今年、也就是即将发布的这份报告里回归,往后的报告里也会有,因为这是一个非常重要的概念。也是我们密切关注的东西。

只是去年那个数字——等我费劲把它解释清楚,恐怕会是一团乱麻。

你知道,我通常——会计这些东西,我清楚,会让你们当中很多人犯困。但相信我,写这些也没多有趣。(笑)

所以今年我把它略过去了。明年我们会把它放回来。去年那个数字本身没问题,只是会带上一大堆星号注解。

39. 估算内在价值时使用的贴现率

巴菲特:请到 8 号区。

观众:是的。巴菲特先生,早上好。我叫埃德·瓦尔扎克(音译),来自纽约。我是您投资哲学的学生,也是仰慕者。我有一个问题。

在判定一家公司的内在价值时,您的文字似乎写到,或者表明,您会把一家公司的股东盈余向后预测若干年,然后再用当时通行的利率把它折现回来。

我的问题是,在把一家公司的股东盈余折现回来时,相对于通行的无风险利率,您要求加多大的溢价(如果有的话)?

或者换个说法,比如说今天,贷款利率在 7% 左右,如果您对可口可乐做同样的演算,您会用多高的利率去折现它的股东盈余?

巴菲特:是的。这个问题我们被问过很多回。我们在过去的年报里也或多或少回答过该用什么折现率。

我们基本上是以长期政府债券利率来思考的。

有些时候,在非常——因为我们认为自己并不擅长预测利率,但大概在利率非常——看起来非常低的时候——我们也许会用一个略高一点的利率。

但我们并不会专门把风险因素放进去,因为从本质上说,这个想法的纯粹之处在于,你折现的是未来的现金。而现金是来自一桩有风险的生意,还是来自一桩安全的生意——所谓安全的生意——这并没有任何分别。

所以,一家会存续上百年的自来水公司所交付的现金,其价值,与某家高科技公司——如果它真有现金的话——(笑)——你正在看的那种公司所产生的现金,其价值并没有什么不同。

也许对你来说,做这个估计会更难。因此,等你把整个计算都做完之后,你可能会想要一个更大的折扣。但在你决定自己愿意出多少价之前——你也可能会判定自己根本就估计不出来。我是说,对我们而言,面对大多数公司就是这种情况。

但我们信奉使用一个政府债券式的利率。我们信奉尽量坚守那些我们自认为能把未来看得相当清楚的生意——当然,你永远看不到完全清楚——但我们自认为对它有合理把握的那种生意。

我们也会在某种程度上加以区分。我们不愿意跌破某个理解程度的门槛。所以,我们希望坚守那些我们自认为相当了解的生意,而不是去搞那一整套花里胡哨、各式各样的风险利率,因为坦白说,我们觉得那只不过是在拿数字玩游戏罢了。

我是说,我们——我认为,对于一桩高度投机的生意,整个行业五年后就会面目全非,你给它套上某个东西——套上数字——等你都算完了,它也不会有任何意义。

如果你说,我打算在利率上额外加 6%,以反映这个事实——我倾向于认为那有点扯淡。我是说,它看上去也许很有数学味。但在我看来,那是数学上的胡言乱语。

你最好就老老实实坚守你能理解的生意,用政府债券利率。等到你能买到它们——某个你深为了解的东西——而且能以可观的折扣买到时,那时你才该开始兴奋起来。

查理?(笑)

芒格:是的。当年的折价幅度比我们现在看到的要大得多。

巴菲特:各位,你们能从他嘴里掏出来的就这么多了。(笑)

40. 喜诗糖果近期不会推出无脂产品

巴菲特:1 区?

观众:嗨,沃伦,我是彼得·纽曼(Peter Newman),是尼克(Nick)和瑞奇(Racky)的儿子。你看不到我,因为我在你左手边很靠边的这个位置。

顺便说一句,瑞奇让我向你转达她的问候——

巴菲特:太好了。

观众:——还有向苏茜(Susie)问好。

我想借用一下刚才那位问《世界图书》(World Book)问题的人的思路——

我知道你通常很不愿意去干涉旗下各家公司的经营,因为它们自己就做得很好。而我特别喜欢喜诗糖果和他们的产品。你或许知道、或许不知道,我们家里有个嗜巧克力如命的人,跟你们家一样。

巴菲特:是啊。他们做的巧克力糖浆也很不错。(笑)

观众:是的,我就不点名是谁了。

不过,今年圣诞节我去那儿买礼物的时候注意到,除了那些小小的拐杖糖之外,店里没有一样东西是无脂的。

而我们正面临一个趋势——(笑)——全世界范围内的趋势,尤其是在甜点、冰淇淋和糖果这类品类上,无脂化的趋势。

我只是想,也许可以跟管理层提个建议,让他们考虑扩大硬糖产品线。

巴菲特:嗯,我们考察过很多东西。其中一个问题,你大概也知道,比如说使用阿斯巴甜的问题在于它跟高温的相互作用不好。所以这一直是个难题。

现在呢,查理和我在这个减肥计划期间还是照常收到我们那一盒盒的糖果。我们呢——(笑)——把它们都吃光了。

而糖果,你知道,平均来说大概是一百……得看它是不是含糖产品。

不过,拿棒棒糖来说吧,大概是每盎司 110 卡路里。但那是——那相当于一根半,或者一又四分之一根棒棒糖,差不多吧。

大多数东西,你知道,都在每盎司一百到每盎司 150 卡路里这个区间。所以糖果并不是绝对的禁忌。

如果我们能找到一种顾客喜欢、又让他们觉得吃了会变瘦的东西——(笑)——你知道,那将是个重大突破。

我们很期待——而且对于送上门来的每一样东西我们都会试吃。这一点我可以向你保证。(笑)

事实上,查理和我大概就是主力试吃员。

恰克·哈金斯(Chuck Huggins)今天也在场——如果你有任何想法的话——他是喜诗的负责人。自从我们 1972 年接手以来,他把喜诗经营得非常出色。他会很乐意听取建议。

但我们一直在寻找那些能吸引消费者、味道好、他们愿意买账的东西。我的意思是,就跟可口可乐公司在碳酸软饮料方面做的一样。所以这是个常抓不懈的课题。

还有,你知道,当初大家对阿斯巴甜寄予厚望。但在糖果上它就是没能成功。我也读过几篇关于无脂食品的文章。

嗯,那应该是脂肪替代品,可这并没让我太有兴趣去尝试。不过我不确定你们当中有没有人读过那些文章。我们会继续留意的,彼得,谢谢你。

41. GEICO 的收购价:“我们咽了咽口水,还是付了这个价钱”

巴菲特:2号区。

观众:早上好,巴菲特先生、芒格先生。

作为一名有志成为股东的人,我非常高兴也很自豪能来到这里。也许我能促使芒格先生在今天上午回应一下我的问题。

关于你们收购 GEICO 另一半股份的事,你能否谈谈你们支付高于市场价值的溢价背后的考量,以及为什么你们没有选择在公开市场上买入股票?

芒格:嗯,按那个挂牌价格,我们在公开市场上买不到太多股票。而我们支付的价格,再考虑到我们拿到了这么大量的股份,我们认为是一个非常令人满意的价格。

巴菲特:是的。我们——查理说的百分之百正确。我们还有一项限制,是很多很多年前就同意了的——差不多 20 年前——关于未经董事会、以及我相信还有保险监管部门同意的情况下,我们最多能持有多少股份。

所以在 GEICO 这件事上,我们身上确实背着一些特殊的限制。但即便没有这些限制,我们的做法也会完全一样。

而且我们并不认为我们能以比那个更便宜的价格买下它。我们咽了几口唾沫,把钱付了。从结果来看,我想我们会为当初这么做感到高兴的。

GEICO 表现得非常好。它——我是说,我早就知道它会做得不错。但我现在对它感觉非常好。

42. 报业依然不错,但不如从前

巴菲特:3 号区。

观众:巴菲特先生,我叫大卫·洛(David Lowe,音译),来自加利福尼亚州文图拉(Ventura)。

这是我第一次参加伯克希尔的股东大会,我想说,你对在场股东的影响力让我非常着迷。我注意到,大厅里第一种被喝光的饮料就是樱桃可乐。(笑)

我的问题是关于《布法罗新闻报》(The Buffalo News)的。你在 1995 年年报的信中说,报业的经济吸引力又下降了一档。你能详细说说吗?

巴菲特:好的。你在报业看到的,是一个长期以来一直存在的发行量趋势,就每户家庭订阅的报纸份数而言。

这个数字——日报——一直在下降,而且我得说,最近这几年的趋势在这方面还要更糟一些。

我会说,无论是在发行端还是广告端的定价能力,近几年都有所减弱——不是大幅减弱,但确实减弱了一点。

曾几何时,报纸——尤其是只有一份报纸的城镇里的日报,从经济角度看,大概是你能找到的最有吸引力的生意。我是说,很大一部分广告主在使用它作为广告媒介这件事上几乎别无选择。

人们除了日报之外,了解身边发生了什么事的途径也更少。所以它们一开始就处在一个极其强势的地位。

它们如今仍然占据着非常强势的地位。我在年报里也尽力强调了这一点。我是说,按它们卖的那个价格,它们是物超所值的。它们用极低的价格给你提供各种各样的信息。而且对大多数商家来说,它们是触及顾客的一个绝佳途径。

但它们已经不再——在很多情况下,它们不再拥有 15 年或 20 年前那种独占性的优势了。

三类邮件(third-class mail)越来越成为一种选择。人们获取信息的途径更多了。正如我们前面谈到的,信息可以用电子方式处理,并以远低于 20 年前人们想象的成本来传递。

所以所有这些因素都在一点点蚕食它。它仍然是一门非常好的生意。但这些——我看不到有什么东西会扭转这些趋势。我也不认为这些趋势就一定会加速恶化。

但我认为,如果你这辈子唯一拥有的东西,是 20 年前一个独家报纸城镇里的一份日报,那么今天你会感到比当时稍微不那么安稳一点。不过你的处境仍然要比拥有几乎任何其他生意都好得多。

查理?

芒格:没有什么要补充的。

43. 年报中的“外部信息”

巴菲特:4 号区呢?

观众:巴菲特先生,我叫哈奇·弗农(Hutch Vernon)。我来自马里兰州巴尔的摩。

我知道你读了非常非常多的年报。我很好奇你读年报是为了寻找什么,如果你愿意跟我们分享的话。

但我更好奇的是——因为我想我大概知道你读年报是在找什么——有没有什么披露信息——任何进一步的披露——是你希望看到公司在财务报告中提供的,或者是你希望证监会(SEC)在财务报告、委托投票材料或其他与股东的沟通中加以要求的?这个问题想请你和芒格先生都谈一谈。

巴菲特:好的。年报里有一样他们没法强制要求的、也是我最看重的:我真的很想——我想尽可能多地了解经营这家公司的那个人,了解他是怎么看待这门生意的,以及这门生意里到底在发生什么。

换句话说,我希望拿到一份这样的报告:就好比我拥有一家公司一半的股份,但离开了一年,而我有一个拥有另一半股份的合伙人——等我回来时,他会告诉我过去这一年里发生了什么、他预见到接下来会发生什么,诸如此类的一切。

我——我认为这才是年报的目的所在。当然,证监会强制要求披露大量信息,而且——

一个声音:——开着吗?

巴菲特:——那些信息有些是有用的。但报告背后是有意图的。我的意思是,如果它是一份推销文件,你知道,我兴趣就没那么大了。我——而且——

我看不出有什么办法能强制规定我所说的这些东西。但那才是我想要的那种报告。

我读报告时想做的事情,第一,我喜欢大致了解各类生意里都在发生些什么。

如果我们持有某家公司、某个行业的股票,而同一行业里还有另外八家公司,我想拥有、或者至少在那另外八家公司的报告邮寄名单上,因为除非我了解那八家在做什么,否则我没法弄清楚我自己这家公司经营得怎么样。

我想要那种视角——就市场份额而言,这门生意里在发生什么,他们的利润率,利润率的趋势,各种各样的东西,这些我不了解就拿不到——

除非我知道那个行业里其他所有生意都在做什么,否则我没法成为一名聪明的企业所有者。所以,我尽量从一份报告里把这些信息挖出来。

如果我在考虑投资某一家具体的公司,我会努力掂量他们的生意,以及经营这门生意的那些人。

多年下来,我发现大量地阅读报告,对于在伯克希尔做商业决策非常有用。

如果我们百分之百拥有一门生意,我想持有它所有竞争对手的股份,只是为了随时掌握正在发生什么。我想能够明智地评估我们的经理人做得怎么样。而除非我了解他们工作所处的那个行业大背景,否则我做不到这一点。

你知道,真的很惊人——靠我所谓的「外部信息」,你在投资上能做得多好。我发现内幕信息——我都不确定它到底有多大用。

但外部信息——关于各种生意,到处都是各式各样的信息。而你不必把它们全都搞懂。你只需要搞懂你正在考虑进入的那些。你能做到,只要你肯——没人会替你去做。

在我看来,你没法靠读华尔街的研究报告就从中得到什么东西。你必须自己动手,把它彻底吃透。

我认为,40 年来,我们从来没有从一份华尔街研究报告里得到过一个点子。但我们从年报里得到过很多点子。

查理?

芒格:我发现,即便是一门相对简单的生意,读它的年报也得花很长时间,因为如果你真的想把它搞懂,那一点都不容易。

巴菲特:是的。我会说,平均而言,对于一门我们真正感兴趣的生意,即便我们在某种程度上知道哪些可以跳过、哪些要读,我的意思是,一份报告也得花上 45 分钟到一个钟头。

而如果这个行业里有六到八家公司,那也许就是六到八个小时,然后还有他们的季报,以及一大堆其他的——

我的意思是,你了解一门生意的方式,就是吸收关于它的信息,思考,判断什么重要、什么不重要,把一件事和另一件事联系起来。而你知道,这就是这份工作。

而你没法靠盯着一张图表上上下下跳动的一堆小数字,或者读那些市场评论、各种期刊之类的东西来获得这些。那是行不通的。你必须搞懂这些生意。一切都从这里开始,也在这里结束。

44. “伯克希尔不是一个人的舞台”

巴菲特:5 区?

观众:巴菲特先生,我叫汉克·斯特里克兰(音)。我来自弗吉尼亚州的费尔法克斯,如果它算一座城市的话,会是全美第十大城市。我是以股东身份来这儿的。我女儿——她同时也是我的经纪人——和我一起来了。

周五晚上我们也在场,看着你为球赛开场做热身。我们注意到你没把球掉地上。你似乎能把球准准地传给给你热身的那位。

我们注意到了你投出的第一球,我很难判断它究竟该算漏接球还是暴投。

巴菲特:其实那是个过早下坠的下沉球。(笑)

我得补一句,非常难打。(笑)

观众:然后,你又轻快地走进看台,拍了好多照片,配合大家拍合影,签名,还翻过了一两道栏杆。我们怀着极大的热情注意到了你的好身手。

说了这么多,许多人会把伯克希尔形容成一家「一个人的公司」——这话对查理可没有不敬之意。我敢肯定,在座的许多人都已经退休或半退休了。设想你或许也想退休,并非什么不可思议的事——天哪,永远地退休——

巴菲特:那才是不可思议的。我可不想让这一条溜过去。(掌声)

观众:要么——可能会发生更糟糕的事。而对我们这些人来说——

巴菲特:我想,那才是最糟糕的——(笑)

观众:嗯,我——

巴菲特:我想死亡只能排第二。(笑)

观众:我能想到我们当中有些人或许会想做点什么来保护我们数额可观的投资,比方说,我从蓝筹印花(Blue Shamp——Blue Chip Stamp)那个年代起就持有伯克希尔了。但不管怎样,我们可以挂一个止损单,或者买一份保险。

我们也许可以请查理在你离开之后扮成沃伦。这些似乎都不是什么很有吸引力的选择。所以,我现在是非常认真的。

对于一位真正担心伯克希尔是「一个人的独角戏」的股东,你会怎么回答他的问题?

巴菲特:好。嗯,伯克希尔不是一个人的独角戏。就资本配置而言,它是两个人的戏。这一点目前毫无疑问。

但它是由许多经理人来经营的,他们做得非常出色,而且在经营过程中根本不需要查理或我给任何指导。

不过我也许可以说,你知道,我基本上会带着我全部的伯克希尔股票一直到死。而那些——那些股票,会根据离世的先后,要么留在家族里,要么留在一个基金会里,并在此后长期持有。

所以,没有谁比我更关心后续的管理问题。我的意思是,这件事根本不会因我去世而终结。它也不会为巴菲特家族或巴菲特基金会而终结。所以,这是查理和我两人都思考过的一个话题。

最有可能的情形是——你得抛开「这是一个人的独角戏」这个念头,因为,就在此刻,我们伯克希尔旗下有 33,000 人正在为我们工作,你知道,就在我们说话的当下。

而我呢,就坐在那儿,你知道,看着关于我自己的电影什么的。我是说,你由此就能看出我对这地方有多么不可或缺。(笑)所以那——但问题是——

我们做的另一件事,除了配置资本之外,就是确实去物色这些经理人。并且希望能让伯克希尔对他们足够有吸引力,使他们愿意留下来为伯克希尔工作。

但那——你知道,做这件事并不需要 150 的智商之类的。它确实需要一种敏感度,去体会人们为什么愿意早上爬起来、去做他们所做的事。

而当我不在了,合乎逻辑的安排,在某个时点——这又取决于到底是什么时候发生。但查理比我年长一些。所以很可能会再次拆分成两个人的职能,但不会完全是查理和我现在分工的那种方式。

那就是说,会有一个人负责投资和资本配置。我在年报里提到了卢·辛普森(Lou Simpson)的位置,因为他比我年轻;然后会有另一个人负责运营。而我们现在组织里就有这么个人。

现在,我不知道我死的时候会是什么情形,因为那可能是在 20 分钟之后,也可能是在 20 年之后。而当那——所以,我没法具体点出是哪些人。

我们现在对这两项职能都有合适的人选。20 年之后,我们对同样的职能也会有人选。我不知道到时候会不会还是同一批人。

但这是经营这门生意相当合乎逻辑的方式。GEICO 过去就是这么经营的,现在仍然这么经营,而且已经这样经营了好些年。

财产意外险公司的经营方式,一直让我觉得极其不合逻辑,因为它们一直被生意中的承保那一端所主导。可它们这边明明有这么重要的投资那一端,但向来——几乎每一家公司——都把投资置于承保之下、屈居其次。

而 GEICO 很有逻辑地,在若干年前就设立了双 CEO 的安排——最早在那之前是比尔·斯奈德(Bill Snyder)——但托尼·奈斯利(Tony Nicely)负责生意的承保那一端,卢·辛普森负责投资那一端。

而这是两项非常不同的职能。从逻辑上讲,同一个人在多数情况下并不同时适合这两项职能。我的意思是,同一个人恰好两项职能都能胜任,那是罕见的。

所以 GEICO 用这种方式运转得非常好。现在仍然这么运转。卢负责投资,托尼负责承保。

而伯克希尔——稍有不同——是它的一个变体。但本质上,在伯克希尔总部,你需要有人去监督,但又别插手太多,确保你配的是合适的经理人,并且你公平地对待他。

你需要有人在运营那一端。你需要有人在投资/资本配置那一端。我们现在就有这些人。而无论那件事什么时候发生,我们到时也会有这些人。

那就是——那就是这个架构。而且我们拥有一些非常好的生意。

而且,你知道,没人会因为觉得我坐在奥马哈某间办公室里就去买喜诗糖果。也没人会因为我的名字以董事长或 CEO 的身份挂在那里就去买一份 GEICO 的保单。这些生意都是了不起的生意。它们会继续运转得非常好。

到那时,会有一个资本配置的问题,就跟现在一样。而且会有把好的经理人留住、并公平对待他们的问题。而那是一个可以解决的问题。

所以,这就是从基威特广场(Kiewit Plaza)所看到的未来。

查理?

芒格:是的。如果你只是把所有这些资产在脑子里过一遍,我想你会很快得出结论:现成的(这些生意的)惯性势头都很强大,就算没有我们,它们也会运转得非常好。

我的意思是,难道因为伯克希尔·哈撒韦哪位经理人去世了,可口可乐就会突然卖不动了吗?

你想想,人们会因此就不用吉列剃须刀片了吗?GEICO 会突然就不再被精明地经营了吗?内布拉斯加家具城会因此就不那么卖力了吗?

所以你可以说,这些现有的资产是被精心、用心地组合在一起的,以至于并不需要总部持续不断地动用智慧。(笑)

至于不利的一面——我认为,指望继任者在做新投资方面能像沃伦过去那样出色,是不切实际的。好吧,那也只能怪运气太差了。(笑声与掌声)

巴菲特:这边有位深表同情的听众。(笑)

45. 巴菲特不会回复每一封个人来信

巴菲特:我看看,我们到哪儿了?现在是 6 号区了吗?

观众:巴菲特先生,大约 40 年前,是沃尔特·施洛斯把我介绍给您的,我一直心怀感激。终于在 80 年代初,我成了股东。

我的问题是,既然您已经把总部规模扩大了 9%,从 11 个人增加到了 12 个人——(笑)——那您现在是不是更经常回复股东来信了?

具体说来,您看过我 1986 年 1 月写的那封信了吗?(笑)

巴菲特:我们还没处理到 1 月份呢。(笑)

观众:说到大都会/ABC(Cap Cities/ABC)和谈话广播电台,上个月在大都会发生的那个问题,本来是可以避免的。

巴菲特:你应该会收到我们寄出的一封格式信函。不过——我们不会——第一,我们不会插手我们所投资公司的经营活动。

我的意思是——如果有人对可口可乐或吉列不满,本来不应该不满才对——(笑)——但万一他们真的不满,那他们应该直接去找这些公司本身。我不会把自己掺和到所投资公司的管理或运营里去。

至于关于伯克希尔的问题——几年前我在年报里写过——光是经营伯克希尔本身就要占用相当多的时间,因为要盯着这么多家企业。

它本来不需要像我现在这样花掉这么多时间,但我乐在其中。不过——我觉得年报、年会才是把股东心里所有的事情都拿出来谈的时候。所以,我不做一对一的答疑。

我收到各种各样的来信。有人想要职业发展上的指点,有人想要关于自己生意的建议。我是说,寄来的信成千上万。

要回复那一类的信,真的会——会占用大量时间,而这些时间本来是该花在伯克希尔上的。我可能会把它们记下来,作为我在后续年报里要谈的内容。

但我觉得,年会和年报才是与股东沟通的最佳方式。一年里其余的时间我确实不这么做,不过你会收到——或者说你应该会收到——某种格式化的回复。

观众:谢谢您。

巴菲特:谢谢。现在是中午了。我想给大家一个机会去逛逛我们的其他门店等等。但我们 12 点 15 分会回到这里。

下午场

1. 与“两位最富有的人”一起投资

巴菲特:好,如果 1 号区那边的话筒已经就位,我们就可以开始了。

观众:是的。非常感谢。我叫玛丽亚·尼古拉斯·凯利(音译)。我来自华盛顿州的塔科马。

我和我丈夫的投资方法很不一样。1988 年,他给我买了一股伯克希尔,好让我学点关于投资的东西。我们俩差不多是同时起步的。

他选择了投资,比方说,大约 40 只不同的股票,又买又卖,坦白说,给我们赚得还相当不错。

我的方法比较简单。基本上,我去年终于想明白了,我应该投资全世界最富有的两个人所拥有的公司。

于是——(笑)——我决定我们应该每个月加买伯克希尔和微软。所以,今年——我们也确实做到了。

今年,我们在您的年报里读到,伯克希尔的售价「已经到了查理和我都不会考虑买入的价位」,于是我丈夫就对我的投资策略提出了质疑。(笑)

我知道您是个诚实的人。虽然您可能不会——(笑)——您可能不会建议「我的合伙人查理」此时此刻再买入更多伯克希尔,但您会建议我继续——(巴菲特笑)——继续我这套相当机械化的定投伯克希尔吗?

我想——我大概知道答案。但我想让我丈夫亲耳从您本人嘴里听到。(笑)

巴菲特:我觉得你这是在拿我当挡箭牌。(笑)

观众:可是——

巴菲特:嗯,我——我们不建议卖出,但我们也不建议买入。在这件事上我们是中立的。

我希望你能继续和这两位最富有的家伙绑在一起。另外那位仁兄我也挺喜欢的。(笑)

观众:谢谢您。

巴菲特:是啊。

2. 美国运通在信用卡业务上有所“滑坡”

巴菲特:2 区?

观众:巴菲特先生,我是哈丽特·莫顿,来自翡翠之城[西雅图],跟刚才那位是同一个地方,微软的所在地。我有几个小问题。

第一个问题是,我知道您对科技既不感兴趣,也谈不上熟悉,但我想知道您能不能就比尔·盖茨作为一名管理者,发表几句评价。

而第二个问题,涉及一家您熟悉的企业,是关于美国运通(American Express)的。

您能否评价一下美国运通的应对策略——既要应对它在信用卡行业中不断下滑的市场份额,又要应对借记卡日益上升的重要性?谢谢您。

巴菲特:查理,我不太确定我有没有完全听清,你听清了吗?我是说,关于美国运通的那部分我听到了——

芒格:她想让你评价一下盖茨作为管理者,以及美国运通——以及它市场份额下滑的问题。

巴菲特:嗯,第一部分非常容易。要知道,比尔·盖茨是有史以来最伟大的管理者之一,是一位卓越的商业天才,而且热爱他的事业。

当你把这种组合,再加上旺盛的精力,再加上如今还有了一位可以把事业传承下去的继承人,我觉得你很难做得比这更好了。

美国运通嘛,你知道——显然,在信用卡业务上,它已经从 20 年前的地位滑落下来了。我觉得,他们有那么一阵子可能有点把自己的客户当成理所当然了。

我认为[首席执行官]哈维·戈卢布(Harvey Golub)非常专注于纠正这一点,并且已经取得了一些进展。但如今的信用卡业务,已经是一场与 20 年或 25 年前截然不同的竞争搏杀了。

很有意思的是,美国运通自己当初是误打误撞进入这一行的。因为最初他们担心的是自家旅行支票业务会面临什么样的命运。

然后他们看到大莱卡(Diners Club)冒了出来。是一个叫拉尔夫·施奈德(Ralph Schneider)的人创办的。他们眼看着大莱卡一步步蚕食市场。所以,搞信用卡是一招被动应对之举。而且有那么一阵子,他们真的主宰了这个领域。当然,时至今日他们仍然主宰着其中差旅与娱乐的那一块。

但随着时间推移,信用卡终将成为一门竞争极其激烈的生意。所以你必须确立——美国运通必须以某种方式,为自己的卡确立起独特的价值——否则它就会变得越来越像没有差异的大路货。

这不是一门容易做的生意。但他们的特许经营权——他们拥有强大的特许经营权。相对于竞争对手而言,它已不复 20 年前的盛况了。

3. CEO 群体中“不乏平庸之辈”

巴菲特:3 区?

观众:下午好。我叫约翰·韦弗(John Weaver)。我是来自华盛顿州贝灵厄姆的股东。

您谈过什么才算是一门绝妙的生意。在您年报第 23 页列出的收购标准之一,就是管理层。

您能不能谈谈,您是如何判断什么才算好的管理层,又是如何判断自己手里有没有一位优秀的经理人的?

巴菲特:真正伟大的生意,是那种根本不需要好管理层的生意。我是说,那才是了不起的生意。而糟糕的生意,则是那种只有靠卓越的管理层才能成功、甚至才能勉强活下来的生意。而且——

不过我们要找的,是那些懂自己生意、热爱自己生意、爱护自己股东、愿意把股东当成合伙人来对待的人。但即便如此,我们依然要看底层的生意本身。我们——

如果我们手里有一位我们认为非常出色的人,但他却被困在那种糟糕透顶的生意里——因为我们自己就身处过一些糟糕透顶的生意里——那么你知道,你能做的最好的事情,多半就是抽身出来,转去做点别的。

但坦白说,这中间有着天壤之别——美国企业管理者之间的才能有着天壤之别。

《财富》500 强的那些首席执行官,可不是像挑选美国奥运田径队的 500 名队员那样选出来的。那完全不是同一套流程。你在美国商界的顶层管理者身上,绝得不到你在任何一项运动的美国奥运代表队里所能看到的那种顶尖品质的整齐划一。在美国商界的最高管理层中,你是看不到那种水准的。

你会遇到一些非常能干的人,一些了不起的人,比如我们刚提到的比尔·盖茨。但你也会碰到很多平庸之辈。

我觉得,要检验这一点——在某些情况下,谁干得出类拔萃,是相当容易辨认出来的。我们喜欢那些击球率打到 .350 或 .360 的人,因为这能预示他们将来仍能打出超过 .300 的成绩。

可有些人会说:「你知道,我去年的击球率只有 .127。但我换了根新球棒,或者换了个新的击球教练」,你知道,某位管理顾问跑来,据说教了他该怎么干。

对这种说法我们非常警惕。所以我们不喜欢那些只会轻打的击球手突然宣称自己能变成强力击球手。

然后我们会试着搞清楚他们对待股东的态度。这一点在美国企业界也并不一致,远谈不上一致。

不过我们仍然希望他们身处一门好生意。这一点我要强调。

我们觉得——我是说,我在年报里举了汤姆·墨菲(Tom Murphy)的例子。

我是说,论能力——没人能超过他的能力,也没人能超过他的正直,看看他几十年来经营 Cap Cities 的方式就知道了。我是说,你能从 50 个不同的方面看出这一点。

我是说,他心里装着股东。而且他不光想着股东,他还知道该怎么做才能促进股东的利益,而且——

在做大企业这件事上,他只在合理的时候才去扩张,而不是为了满足自己的虚荣心,或者单纯为了把公司做大。他扩张是在符合股东利益的时候才做。

并不是所有人都是汤姆·墨菲。但当你找到这样的人,而他又身处一门体面的生意时,你就应该重重下注,而别犯我犯过的那种错误——也曾一两次过早地把股票卖光了。(笑)

4. “分散投资是无知的保护伞”

巴菲特:哪个区——是 3 号区还是——?对,4 号区。

观众:是的,我叫马克·哈克(Mark Hake,音)。我来自亚利桑那州的斯科茨代尔。

我对您在分散投资方面的方针,以及您如何集中投资,非常感兴趣。

我研究了您往前追溯好多年的年报,有些年份您在可交易的股权证券投资组合里持有很多只股票。而有一年您只持有三只,那是 1987 年。

所以我有两个问题。鉴于您现在投资组合里持有的股票数量,这对您看待市场的观点意味着什么——比如说,市场估值是否合理,诸如此类?

第二个问题是,每当您——似乎每当您建立一笔新投资时,您从不会让那个新仓位低于整个组合的约 5%,也从不会高于约 10%。我想确认一下我的理解是否正确。

巴菲特:是这样。嗯,关于第二点,那其实并不正确。

我们有一些仓位你们根本看不到,因为在上一份报告里我们只列出了超过 6 亿美元的那些。而显然,那些没列出来的都是更小的仓位。

有时候是因为那些是规模较小的公司,我们没法投进去那么多钱。有时候是因为我们买入之后价格涨上去了。有时候甚至是因为我们正在减持那个仓位。所以这里没什么玄机。

我们喜欢把大笔的钱投进我们坚信不疑的东西里。这就回到了分散投资的问题上。

你知道,我们认为分散投资——就一般的做法而言——对于任何真正懂行的人来说,几乎没什么意义。

分散投资是一种针对无知的保护。

我是说,如果你想确保——(笑)——相对于市场而言不会有什么坏事落到你头上,那你就把所有东西都买下来。这没什么不对。我是说,对于那些觉得自己不懂如何分析企业的人来说,这是一种完全稳妥的办法。

但如果你懂得如何分析企业、给企业估值,那么持有 50 只、40 只,乃至可能 30 只股票,那都是疯了——因为很有可能,能被一个人真正理解的卓越企业根本就没有那么多。

手里有一门超级出色的生意,却把钱投到你吸引力清单上排第 30 或第 35 位的东西里,而不肯往排第一的那门生意里多投钱,在查理和我看来简直是疯狂之举。

这是常规做法,它也许——你知道,如果你要达成的目标只是平均水平,那这么做也许能保住你的饭碗。但在我们看来,这是一种自白,承认你其实并不真正理解自己持有的那些企业。

你知道,就个人投资组合而言——你知道,我只持有一只股票。但那是一门我了解的生意。它让我非常安心。(笑)

所以你知道,难道我得持有 28 只股票,才算有了恰当的分散吗?那简直是无稽之谈。

而在伯克希尔内部,我可以挑出我们旗下的三门生意。如果我们只拥有这三门生意,而我把全部身家都押在伯克希尔上,我也会非常满意。

当然,我很高兴——我们能找到的不止这些,而且我们还在不断增加。但三门卓越的生意,已经超过你这辈子要过得很好所需要的了。

普通人也碰不到那么多。我是说,你看看这个国家的财富是怎么积累起来的,它们不是靠一个装着 50 家公司的投资组合堆出来的。它们是靠某个人认准了一门卓越的生意而建立起来的。可口可乐就是个绝佳的例子。很多财富都是靠它建立起来的。

而世上没有 50 个可口可乐。你知道,连 20 个都没有。要是有,那倒也好办。我们大可以在那一群里疯狂地分散投资,得到的结果会跟只持有那门真正卓越的生意一样好。

但你是找不到的。而事实是,你也不需要。我是说,如果你拥有——一门真正卓越的生意,随着时间推移,它对经济的起伏变迁和竞争都有很好的抵御能力。

我是说,你知道,我们说的是那些能抵御有效竞争的企业。这样的三门生意,会胜过 100 门普通的生意。

而且顺便说一句,它们还更安全。我是说,持有三门容易辨认、卓越非凡的生意,比持有 50 门家喻户晓的大企业风险更小。多年来金融课上就这个问题所教的东西,简直令人匪夷所思。

但我可以向你保证,如果我必须把未来 30 年里我家人的命运押注上去,而这要取决于某一组生意的收益,那我宁愿从我们持有的那些生意里挑出三门,也不愿持有一个由 50 门生意组成的分散组合。

查理?

芒格:是的,他的意思是,现代公司金融课程里教的很多东西都是废话。(笑声和掌声)

巴菲特:你想详细说说吗,查理?(笑)

芒格:你简直没法相信这套东西。我是说,就是现代投资组合理论——对,就是——

巴菲特:它毫无用处。不过你知道,它会教你怎么做到平均水平。但你知道,我觉得任何人在五年级就能想明白怎么做到平均水平。我是说,那根本没那么难,而且——

它搞得很繁复。你知道,里头有一堆小小的希腊字母、各种各样的玩意儿,让你觉得自己置身于大联盟之中。但它——(笑)——其实毫无增值可言。(笑)

芒格:我对它实在难以接受,因为我也算半个研究痴呆症的人——(笑)——而我有——

巴菲特:而且我们俩经常厮混在一起。(笑)

芒格:通常我能把痴呆症归类——你知道,按照某种理论、某种模型结构。但现代投资组合理论,它所牵涉的那种痴呆,我压根没法归类。(笑)

有些非常古怪的事情正在发生。(巴菲特笑)

巴菲特:如果你这辈子能找到三门卓越的生意,你就会变得非常富有。而如果你理解它们——那三门生意是不会出什么坏事的。我是说,这正是它们的特征。

芒格:顺便说一句,也许这正是痴呆这么多的原因。如果你信了沃伦说的那套,那整门课大概一周就能教完。(笑)

巴菲特:是啊,而且那样一来,那些高高在上的「大祭司」相对于普通门外汉就毫无优势可言了。而那种东西从来都不好卖。(笑)

芒格:没错。

5. 裁员有时是为了纠正过去的过度招聘

巴菲特:好,哪个区——什么,5 号区,是在那边吗?

观众:是的。下午好,巴菲特先生、芒格先生,还有各位董事会成员。

我想问,展望未来,您是否认为这些趋势——大规模缩减规模、离岸外包、裁员瘦身、可随时弃用的劳动力、所谓的「合理化精简」、对公司忠诚度承诺的削弱,以及越来越看重短期、捞快钱、盯着利润底线,而非像您那样致力于长期投资——会影响到您可投资标的的范围,以及您的决策过程?

另外,您有没有可能考虑由自己亲手去创办新公司?

巴菲特:嗯,我认为你所说的这些趋势,以及人们对它们的关注,可能会产生一些影响,仅就公众和国会对企业可能持何种态度而言就是如此。

从历史上看,你知道,每个行业,在任何时候,都热衷于裁员瘦身或变得更有效率。

那么,如果这个行业在增长,你就可以通过让同样数量的人做更多的工作、或产出更多的成果来实现效率提升。

但你知道,如果你回到 150 年前,看看比如说从事农业的人口比例,农业已经从占美国劳动力中相当可观的一部分,缩减到了非常小的一部分。而从本质上讲,这把人们解放出来去做别的事情了。

所以,让每一单位劳动投入在任何事情上都获得尽可能多的产出,是符合社会利益的。但对身处其中的个人来说,这非常难熬。

你知道,这没什么乐趣——我想,当拖拉机出现的时候,当一匹马大概也高兴不起来,或者当汽车出现的时候,一个铁匠也是如此。但——

所以,我对这些做法本身并无异议。我有时候有异议的,是做法的方式。我确实认为,在某些情况下,做这件事的方式上缺乏一定的同理心或敏感度。

你应该努力让你的企业更有效率。我们希望我们不要身处那种迫使我们随着时间推移裁员的行业,因为我们希望实物产出能增长,希望我们变得更有生产力,能够维持同样数量的人手却获得更大的产出。

Dexter Shoe 这些年在这方面做得很出色。他们变得越来越有生产力。但他们是卖出了更多的鞋,而不是卖同样数量的鞋然后让人走人。但有时候,行业趋势——

我是说,在 World Book,我们的人手比一两年前少了。而我们没有——我们对此没有什么解决办法。

随着时间推移,我们退出了纺织业。我希望我们不必如此。但我们不知道如何在新英格兰地区经营一家纺织公司并有效地参与竞争。

就像我说的,我会——我很乐意避开那些行业。只要我们能做到,我们就会避开。

我是说,GEICO 随着时间推移会增加人手。我也认为伯克希尔·哈撒韦随着时间推移会增加人手。

但我不能——更有效率地完成工作,是符合社会利益的。在我看来,以某种方式照顾好那些受到这种活动影响的人,同样也符合社会利益。无论是——在某些情况下,可能是再培训。

但在另一些情况下,你知道,如果你已经 55 岁了,一辈子都在纺织厂里干活,突然之间经营这个厂的人靠卖你生产的东西赚不到钱,那就不太行得通了。我是说,这并不是那个在纺织厂干了 30 年的人的错。

所以,这里面有个平衡的问题。我认为最近引起的这种关注,在某种程度上是一种媒体跟风,基于几家公司里一些特别戏剧性的例子。

我并不认为现在每年发生的人员置换——就人们工作内容的重新调整而言,占劳动力的比例,比 10 年前更高。但它最近得到了很多关注。

这方面可能会有反弹,体现在公司税率或一系列其他事情上。而我们也许会朝那个方向感受到它。

在伯克希尔,我们想尽可能高效地做好每一件事。其中很重要的一部分,就是不去雇用一大堆我们不需要的人。

现在很多正在被纠正的错误,是因为人们过去变得非常臃肿。他们的企业过去变得非常臃肿,雇了各种各样他们并不需要的人。在我们接触到的很多企业里,我们都看到了这一点。

而只要他们非常兴旺发达,说实话,没人会对此做太多事情。然后等时机一到,他们突然就发现自己能获得多得多的产出。

石油公司就是个经典的例子。你知道,真正需要用来生产、炼制和销售石油的人手,大概并没有变化那么大。但如果你看一下相对于生产、炼制和销售的桶数的雇佣人数,跟 20 年前比,已经大幅下降了。

在我看来,这只能说明它们 20 年前经营得并不怎么样。这种情况一开始就根本不应该出现。

在我们任何一项业务里,我们都不想雇用多于所需的人,因为我们也不想裁员。

查理?

芒格:嗯,如果你反过来说,你会说,点出一家因为「裁员过度」而被毁掉的企业。我一个都想不出来。

但如果你让我点出因为臃肿而被半毁或彻底毁掉的企业,我是说,我可以一口气说出一个又一个又一个名字。

如今,认为裁员是错的,已经成了一种时髦。可是,让企业臃肿到最终不得不裁员,这本身也许才是错的。

但如果你的企业里有远超所需的人手,我看不出让人们闲坐着、处于半就业或失业状态有什么社会效益。

巴菲特:你很可能会在某个时刻,碰上某个对手,他的企业里也没有多于所需的人手。但这并不改变什么。对于那些身处其中的人来说,他们确实有实实在在的麻烦,而且——

芒格:沃伦,你能点出哪怕一家被「裁员过度」毁掉的企业吗?肯定有一家,不过——

巴菲特:嗯,这就像艾森豪威尔谈到尼克松时说的那样。给我一个星期,我会想出点什么来。(笑)

6. 保险业务量下滑并未导致裁员

巴菲特:6 号区怎么样?

观众:巴菲特先生,芒格先生,我是来自纽约市的 Walter Kaye。

巴菲特:我们很高兴你能来,Walter。

观众:什么?

巴菲特:我们很高兴你能来。Walter 一直是我们的好朋友。

观众:非常非常感谢。你这么一说,让我更自负了,一个谦逊的自负狂。

我不知道芒格先生的太太是否在场,巴菲特太太是否在场,但在我来的地方,在东部,在纽约,他们说:「当一个人——当男人成功的时候,那是他太太的功劳。但如果他们失败了,那是因为他们懒。」(笑)

但不管怎样,我只是想,再一次,非常感谢你们。你们为我们一家人做了如此了不起的事情。简直令人难以置信。

对于你们当中那些不了解这两位先生的人来说,他们除了是金融天才——你们都认识巴菲特先生,对芒格先生也多少有些了解——他们还是你这辈子能遇到的最优秀的人。我是说,光是他们刚才解释裁员这件事的方式,就是我听过的最有智慧的话。

而最终,你知道,这些人最终都会找到工作。他们必须接受再教育,诸如此类。

但有一个业务上的问题,如果你不介意的话,我想请教你们。我一直注意到,有大量的新资本正在涌入再保险公司。

我在想你们能否就此谈几句,谈谈你们是否认为这会影响再保险业务——会不会对整个保险业有什么影响,因为,你们比我更清楚,我们仍然处在一个非常疲软的市场里。

几乎没有哪个月份我不听说又有某家新的再保险公司成立,不管是在百慕大、伦敦还是别的什么地方。谢谢。

巴菲特:好的。Walter 对保险的了解比我多。但尽管如此,我还是会谈谈这件事。

确实涌入了相当多的资本。我得说,大概在三年前,曾有一波资本涌入再保险业务。

但确实有资本进来了,这对我们的业务是不利的。我是说,因为任何被引进来的资本,基本上都会被投入使用。

在伯克希尔,我们愿意——而且我们确实这么做——我们愿意在再保险业务上袖手旁观、坐在场边。

我们会报价。但有些人——如果他们手握大量资本又想有事可做,就会大幅压低那些价格。如果你在这个行业里有大量资本,或者你吸引来了大量资本,你就会去做点什么。你也许想做点聪明事,但如果有必要,你会去做蠢事。

你会把它合理化,让自己觉得这很聪明。但你就是会去做。你不会干坐着,然后在年底给股东写信说,你知道,「去年我们向你们要了 3 亿美元。我们很高兴地报告,这笔钱全都安全地存在花旗银行(Citicorp)的一个账户里。」事情就是不会这样运作。

所以他们会出去做点什么。人们不喜欢整天闲坐着无所事事。

而这就意味着,在某些情况下价格会被压低。而那些情况——现在就正在发生。

我们——在伯克希尔,我们在这方面确实有一条关于裁员的规矩。我们向所有保险业务部门的员工承诺过,我们绝不会因为业务量下降而裁员。我们不希望经营我们保险业务的人觉得,他们必须承保 X 美元的保单才能把所有人都留住。

我们承担得起在身边养一些因为没有满负荷运转而花掉我们一点钱的间接成本,因为相对于我们保险业务的规模而言,这点钱并不算多。

我们承担不起的,是有人出于某种内在的强迫感,为了保住自己的饭碗而不断承保业务。所以,我们在这方面有一项强硬的政策。

如果业务在价格上变得无利可图,我们就不做。但等到情况反转的时候,我们仍然会在场,并且大干一场。

大约在 1985 年前后,财产意外险业务的情况曾反转过一阵子。而我们当时做了大量的业务。

四五年前,巨灾再保险的情况反转过,我们就在那块业务上变得非常活跃,而且——

我们在保险业务上会迎来对我们非常有利的时机。这跟投资很像。如果你觉得自己每天都必须投资,你就会犯很多错误。这——这种业务就不是那样的。你得一直等到那个又肥又好打的球(the fat pitch)。

在保险业里也类似。你不会——如果我们给我们的保险公司定一个保费业务量的预算,那将是我们能做的最蠢的事情,因为他们会去达成那个预算。

我设定的任何预算他们都能达成。我可以告诉某个去年承保了一亿美元的业务部门,今年要承保 5 亿美元,他们就会达成它,你知道,然后接下来几十年里都得由我来买单,所以——

用这种方式去规划每年 8% 或 10% 的增长,是一种非常不合逻辑的做法。

现在,GEICO 是另一码事,因为 GEICO 是一家成本最低的运营商,它能从一个巨大的潜在客户池里,以我认为非常好的增长速度吸引业务,仅仅靠让人们知道市面上有什么可选项就行。所以这是一家我看好在几乎任何情况下都能增长的企业。

但我们的再保险业务在业务量上会剧烈波动,取决于竞争对手在做什么。而竞争对手在做什么,在很大程度上,取决于他们口袋里有多少钱烧得他们坐立不安。

眼下,它正朝着一个方向走。但它会变的,我是说,就跟投资市场会变一样,你懂的。我至少经历过六七个这样的时期,人们觉得,你知道,他们再也没机会用合理的价格买到证券了。可情况总是会变的。

在保险这行里,给保单定错价的人会为此付出代价。而这个世界仍然需要保险。我们也仍然会在那里。

7. GEICO 若拓展国际业务将是危险的分心

巴菲特:7 区?哦,那边没人。我想现在所有人都在这儿了,那我们就回到 1 区。

观众:巴菲特先生,来自葡萄牙的问候。我来自葡萄牙。我叫赫库拉诺·福尔塔多(音)。从贵公司还在纳斯达克交易的时候起,我就是股东了。

我一直持有这些股份,并且年复一年地不断增持,只要有可支配的资金、手头宽裕,我就买。

现在,讲一点我的经历。作为学生,我来自印度。我出生在印度,父母都是印度人。我父母十分清贫,供不起我上高等学府。我开始上学——

巴菲特:我想,要是可以的话,也许你最好还是直接说问题吧,拜托了。

观众:好的。然后我就开始做保险了,做寿险,为一家公司,它是 American Life 的子公司。

我现在的问题是这样的。我如今住在葡萄牙,我看到欧洲市场正在发展,而伯克希尔·哈撒韦在保险投资上占了非常大的一块。

你们似乎并没有在欧洲那些新兴市场,以及像印度或太平洋地区这些国家和地区开展业务,而那里——三分之二的人类就生活在那里。

伯克希尔·哈撒韦这边,是否有什么政策或计划,要把它的保险业务多元化、国际化?这就是我唯一的问题。

巴菲特:谢谢你。

伯克希尔·哈撒韦的再保险业务是完全国际化的。我是说,我们承接全世界的风险。我们和全世界的公司打交道。

这就是再保险这行的本质,总的来说是这样,尽管也许有些再保险会更专注于本国市场,但是——

我们很乐意承接全世界的风险,不过它们必须是带有高额保费的风险。我是说,这就是我们再保险业务的本质。我们不做这行的零售那一端。

但我们确实在全球范围内做这事。我们也会继续在全球范围内做下去,因为全世界的原保险公司面临着巨大的风险。它们需要有人来分担。

至于他们会不会出合适的价格,那是另一回事。而且在少数几个司法管辖区做生意,可能会比在别处稍微难一些。但那就是一项国际化的业务。

GEICO 占了美国汽车保险市场两个多百分点。我们有大约 250 万名保单持有人。全国有超过一亿人。

这里有这么大的机会,让 GEICO 跑到别的国家去反倒会分散精力。

有一家公司在英国那边非常成功,大约 10 年前推出了一种有点类似 GEICO 的业务模式。他们干得很好。如今他们遇到了更多竞争,业绩也有所下滑,不过——

GEICO 在美国国内有巨大的潜力。我可不希望 GEICO 的管理层现在跑去别的方向,眼下这里有这么多事可做。

我是说,比方说,我们在这里增长率上多出三个百分点,你知道,那就是大约 7500 万美元左右的业务量。而这反过来又会随着时间推移不断复利累积。所以——在我们到世界各地去搞什么初创业务之前,这里要做的事实在太多了。

而且实际上,在很多司法管辖区,要经营一项类似 GEICO 的业务都存在各种各样的问题——尽管我并不是说每个地方都这样。我是说,那里也可能有机会。但美国国内这里的机会是巨大的。而且 GEICO 的管理层很专注。

我喜欢专注的管理层。如果你读可口可乐的年报,你不会觉得罗伯托·戈伊苏埃塔在想可口可乐之外的一大堆事情。

而我一次又一次地看到这种专注奏效。当他们失去这种专注时——实际上可口可乐和吉列两家公司,在二三十年前的某个时候,多少都曾经如此——结果就会显现出来。

我是说,20 年前,这两个伟大的组织都没能发挥出它们的潜力。后来它们重新聚焦。这其中的差别有多大啊。就市值而言,它带来了几百亿美元的差别。

GEICO 实际上当初——他们在 80 年代初开始在一堆业务上瞎折腾,他们也为此付出了代价。他们付出了非常大的代价。

他们付出了直接的代价,就那些业务本身的成本而言,因为它们几乎全都搞砸了。然后他们还付出了额外的代价,就是对主业失去了专注。

这种事在现任管理层身上不会发生。托尼·奈斯利除了一件事别的什么都不想——就是把 GEICO 的讯息传递给那些人,那大约 97.5% 还不是保单持有人的人。而随着时间推移,这对我们会非常奏效。

查理?

芒格:我们通过可口可乐和吉列,间接地进入了所有这些新兴市场。所以,说我们完全缺席,那是不对的。

巴菲特:是的。嗯,在可口可乐,国际市场占了利润的 80%——实际上还要多一点。

吉列,我想他们大概是 70% 左右。所以——我们很喜欢可口可乐或吉列业务中的国际成分。这是一个非常重要的吸引力。

但这些公司的管理层是专注于此的。而他们正在做的——他们有分销系统,他们有知名度,他们在那边有很多有利条件。但妙就妙在,他们把自己手里的这些有利条件发挥到了极致,而 20 年前却不是这样。

他们那会儿多少有点听之任之、放任不管,开始在一大堆多元化的玩意儿上瞎折腾。而你知道,基本上,那并没有奏效得很好。所以,我们喜欢专注。我们热爱专注。

芒格:是啊,而且像我们这样间接地去做,有人会说,正因如此,我们反倒做得好得多。(笑)

巴菲特:这话背后的意思我们就不深究了。(笑)

8. 股东带动了波仙珠宝的销量

巴菲特:2 区?

观众:我叫乔治·奥尔森(音)。我来自佐治亚州亚特兰大。我有几个简短的问题想问你们。

首先,我想请你谈谈对 USAir 优先股的看法——它们已经拖欠了好几个季度了。

其次,我想了解一下昨天波仙珠宝(Borsheims)的销售情况。你通常都会评点一下的。(笑)

巴菲特:嗯,掌管波仙的苏珊·雅克今天早上给我打了电话。她的嗓子哑了,但很开心,还有——(笑)

波仙——去年同一天是全年生意最好的一天。而今年大约又涨了 60%,所以——我——你们都尽了自己的一份力。(掌声)

芒格:我们在伯克希尔·哈撒韦的年会上开了个新风气。一位股东走过来,让我在他波仙的销售小票上签名——(笑)——那是一块 5.4 万美元的手表。

这才是我们乐意签的那种名。(笑声和掌声)

所以我们对各位的寄语是:「你们也去照着做吧。」(笑)

巴菲特:顺便说一句,那可不是查理家里的人。(笑)

9. USAir 的投资已有改善,但仍是一次失误

巴菲特:USAir 优先股,正如我在年报里提到的,它看上去比 18 个月前左右要好得多了。

但他们根本性的问题——史蒂夫·沃尔夫也说过这话——也就是 USAir 的新任 CEO——根本性的问题还在那里。要么他们去正视并纠正那些根本性问题,要么那些问题就会去「正视并纠正」他们。(笑)

还有——你知道,他们的成本失控了。他们的成本是一个受管制、受保护的环境留下来的遗物。可他们如今并不处在一个受管制、受保护的环境里。而到目前为止,他们在纠正这种局面上还没取得什么大的成效。

凭我对沃尔夫先生的了解,我敢肯定,你知道,他正全副心思扑在扭转这一点上。而他也必须把它扭转过来。他——他过去在这方面的战绩相当成功。

所以,我们手里的 USAir 优先股,比 18 个月前的处境要好多了,但它仍然是我犯下的一个错误。

而且正如查理所说,要是我那天晚上干脆跑去酒吧坐坐,我们的境况会好得多。(笑)

查理,你对 USAir 有什么要说的吗?他不想评论。这样听起来可能像是他的买卖似的。(笑)

芒格:它显然比去年值钱多了。(笑)

10. 报纸行业或许会演变,但不会彻底消失

巴菲特:那么说完这些,我们就转到 3 区。(笑)

观众:你好,我是大卫·温特斯,来自新泽西州芒廷莱克斯。

在不破坏我自己乐趣的前提下,你能给我几条提示,说说我该怎么去考虑计算保险业务的内在价值吗?——(巴菲特笑)

其次,我想问问——倒不是说你们俩谁能预知未来——关于报纸,有没有什么担忧,它会步印刷版《World Book》百科全书和蓝筹印花(Blue Chip Stamps)的后尘?

巴菲特:有可能——我觉得这非常——我先回答第二部分。

我认为,报纸走上蓝筹印花(Blue Chip Stamps)那条路的可能性非常小——非常、非常小,你知道,小到只有百分之几,几乎不可能。

《世界百科全书》(World Book)则是另一回事。World Book——它们有相当的机会拥有一个不错的未来。但这并非板上钉钉。

但报纸,它的格局可能会有所不同。它从发行和广告中获得的收入比例,也许会和现在不一样。我是说,它内部可能会发生一些演化性的变化。但它仍然是一笔划算的买卖。

对任何关心自己所在社区的人来说,它都是一笔划算的买卖。对很多很多广告主来说,它仍然是一笔划算的买卖。

我们在自己的各项业务里花了很多钱在报纸上做广告。显然,我们觉得这钱花得值。而且确实有效。

只是它对这门生意,已经没有过去那种垄断式的牢牢掌控了。

11. 为什么 70 亿美元的保险浮存金优于 70 亿美元现金

巴菲特:那,另外那个问题是关于什么的?

你想把第一个问题再重复一遍吗?

观众:(听不清)

巴菲特:哦,对了,那个关于保险业务、关于内在价值的问题。

我想这么说。我们有——我不会给你一个精确的答案,但我可以告诉你这一点。

我们目前有 70 亿美元的浮存金。那是我们持有的、属于别人但我们可以动用的钱。

现在,假如有人问我:你愿不愿意用这些浮存金换 70 亿美元,而且这笔交易产生的收益我无需缴税,但条件是从此以后我永远不能再做保险业务——一份在保险领域永远有效、不得竞业的、彻彻底底的禁止条款——我会不会接受?答案是:不会。

这并不是因为我宁愿要 70 亿美元的浮存金,也不要 70 亿美元净到手的免费资金。而是因为我预期这 70 亿会继续增长。

而且,如果我做了那笔交易——就是我现在假设的这笔——如果我在 27 年前就做了,有人说:「你愿不愿意用你手上的浮存金换 1700 万美元,无需缴税,而这些浮存金当初我们买下那些公司时只花了 870 万美元,然后你就退出保险业务」,在那个时候我也许会答应,但那会是——

芒格:哦,你真会答应?

巴菲特:是啊。(笑)是的。

芒格:不,他在不断学习。这是他的本事之一。(笑声和掌声)

巴菲特:在这件事上大概是真的。别的事我就不太确定了。

但那本来会是个可怕的错误。十年或十二年前,用 3 亿美元做这笔交易,也会是个错误。

为了换取永远退出保险业务,让伯克希尔·哈撒韦不再做保险,70 亿美元对我们来说也不值当。

即便那一切都是,你知道,即便那是免税的利润,我们能拿到完整的 70 亿、净增加到权益里——我们也不会要。我们甚至连考虑都不会考虑太久。所以正如查理所说,这并不是我们若干年前会给出的答案。但这是一门非常有价值的业务。

它必须经营得当。我是说,GEICO 必须经营得当。再保险业务必须经营得当,National Indemnity、Homestate 公司也是。它们都必须经营得当。这并不是自动就能办到的。

但它们拥有人才、分销结构、声誉、资本实力、竞争优势。这些它们都已经具备。而且只要悉心培育,你知道,随着时间推移,它们会变得越来越有价值。

12. 持有更多抵押贷款让房地美的风险“略微”上升

巴菲特:4 号区?

观众:是的。我想向董事长和芒格先生请教一下 Freddie Mac(房地美)的问题。

几年前,我想他们大部分利润来自担保费和浮存金。而如今,他们有了庞大的资产负债表,还有大量的短期负债。

你们觉得这门生意现在是不是风险更高了,而那个利差,会不会在某种、你知道,意料之外的事件中就此消失?

巴菲特:查理,我想他这个问题是冲着你来的。(笑)

芒格:风险大概是略微高了一点,但我不认为他们在冒可怕的风险。这仍然是一门很好的生意。

巴菲特:是的,这个问题指的是,从前 Freddie Mac 通常只强调对信用提供担保,然后把所有利率风险都转嫁给市场。

而现在,他们把经手的抵押贷款中更大比例的部分留在了自己的投资组合里。

我认为他们把负债结构搭建得相当聪明,足以应对投资界所谓的「凸性问题」(convexity problem),但是——这个问题是说,借款人有权明天就提前还款解约,也可以选择把贷款保留 30 年。如果你是放贷的一方,这是一份非常不利的合约。

他们在应对这个问题上做得相当聪明,用了可赎回债务等各种手段。但你没法把这类问题完全解决掉。没有哪种模型能把那整个风险都化解干净。

他们做得不错。但正如查理所说,投资组合相对担保费占比越大——因为你仍然要承担组合上的信用风险,而且你在极端情形下又增加了一点利率风险。

这不至于让我们夜里睡不着觉,但确实比过去稍微多了一丁点风险。

13. 不要等到经济下行才去买入一家优秀公司

巴菲特:5 区?

观众:(听不清)——我就是去年向你提问、说起我家人的那个人——(听不清)——我妈妈。这位先生说没问题,所以我——(听不清)——(笑)。

我知道你说过想怎么做就怎么做。我只是想让你知道——

巴菲特:那,你确实是想怎么做就怎么做了嘛。我是说,你照我的建议办了。(笑)

我现在打击率是 1.000(百发百中)。咱们等着看你明年的打击率如何。(笑)

观众:我还有一个简短的问题——(听不清)——你说过,如果你拥有三家伟大的公司、三门绝佳的生意,它们就够你受用一辈子。

而我——有一点让我印象很深,那就是——(听不清)——伟大的公司被打到谷底。然后你就重仓押注它们,就像当年的美国运通和迪士尼那样。

我的问题是,我有一笔可供投资的资本,但还没有投出去。我已经认定了三家伟大的公司:可口可乐、吉列和麦当劳。

我的问题是,如果我面前还有一辈子的时间,我想持有一项投资超过 20 年或 30 年,那么是等上一两年、看看这几家公司里会不会有一家失足摔跤更好,还是现在就买进、然后在很长的时间跨度里一直持有更好?

巴菲特:嗯。好吧,对于你点名的这三家公司,我不予置评。

但就一般而言,除非你觉得一家伟大公司的价格实在贵得离谱,否则,只要你认为自己已经把它认准了——

而且,按定义,伟大的公司就是那种会在 30 年里一直保持伟大的公司。如果它只能伟大三年,你知道,那它就不是伟大的公司。我是说,它——(笑)

所以,你真正想要的是这样一种东西:假如你要外出旅行 20 年,你完全不会因为把钱留在里面而心里不安——不给券商下任何指令,不办任何授权委托书之类的东西,你就只管去旅行。而你知道,等你回来的时候,它会是一家极其强大的公司。

我认为直接持有它们就好。我是说,你知道,我们也可以试着对我们持有的、我们认为是好生意的一些东西做买进卖出。但这样的公司太难找了。

我是说,我们在 1972 年找到了喜诗糖果,又或者,零零星星地,我们这里那里得到机会去做点什么。但它们实在太难找了。

所以,干坐在那里、盼着能在某场恐慌的剧痛中买进它们,你知道,那种心态有点像殡仪员,你知道,等着一场流感大流行什么的,我是说——(笑)——这——我可不敢说那会是个好办法。

我是说,如果你是继承遗产,那也许还不错。你知道,保罗·盖蒂(Paul Getty)就是在 1932 年的市场底部继承到那笔钱的。我是说,他也不完全算继承——他是把他母亲说动、让她把钱交给他的。不过——(笑)——这其实是真事。

芒格:八九不离十。

巴菲特:是啊,八九不离十,对吧?

但他从中受益巨大,因为在 19——在 30 年代初——他能动用一大笔现金,而这是他在 20 年代末没法动用的。所以,你偶尔会碰上这样的机缘巧合。

但要指望那种事,可就太悬了。而且你知道,假如一开始道指在 X 点,你觉得太高了,你知道,那当它跌到 X 的 90% 时,你买不买?

那好,如果它真跌了,又跌到 X 的 50%,它就——你知道,反正你永远没法享受到那些极端点位的好处,除非你恰好在某个时候意外地得到一笔钱。

所以,我认为最该做的事,就是去找到那些绝妙的好生意。

菲尔·卡雷特(Phil Carret)在场吗?我们这儿有全世界——那位就是投资界的英雄。菲尔,能请你站起来吗?

菲尔今年 99 岁了。他在 1924 年写过一本关于投资的书 [《买债券》(“Buying a Bond”)]。(掌声)

菲尔做得非常出色,靠的就是找到自己喜欢的企业,然后一直坚持持有,不太去操心它们日复一日在做什么。

我想——我想《华尔街日报》(Wall Street Journal)会在 5 月 28 日刊登一篇关于菲尔的文章,我建议你们都去读一读。你从那里学到的东西,可能比来参加这场会议还要多得多,不过——

正是这种买企业的思路——我是说,我们就假设根本没有股票市场。然后,你家乡那家最好的企业的老板来找你,对你说:“你看,我兄弟刚去世,他持有这家企业 20% 的股份。我想找个人和我一起把那 20% 买下来。”

“价格也许显得有点高,但这是我觉得我能拿到的价。你说呢,你想买进来吗?”

你知道,我觉得,如果你喜欢这家企业,喜欢来找你的这个人,价格听上去也合理,而且你真的了解这家企业,那么,要做的事情大概就是把它买下来,别去操心它怎么报价。明天不会有报价,下周不会有,下个月也不会有。

你知道,我觉得,如果股票大约一年才报一次价,人们的投资会更明智。可惜事情不会那样发展,所以——

而如果你正好在某个发生了戏剧性事件的时候有一笔余钱进来——我是说,我们 1964 年就做得很好,因为美国运通(American Express)撞上了一个骗子。

你知道,我们 1976 年也做得很好,因为 GEICO 的管理层和审计师当时弄不清前几年的损失准备金本该是多少。

所以,流感大流行这种事我们也碰上过几回。但你不会想把一辈子都花在——(笑)——干等着这种机会上。

14. “变化很可能对我们不利”

巴菲特:6 号区。

观众:我是来自伦敦的乔·康登(Joe Condon)。

巴菲特先生和芒格先生都在年报里、以及之前的会议上谈过我这个问题。这是我第一次来。问题与投资于少数几家伟大的高科技股有关。

我知道你们的回答一直是:如果你不懂,就别碰;可看了今天这番表现,我实在不能相信你们俩对大多数高科技问题真的都不懂。但我想说的不仅是微软(Microsoft),还有,比如说,辉瑞(Pfizer)和强生(J&J)。

这三家公司都已经证明了,它们不仅拥有出色的产品,还有经过 10 到 15 年验证的管理层、出色的市场份额地位,而这些地位是很难切进去的。

坦白说,我看不出市盈率上有多大差别,比如说,你可以拿可口可乐去比强生或辉瑞,而后者都是非常强大的公司。我想请你们俩,或者其中一位,再谈谈这个问题。

巴菲特:查理,要不你来说?(笑)

芒格:如果你有自认为理解、并且看上去对你非常有吸引力的东西,我们认为,做你自己懂的事是明智的。至于——我们一直没能找到符合我们这点微薄才能的公司。

我们本来很可能也会去投辉瑞、微软之类的公司。但我们从来不需要退而求其次去做这件事。

我们并不嗤之以鼻。比我们更有才能的人发现,那是一条很棒的行动路线。

巴菲特:我们看企业时,一般会觉得——变化很可能会对我们不利。我们没有很强的能力——我们不认为自己有很强的能力去预测变化最终会把局面引向何方。

我们认为,自己倒是有点能力,能找到那些我们认为变化不会太重要的企业。

拿吉列来说,它的产品 10 年后会比现在更好,20 年后又会比 10 年后更好。你们看过早些年那些广告,一直追溯到“蓝刃”(Blue Blade)那些。蓝刃在当时似乎很了不起。但他们不断改进——剃须技术越来越好。

不过你知道,吉列——虽然他们在 60 年代初被威尔金森(Wilkinson)小小折腾了一回——但你知道,吉列在研发比现有产品更好的剃须系统上所投入的资金,基本上会是其他任何人的好多倍。

你知道,他们有自己的分销体系,也有可信度。如果他们推出一款产品,说“这是男士们应该看看的东西”,男士们就会去看。

几年前他们还发现,当他们让女士们也来看看剃须领域的产品时,同样的情形也发生了。他们在别的领域不会有这种可信度,但在剃须领域,他们有。

这些资产是建不出来的,也很难被摧毁。

所以,关于变化——我们觉得自己大体上知道,软饮料行业、剃须行业或者糖果行业,10 年或 20 年后会是个什么样子。

我们认为微软是一家了不起的公司,由最优秀的管理层经营。但我们完全不知道那个世界 10 年或 20 年后会是什么样子。

那么,如果你非要押注某个能看清、并做到我们自己做不到的事的人,比起任何别人,我宁愿押比尔·盖茨(Bill Gates)。

但那——我不想押注任何别人。我是说,归根结底,我们想要自己弄明白一家企业会往哪里走。而如果有人告诉我们某个生意会发生很大变化,在华尔街,他们就爱这么跟你说,说那是个大好机会。

顺便说一句,当轮到华尔街自己要发生很大变化时,他们可不觉得那是什么大好机会。(笑)

但他们——你知道,说那是个大好机会。我们根本不认为那是机会。我是说,我们——它把我们吓得要死。因为我们不知道事情会怎么变。

我们要找的是,你知道——当人们嚼口香糖时,我们大致很清楚他们 20 年前是怎么嚼的,20 年后又会怎么嚼。而且我们实在看不出“嚼”这门艺术里会有多少技术含量,你懂吧?(笑)所以,那——

既然我们不必去做那些别的决定,我们到底为什么要去做呢?我是说,你知道,如果我——各种各样的事情,我们都不懂。那么,当我们可以押注简单的事情时,为什么还要到处去押注我们不懂的东西呢?

1 号区?(掌声)

我看得出来,股东们和我们一样,愿意守着简单的东西。他们懂我们,没错。

15. 我们不会披露超出必要范围的持股信息

观众:下午好,沃伦。我是来自加利福尼亚州洛杉矶的杰里·扎克(Jerry Zucker)。

在年报里,第二大的无担保证券持仓被标为“其他”(Others)。

能不能请你详细说说其中的一些持仓?比如,我们还持有 PNC 吗?还有,按媒体所报道的,我们是不是应该去买巨无霸(Big Macs)了?

巴菲特:是啊,呃,说实话,“其他”这个标题描述得非常贴切。(笑)

我们这么做有好几个原因。但其中之一是,我们完全不希望有人买伯克希尔、或者去看伯克希尔的报告、或者别的什么,目的是为自己找投资点子。也许有人会这么干,但我们不做那门生意。

伯克希尔·哈撒韦的股东并没有为此领报酬。这无论如何都不会让公司的所有者受益。

所以,在证券持仓方面,凡是出于公平、对那些可能对公司构成重大影响的事项我们必须披露的,超出这个限度的,我们就不会披露。

而且,对于那些本质上想用这些信息来设法搞清楚我们随后的买入火力可能在哪里、或者诸如此类目的的人,我们当然毫无兴趣向他们披露。

所以,我们会不断提高那个披露的门槛线。你可能会看到越来越多的东西被归进“其他”里。

我还要说一句。媒体上对我们在做什么有很多猜测,我得说,其中大约一半是准确的,大约一半是不准确的。

再说一次,至于哪一半是对的,这个乐趣就留给你们自己去琢磨了。(笑)

是的,我们希望你们买一股伯克希尔能物超所值。但我们不想充当一家投资咨询服务机构。

16. 巴菲特并不担心千年虫(Y2K)问题

巴菲特:2 区?

观众:戴维·科尔斯(David Coles),来自威斯康星州阿普尔顿(Appleton)。

刚才你提到了时间的变迁。有什么计划来确保伯克希尔持股的所有计算机系统和公司,在 2000 年 1 月 1 日及以后的日期都能正常运转?

你又会做些什么,来让股东放心,我们不会因为计算机系统对这些日期处理不当而遭受严重的业务损失或失败?

巴菲特:呃,其实,我有个朋友对——(笑)——这个问题相当上心——不,我是认真的——就是计算机的 2000 年问题。但这正是那种我不会去操心的事。

我是说,我会把这事交给经营各家业务的人去处理。而我会去搞资本配置。我有种感觉,不管怎样,我们都会挺过去的。

但就像我说的,我们有——伯克希尔有很多事情我们并不——(掌声)——在总部,很多别的公司专设整个部门去做的事情,我们并不花太多时间去管。

而且我们的经理人从没让我们失望过。我得说,我们在一家又一家业务里都有这样一帮人。他们专注于自己的业务,把钱寄到奥马哈给我们。于是大家都很开心。(笑)

查理?

芒格:我有种感觉,我们的人会很擅长把计算机系统维护妥当,并做好备份。我还有种感觉,论应对一场大的计算机乱局,没几家公司能比我们处理得更好。

我有种感觉,可口可乐的股票会还在那里。吉列的股票会还在那里。内布拉斯加家具城(Nebraska Furniture Mart)里会摆满家具,并且认得它的顾客。

我不认为一次电脑崩溃就能把我们搞垮。

巴菲特:是的。不过你说得对,那确实是整个电脑世界面临的一个问题。但正如查理所说,它对别人的打击会比对我们大得多。

大多数情况下——我们尽量去做那些相当简单、不容易出大乱子的生意。

总的来说,我认为我们拥有一批不同寻常的这类生意。至于我们投资的那些公司,你知道,它们自己会去操心那些问题。

我们真正操心的,是在伯克希尔内部合理配置资金,并把合适的管理者安排到位。如果这两件事我们能做好,其他一切自然就会迎刃而解。

17. 伯克希尔旗下企业“容易预测得多”

巴菲特:3 区?

观众:我叫彼得·贝弗林,来自瑞典。

你说过你喜欢拥有特许经营权的公司,那些好比被护城河环绕的城堡的公司,那些能让你对未来 5 年、10 年的走向做出一定预测的公司。

可是像喜诗糖果、家具生意、珠宝生意、鞋类生意这样的企业,难道不正是那种很难预测未来 5 年、10 年走向的生意吗?

巴菲特:最后那部分你说的是什么?

芒格:这些生意难道不是很难预测未来 5 年或 10 年的走向吗?

巴菲特:是的,我觉得——

芒格:比如鞋类生意,还有——

巴菲特:我认为它们比大多数生意要容易预测得多。我觉得我对我们旗下几乎所有生意的未来,都能给出更接近的判断——而且不只是因为它们是我们的,我是说,即便它们属于别人——这种判断也比我去预测道琼斯 30 家成分股(除去我们拥有的那些),或者纽约证券交易所按字母排序的前 100 家公司,要准得多。

我认为我们的生意要容易预测得多。它们往往是些基本的东西,相当简单。变化的速度不快,所以我感觉相当踏实。

我想,当你在 5 年后回头看伯克希尔时,我们如今拥有的这些生意,其表现大体上会和我们此刻所预期的差不多。

我希望那时会有一些新的生意,而且我希望是些大生意。但我不认为现有的这些生意会带给我们很多意外。

我猜我们会碰上一个意外。我不知道那会是什么。但我是说,你知道,生活里这种事总会发生。不过不会是一连串的意外。

反过来说,如果我们——如果我们去买——如果我们拥有一家普通金属生意,或者我能想到的许多零售生意,又或者一家汽车生意,我可不确定自己能说清 5 年或 10 年后我们在竞争格局的座次中处于什么位置。

举个例子,我可不愿意去尝试在喜诗糖果所做的那门生意里,把它挤下去取而代之,或者去取代家具城。那可不是件容易的事。

所以,我不认为伯克希尔现有的这些生意会带给你很多意外,但关键在于要培育出更多这样的生意。

18. 艾斯纳是迪士尼成功“最重要的因素”

巴菲特:4 号区?

观众:我叫斯塔福德·奥达尔,来自纽约州莫里斯。

我只是在想,那个意外会不会来自迪士尼。因为在我看来,直到最近为止,他们一直是在靠一个已经离开公司的人的成果在吃老本,那个人就是[杰弗里·]卡岑伯格,他是那种罕见的天才,就像[电影导演史蒂文·]斯皮尔伯格一样,能精准把握美国民众的脉搏。

而那样的人——即便是在好莱坞,也不是每天都能冒出来的。

如今,既然他的那些成果可以说都已经从管线里输送完了,这家公司可能会变成一家很不一样的公司。

巴菲特:好。你说完了吗,还是——?

观众:说完了。

巴菲特:是的,我——卡岑伯格确实是个真正的人才。我要说的是,毫无疑问,我是说,毫无疑问,在过去 12 年左右——不管具体是多少年——里,迪士尼最重要的人物一直是[首席执行官]迈克尔·艾斯纳。

我是说,如果你了解他,了解他在这门生意里所做的事,那就没有人能比得上——[前总裁兼首席运营官]弗兰克·韦尔斯和艾斯纳搭档,干得也非常出色。

但实际上,在他任内,艾斯纳就是那个「沃尔特·迪士尼」。他懂这门生意。他热爱这门生意。你知道,他吃、住、呼吸都是它。在我看来,他无疑是迪士尼成功背后最重要的因素。

如今,他们面临着竞争。钱在——你知道,大钱在动画电影以及围绕它的一切上面,因为你可以从电影做到主题公园,再做到角色衍生商品,然后又转回来。我是说,这是一种循环往复、自我滋养的东西。在这块儿,竞争会非常激烈。

我是说,他们——你知道,你已经看到 MCA 和环球将在佛罗里达的主题公园里做些什么。你也知道梦工厂将在动画领域做些什么。而现在,动画里又出现了新技术,你知道,是通过[皮克斯首席执行官史蒂夫·乔布斯]。这个领域里有很多事情正在发生。

所以问题在于,10 年后,在心智中占据什么位置——因为这是一场心智份额之争。你知道,人们管它叫市场份额,但它始于心智份额——也就是说,相对于其他机构和其他角色所拥有的份额,迪士尼本身及其旗下角色,在全世界数十亿儿童及其父母的心智中,占据着怎样的位置?

这是个竞争的世界,所以会有人来争夺那个位置。但如果让我选择从谁的牌局开始,我宁愿拿着迪士尼的那手牌,而不是任何别人的,而且要好上一截。而要让我选择由谁来执掌这家公司,我宁愿选迈克尔·艾斯纳,而不是任何别人,同样要好上一截。

所以这并不意味着它不会变成一门竞争激烈得多的生意。因为人们看着像《狮子王》这样的录像带发行,就会垂涎三尺。

你知道,你卖出 3000 万份某样东西,单价不管是 16 还是 17 美元,而你又能算出制造成本。你知道,这会引起你的注意,也会引起你竞争对手的注意。

但话说回来,假如要我——假如我认为这个世界的孩子们在 10 年或 20 年后仍然想要娱乐,而我可以选择押注于谁会在这些孩子及其父母的心智中占据一个特殊的位置(如果真有谁能占据这样一个位置的话),那我想我大概宁愿押注迪士尼。

而且,如果未来仍由这位在这些年里做出艾斯纳那番成就的人来主持大局,那我会对押注他们感到格外有底气。

查理?

芒格:嗯,我觉得做做简单的算术会有帮助。假设 20 年后你有 10 亿个中低收入家庭的孩子。再假设凭你的地位,你每年能从每个孩子身上税后赚到 10 美元。这就会变成一个非常庞大的数字。

而且——(笑)——我不知道你们的孩子和孙辈怎么样,但我的孩子和孙辈就是想看迪士尼。而且他们想看——(掌声)——一遍又一遍又一遍地看。他们可不想看卡岑伯格。(笑)

巴菲特:嗯,我——

芒格:我是说,就商标名字而言。(笑)

巴菲特:那是个相当不错的商标名字。我是说,当你想到全世界那些名字时,有意思的是,你知道,可口可乐这个名字很难被超越。但迪士尼也是一个——它是个非常非常响亮的名字。

还有查理说的那一点,人们想一遍又一遍地看它们,而每隔七八年就能把《白雪公主》重新拿出来循环利用一次,这一点也挺美妙的。你迎来的是一拨不同的观众。

而且——(笑)——这就有点像拥有一块油田,你知道,你把石油全都抽出来卖掉。然后每隔七八年,石油又会全部渗回来。(笑)

19. 为什么华尔街式的业务“难以”管理

巴菲特:5 区?

观众:我是来自芝加哥的兰德尔·贝洛斯(音)。谢谢你们这场马拉松式的问答环节。

巴菲特:我们乐在其中。谢谢。

观众:谢谢。我的问题是关于证券行业、华尔街公司的,总的来说,具体而言,是你此刻对所罗门的看法。谢谢。

巴菲特:嗯,比起 10 年前,我们对证券行业了解得更多了。(笑)

而且,你知道,这是一门很难管理的生意。

这门生意里赚到的钱很多,然后——我指的是整个华尔街。你知道,那里赚到的钱数额非常巨大。然后问题就在于,这些钱该如何在机构和机构里的人之间进行分配?

于是你就遇到了这样一个问题——我常用这样一个比方,你知道,假如你是一名投资者,你有机会买下梅奥诊所,你知道,那是一种投资。可如果你有机会买下当地的脑外科医生,那就是另一种了。

你花了 X 百万美元买下当地的脑外科医生和他的诊所。结果第二天,你知道,你拥有的是什么呢?

如果你买的是当地的脑外科医生,你绝不会按盈利的任何像样的倍数去付钱,因为几天之后他就会幡然醒悟:真正创造这些盈利的,是他本人,而不是你和你那张小小的股票凭证。靠的是他的声誉。而他并不在乎。

你能想象伯克希尔·哈撒韦去打广告做脑外科手术吗?你知道,我们能揽到多少生意?

所以——(笑)——尽管股票凭证在你手里,这门生意却归他所有。

再说,如果你去梅奥诊所,没有人能叫得出梅奥诊所里任何一个人的名字,除非你住在距罗切斯特[明尼苏达州]不到 10 英里的地方。

在那种情况下,握有力量的是机构本身。当然,它必须保持质量,必须把一个机构该做的事都做好。但无论谁拥有梅奥诊所,他拥有的都是一项独立于其中任何一个人第二天是何种心态的资产。

华尔街是两者的混合体。有些业务的价值更多地存在于机构本身,也有些业务的价值更多地存在于个人身上。

我们有两位极为出色的人在经营所罗门。他们在前行中也在与这个难题搏斗。而且目前他们搏斗得似乎相当成功,比将近一年前的情形要好得多。

但这门生意并不好经营,也不好预测——除非你拥有的是一门极具机构化特质的业务,而华尔街上这样的业务并不多。

20. 部分市场“有点荒唐”并不重要

巴菲特:6 区?

抱歉,我们这边——话筒在这边。

芒格:(听不清)

巴菲特:好。举一下手,工作人员就会把话筒递过去。

观众:谢谢。我是来自俄亥俄州辛辛那提的 Howard Winston(音译)。

一个问题。NASDAQ 市场上估值不断上升,公司是按收入的倍数、而不是按盈利的倍数来交易的,您对此感到担忧吗?

巴菲特:您说的是什么不断上升的估值?

观众:NASDAQ 市场——

巴菲特:哦。

观众:——那里的公司是按 10 倍收入甚至更高、30 倍收入来交易的,而不是 10 倍盈利?

巴菲特:是的。嗯,我们对此并不太在意。因为在查理和我整个投资生涯里,总有成百上千的案例:定价荒唐离谱的东西、虚假的股票炒作、容易上当的人被引诱去相信那些根本不可能成真的事情。

所以这种事一直都在发生,将来也总会发生。这对我们来说毫无影响。

我是说,我们并不试图预测市场。我们永远不会去试图预测市场。我们要做的是寻找伟大的企业。市场的某一部分有点疯癫,你知道,那对我们来说无关紧要。

年轻无知的时候,我们也曾几次试着去做空那类东西。可哪怕是明显的骗局,做空也很难赚到钱。确实有一些明显的骗局。

事情是这样的——找出那些明显的骗局并不难,要在 10 年的跨度里看对也不难。但要靠做空它们来赚钱却非常难,尽管我们很久以前确实试过几次。

我们——我们不去看大盘股票的种种迹象,也不看市盈率、市销率,或者别的东西在怎么走。

我们真的只专注于企业本身。我们根本不在乎有没有股票市场。我是说,假如有人说「我们要把这只股票退市,永远——你知道,过 20 年我们再重新开市」,我们还会不会想拥有可口可乐——我们持有的可口可乐 8% 的股份,或者吉列 11% 的股份呢?

那对我们来说完全没问题,你知道。如果它因为这条消息下跌,我们还会买更多。所以我们在意的是企业经营得怎么样。是的。

21. 一家企业本身比它所在的地点更重要

巴菲特:Norton,你能——你何不把那边的话筒递给他?

观众:谢谢你,沃伦,让我——(巴菲特大笑)——插队提问。

巴菲特:很高兴你能来。Norton[Dodge] 代表的是一个 1950——年加入的家庭——

观众:是 1956。

巴菲特:1956!对,那时加入了合伙企业,从那以后一直和我们在一起。(掌声)

观众:一段非常非常幸运的缘分。(笑)

巴菲特:是双向的,Norton,双向的。

观众:还有——

芒格:小心点,Norton。我们可不想让你出门的时候被人群围住。(笑)

观众:不过我得说,这一切都始于我父亲[Homer Dodge]的发现——多亏了一位同样在俄克拉荷马大学任教的金融学教授——在 1940 年发现了本·格雷厄姆。

后来,本·格雷厄姆快要退休的时候,我们想找出他的衣钵传人。显然,那就是沃伦。所以他属于那条悠久的传承。

但我想问的问题是,您提到过伯克希尔拥有的那些非常强大的公司,它们其实是国际化的公司,比如可口可乐和——吉列。

但您是否在考虑,或者是否曾经想过去考虑那些被低估的外国公司?还是说,出于某种原因,您没有把它们纳入您要考虑的公司范围之内?

巴菲特:我们看过注册在其他国家的公司。而且我们会继续关注注册在其他国家的公司。

我们不会——你知道,可口可乐注册在亚特兰大,我们为美国、也为亚特兰大感到高兴。但假如它恰好注册在英国,我们会因此放弃它吗?不会,要是它注册在英国,我们一样会喜欢它。

我们觉得,重要的是企业本身,而不是注册地。不过——首先,总体而言,我们对注册在本国的国内公司更熟悉一些,尽管它们——它们可能是在国际上赚钱的。

而且,我们会觉得稍微、仅仅稍微更自在一点:对于那些我们每天都在阅读、都在思考的东西,我们在理解税务、政治、股东治理等方方面面的微妙之处时,会比在那些我们经验略少的地方更有把握。

但只要能找到一家伟大的企业,无论它注册在全球三十来个国家中的哪一个,我们都会非常乐意。

我们也会看一些。我们不像看国内公司那样下功夫去看。我们对它们没那么熟悉。

但我读过世界各地公司的几百份年报。我们也持有过几家,就那么寥寥几家。

它们通常规模没那么大,所以在很多情况下,光是把那么大一笔钱投进去就更成问题。不过其中有些是大公司。

而且我们并没有多到那种程度的点子余裕,可以负担得起忽略任何可能性。如果我们能找到一家市值大概至少在 50 亿美元或以上、在我们看来具备我们所看重的那种品质、价格又合适、各方面都对的公司,我们就会买。

22. 我们从不为“多出的八分之一个百分点”而冒险

巴菲特:1 区?

观众:下午好,巴菲特先生。我是来自马里兰州银泉市的 Nelson Coburn(音译)。我有一个还没在这里被问到的问题。

比方说,来自分红和其他各种收入、流入伯克希尔、正等着投到别处去的那些钱,都搁在哪里?它是被放在某个能产生利润的地方吗?还是就那么搁着、积灰尘?(笑)

巴菲特:嗯,我们只接受大约四五家商业票据的发行方。我们对把钱放在哪儿非常挑剔——这些钱全都被投出去了。我们没有任何钱搁在保险箱或者别的什么地方。所以它全都投出去了。

但在短期资金投向哪里这件事上,我们丝毫不去冒险。所以正如我所说,我们在商业票据上大概只有四五个获批的名字,每一个都是我批准的。我是说,万一这上面出了什么岔子,那是我的责任。

眼下,我们大概有 10 亿多一点放在相对短期的国债里。也许还有一点多余的钱放在一些商业票据上。

但你绝不会看到我们为了短期收益率上多出来的八分之一个百分点去伸手够它。

你们当中有些人也许还记得宾州中央铁路在商业票据市场上的那场惨败。大约在 1970 年前后,宾州中央铁路支付的利率,我记得,比其他商业票据发行方高出四分之一个百分点。

当然,有一天,尽管账面上还显示着正的净资产——我想大概有 15 亿左右——他们却说自己净资产很多、却没有现金。结果证明现金更重要。于是他们违约了。

现在,这件事有趣的地方在于:假如你多挣那四分之一个百分点,假如你是搭乘五月花号过来的,登了陆,然后说「好,我要把自己的精力都用在短期资金上多挣四分之一个百分点」,而且你一路上都没犯任何错误,直到碰上宾州中央铁路——那么——撇开复利的因素不谈——到那个时候你反而是亏的。

我不喜欢那种你可以连续做对 300 年、然后犯一个错误就——(笑)——落到亏损境地的生意。

所以我们对短期票据非常挑剔。但它确实全都投出去了。而当金额很大时,它多半会放在国债里。我们也接受少数几家公司的商业票据。

23. 所罗门的盈利波动在意料之中

巴菲特:请到 2 区?

观众:我叫 George Gotti(音译),来自瑞士苏黎世。我有一个关于所罗门的问题。

过去这些年,所罗门在利润、甚至在收入上都经历了相当大的波动。对于未来利润和收入波动的走势,您怎么看?

巴菲特:那段话我没全听明白,查理。你要不要——?

芒格:是啊,嗯——

巴菲特:我能看,他能听。我们俩搭配得天衣无缝。(笑)

芒格:嗯,你们也看得出来,我们在这地方可没浪费什么资源。(笑)

所罗门(Salomon)的盈利向来起伏不定,至少在我接触这家公司的整个期间都是如此。我也不觉得这种波动性会消失。

话虽如此,我们非常欣赏所罗门的那些人。多年来,他们在各种各样不同的领域里和伯克希尔做了海量的业务,而且都做得非常好。

所以,作为客户,我们很看好这家公司。而我们作为客户喜欢的公司,我们觉得别人作为客户可能也会喜欢。总的来说,我们很喜欢它,不管它盈利波动与否。

巴菲特:在所罗门,以及其他同类公司,他们会把所持证券按市值计价。所以这些计价的变动每天都会反映到盈利里去,实际上是每天,只不过你是按季度看到它们而已。

有意思的是,如果你拿过去30年的伯克希尔来看,并且按市值计价——就像我们现在在资产负债表上所做的那样,但在利润表上并不这么做,因为在那种情况下规则不同——如果你这么做,你就会看到伯克希尔的数字在每个季度之间剧烈波动。

你会——我并不认为你一定会看到哪一年是亏损的。但你会看到从百分之几到也许50%左右的来回摆动。

而如果你按季度来看,你会看到好几个季度是亏损的。你同样也会看到一些大幅的飙升。

如果这一切都跑进损益账户里去,那波动会极其剧烈。但就伯克希尔而言,会计惯例并不要求把它跑进损益账户。而就所罗门而言,惯例则要求这么做。

但他们这门生意的本质就是盈利波动。华尔街大多数生意的本质都会是盈利波动。有些公司也许会采取某些做法,让盈利看上去比实际情况要稳一点。

真正重要的其实就两件事。我是说,一是要把它经营得让波动永远不会以任何方式把你拖垮;二是要随着时间推移有一个像样的净资产收益率。我认为所罗门高层对这一点非常专注。

芒格:我认为信用评级机构因为盈利波动就把所罗门的评级压得那么低,是不合逻辑的。但他们做的是一门「派头」生意,而这是他们说了算的游戏。

24. 伯克希尔各子公司之间的互动很少

巴菲特:几区——我们现在到几区了?3区?对,3区。

观众:是的。我有三个简短的问题。

你们有没有什么正式或非正式的方式,让各个管理层之间——我知道你们不会干预旗下控股公司的管理层——但让他们能够互相借鉴点子,比如说,通过GEICO的渠道去卖《世界图书百科》(World Book)之类的?

巴菲特:这个我现在就能回答。这种事非常非常非常少见——你知道,也许两三年才有一次,也许某个点子会让我觉得值得传一传。但他们各自把自己的业务经营得很好。

在伯克希尔内部我们也不这么干。他们真的是各走各的路。

当然,他们知道我们在做哪些业务。所以他们随时可以直接去找别人。但他们用不着我来牵线。

25. 劳合社的声誉问题反而帮了伯克希尔

巴菲特:4 号区?

观众:我叫迈克·梅西(Mike Macey),来自内华达州拉斯维加斯。

我的问题是这样的。最近有一些关于劳合社(Lloyd's)所遇问题的新闻报道。你认为劳合社的这些问题,对伯克希尔保险或再保险业务的增长会有什么影响(如果有的话)?

巴菲特:嗯,我想,大概可以这么说,劳合社的问题帮了我们的忙,因为劳合社曾经声誉极佳。在20年前,对于各种不寻常的风险和大额风险,它都是第一站,而且通常也是最后一站。

而它在这段时间里失去了一些光环,这一点帮了我们。要知道,我们并没有做任何事去促成这种局面,但显然,当一家曾经是行业顶尖玩家的机构开始引发种种质疑时,作为竞争对手的我们就会从中受益。

所以,伯克希尔所拥有的资本,大概比整个劳合社加在一起还要多,而且它已经树立起了愿意对非常大额的风险迅速报价、并且说到做到的声誉。很可能在很多情况下,如今我们会比他们先接到电话。

所以,我们一直是受益者,而且很可能受益颇丰,受益于他们的问题。如今他们要在我们身上打开缺口,比10年前要难得多。

我们有——我不想说得太满——但在某个真正大规模再保险的领域里,我们确实占据着首屈一指的地位,而这一点别人很难复制。

当然,他们可能不喜欢我们的价格。我们能做的某些业务也可能没有需求。但只要有需求,凭借这个地位,我们就很可能从中拿到一些非常可观的业务。近些年我们已经见到了一些这样的情况。今后我们还会见到更多。

26. “我们假设公司会永远存续下去”

巴菲特:5 区?

观众:我是来自纽约市的迈克·阿赛尔(Mike Assail),有个问题想问查理,关于我们脑子里应该装着的那一百来个思维模型——

巴菲特:来了来了。

观众:——就是你在那场精彩的《人类误判心理学》(“Worldly Wisdom”,「世俗智慧」)演讲结尾处提到的那些。

我想知道,在行业整合、产品延伸、纵向一体化这些方面,最有用的模型是哪些;以及任何能解释在哪些特殊情形下投资零售类股票是明智之举的模型。如果沃伦有什么要补充或反驳的,我也很乐意听听。非常感谢。

芒格:嗯,很高兴回答这么一个「谦逊」的问题。(笑)

我讲过要在脑子里装上一百个模型。但那些都是些宏大、普适性很强的大模型,可以一遍又一遍地反复使用。

而你一旦要为工业领域整合、零售业等等会发生什么各自建立一个单独的模型时,你就钻进了非常复杂的子模型里去了,而那些子模型我可没全都掌握。(笑)

巴菲特:实话说,你知道,我们掌握的也就那么几个。但我们拿那些通用的模型,套进去试一试。有时候,灵光一现;有时候,则不然。但只要它真亮起来了,那这些模型可能会相当有用。

如果你用心去看,你确实会看到某些商业模式和商业行为在不断重演。顺便说一句,华尔街往往对此视而不见。我是说,华尔街似乎真的记不住商业教训,记不了多久。

去记住这些教训,对他们也许并没有好处。查理会说——这一点大概正好可以套进查理的某个模型里。这——

芒格:那还用说。

巴菲特:是啊。如果你靠的是兜售未来,那也许把过去忘掉反倒更好——前提是你的报酬来自把它卖出去,而不是来自以某种方式拿身家性命去押注它。

伯克希尔有一种情形,确实和很多公司很不一样:我们假设——很遗憾,这个假设是错的——但我们假设自己会永远存在下去。

所以当我们——在保险业务里,我们假设自己会一直在这儿,把每一笔理赔都付清。我们不会65岁就退休、把摊子交给别人。也没有任何理由在会计上玩花样,因为那以后总会反噬到我们头上。

而在很多生意里,我觉得他们看事情的时间跨度并不完全一样。可口可乐有这样的时间跨度,吉列也有。

但很多公司想的是——我认为,恐怕,这种公司比你希望看到的要多——想的是接下来这四个季度左右他们能描出几张漂亮的小图画。而这是很容易做到的。

可我们的问题在于,我们觉得自己会存在得比四个季度长得多,所以那条路对我们来说并不可行。我们必须——我们真的是把它当作:到了2050年还是哪一年,会有人回头看,然后说:「当年——这事儿后来到底搞得怎么样?」

27. 薪酬方案必须计入资本成本

巴菲特:几区,我们到哪儿了,5区还是6区?话筒在哪儿就哪儿吧。

5区,那边有话筒吗?也许那是——6区!好,我们到6区。

观众:你在信里说——

巴菲特:你能拿到话筒吗?还是说我们这边有一个——对。能给他递个话筒吗?尤其是为了你后面那些人,不然有点听不清。

观众:格伦·罗林斯(Glen Rollins),来自佐治亚州亚特兰大。

你在致股东的信里说,对于你们全资拥有的公司,当它们向你释放资本时,你会按更高的费率给予回报;同样,当它们需要资本时,你也会向它们收取更高的费率。你能详细讲讲这一点吗?

巴菲特:嗯,我们——我们有些生意根本不需要资本,或者需要的资本少到根本不值得专门为它制定一套公式。

所以我们有某些生意——顺便说一句,这些恰恰是最好的生意——基本上不占用资本,因为这意味着,如果你把生意规模翻一番,你也不需要再多投入任何资本。这些才是真正了不起的生意。这样的生意我们有那么几桩。

但在我们那些确实会产出资本的生意上,我们本可以搞出各种复杂的体系,在总部设资本预算小组,做一大堆事情。

但我们就觉得,更简单的办法是按一个公道的价钱向他们收取资金的费用,然后让他们自己去琢磨,你知道,他们到底要不要在自己的生意里买一台新的分切机或者别的什么。

这个费率会略有不同。它取决于我们当初是何时进来的,也取决于他们当时的利率——但在制定资本的补偿安排时,我们通常会向人收取15%左右的费率。

而税前15%,视州所得税不同,税后只有9%到9.5%。所以你可以说,向人收这个数其实都还不够,但我们发现15%能让他们上心。

它本就应该让他们上心,但它又不应该是一个高得离谱的门槛收益率,以至于那些我们想做的事反倒做不成。

我们的经理人都打算长期、长期地经营自己的事业。所以我们不必担心他们去做那种明年管用、但五年后就不灵的事情,反过来也一样——你懂的,担心他们不做更长远的规划,因为他们把自己看作企业的部分所有者。但我们希望他们是要为资本付出成本的所有者。

坦白说,我们觉得很多企业奖励高管的方式糟透了,完全不考虑资本的成本。我是说,一份为期 10 年的固定行权价期权——你想想,这就好比给某人一笔 10 年期、零利息的贷款。你是不会这么做的。

如果一家公司留存了相当大一部分利润,而你又发出一份为期 10 年的固定行权价期权,你知道的,他们什么都不用做,光是把钱放进储蓄账户,就能从中赚到一些钱。所以——我们喜欢给资本附上一个成本。

假如我和查理在伯克希尔有期权——这是不会发生的,但其实那并非没有道理。我们对整个公司负有责任。

你大可以设计某种薪酬安排,让它与整个企业的表现挂钩,对我们俩来说,这是说得通的。

但这对我们其余的经理人就说不通了,因为他们负责的是具体的业务单元。你应该给他们设计适用于各自单元的薪酬安排。

但假设我们俩真有这样的安排——我向你保证,我们是不会有的——那么我们会说,公平的做法是把行权价定在不低于当前内在价值的水平。

别管市场价是多少。因为,相信我,那种「市场价越被压低、你的行权价就越好」的想法,根本毫无道理。

所以我们会把行权价定在不低于内在价值的水平。然后我们会让它每年按某种与资本成本相关的标准逐步上调。因为我们会说:「凭什么我们可以免费使用股东的资本?」这样我们就能设计出一份公平的股票期权。

那会是完全恰当的。我们不会这么做,但作为我们的一种薪酬方式,这会是完全恰当的——它涉及发行期权,初始行权价不低于内在价值,并且包含持有成本。

那样一来,我们的处境仍然不会完全等同于股东,因为我们不会承受你们所承受的下行风险,但我们至少会像你们持有股份一样,承担那份持有成本。

我们把这一点贯彻到各业务单元的薪酬方案中,方法就是设定一个资本成本,正如我所说,大致在 15% 这个区间。

如果人们能把钱交给我们,我们就应该有办法用这笔钱做出比税前 15% 更好的成绩。这也是我们工作的一部分。所以我们会付钱让他们把钱还回来给我们用。

芒格:嗯,我们其实发明了一套更极端的制度。那就是,高管可以用现金在市场上买入伯克希尔·哈撒韦的股票。

这是一套——(笑)——非常老派的制度,但他们大多数人——它不需要任何律师,或薪酬顾问,或——而且他们大多数人都这么做了。他们大多数人也都因此干得很不错。我不明白这种做法为什么没有更广泛地推广开来。(笑)

巴菲特:人们说他们希望自己的管理层像股东一样思考。管理层,你知道,他们在给这些人发薪酬。我们要让他们像股东一样思考。要像股东一样思考其实很简单。成为股东不就行了?(笑)

那你就会完完全全像个股东一样思考了。

芒格:没错,没错。

巴菲特:这不是什么了不起的——如果你真的开出一张支票,这不是什么需要跨越的巨大心理障碍。(笑)

28. 与许多电影公司不同,迪士尼为股东赚钱

巴菲特:1 区?

观众:我是来自科罗拉多州博尔德的约翰·利希特(John Lichter)。

有没有一些值得一读的书,你们可以推荐给我们?

其次,关于艾斯纳(Eisner)和迪士尼,您会如何界定迈克尔·艾斯纳(Michael Eisner)的能力圈?您是否担心他可能会越出这个圈子?

巴菲特:嗯,我会说,他已经证明了自己非常善于理解迪士尼真正的精髓所在。

你可以回头看看在沃尔特(Walt)和艾斯纳之间的那一任管理层。如果你看看那几年,他们其实并没有把那些资源运用出多少名堂。

迪士尼的特别之处是什么?你怎样让它变得更特别?又怎样让它对更多的人更具吸引力?我是说,这些才是你想要去做的事——当你手里握着迪士尼这样的东西时,你拥有的是绝佳的原料。

我是说——你知道,有一点好处——我们刚才在谈梅奥诊所(Mayo Clinic)和脑外科医生。米老鼠的好处在于,它没有经纪人,你懂的。我是说,米老鼠是你的。(笑)

它不会每周或每月都跑来重新谈条件,跟你说,你知道——(笑)——「看看我在中国变得多有名了」之类的话。(笑)

所以如果你拥有米老鼠,米老鼠就是你的。而艾斯纳把这一切都理解得非常透彻。我会说,就他思考问题的方式而言,他一直非常有手腕。

我会为任何一位经理人担心。这跟迈克尔·艾斯纳没什么关系。但查理和我也会担心我们自己越出能力圈。

而且我们确实越出过。那诱惑太大了。这大概也是人性的一部分,是某种自负之类的东西——就好比,你知道,正如查理会说的,如果你是一只浮在池塘上的鸭子,天一直在下雨,水位上涨,你也跟着升上去了,过了一阵子,你会以为是靠你自己,而不是靠那场雨。

你知道,会以为——以为自己是只了不起的鸭子。(笑)不过——

芒格:没错,没错。

巴菲特:我们多多少少都会有点屈服于这种心态。

但我认为迪士尼、可口可乐、吉列——我认为这些公司都非常专注。我也认为我们的各个业务单元都非常专注。

我认为这给了我们相对于那些经理人的巨大优势——那些经理人有点闲得发慌,于是决定最好东折腾一下、西折腾一下,好显摆自己究竟有多大本事。

查理?

芒格:是的。艾斯纳相当有创造力。而且他还不信任各种预测。在电影行业,这是一个非常好的组合。(笑)

巴菲特:是啊,查理当年还当过律师,给谁来着,20 世纪福克斯(20th Century),在那个老——

查理:是的。

巴菲特:——年代?是的,他多少见识了一点好莱坞是怎么运作的。这让我们有大约 30 年都没去买任何一只电影公司的股票。每次我快要碰到一只,他就给我绘声绘色地讲几个过去的故事。

所以这是一个人们可以——可以拿别人的钱来换取自己在那个圈子里的分量的行业。这是一种危险的组合:如果我能用你的钱来买到我在我那个圈子里的分量,你知道,那我什么事都干得出来,没准的。(笑)

芒格:这行业有一部分让我想起加州的一家石油公司。它由一个人控制。人们过去常这样议论它:「就算他们真找到了油,那老头也会把它偷走。」(笑)

电影这行,只有大约一半的人具有正常的商业道德。

巴菲特:是啊,我们这话可不是说迪士尼。

芒格:不是。

巴菲特:迪士尼真的是——迪士尼为股东做了一件非凡的事。

而且他们真的从电影里赚到了钱。大多数电影公司都——他们替所有跟电影沾边的人赚到了钱,可落到股东头上的却没多少。

2 区?

观众:我——

29. 书籍推荐

巴菲特:什么?哦,书的事!查理,你最近在读什么书?(笑)

芒格:嗯,我都有点不好意思讲了,因为我又重新捡起了生物学这一块——这本该是我 10 年或 15 年前就该捡起来的。如果你们当中有谁还没读过,那真是一场精彩纷呈的盛会——过去 20 年、30 年里他们在生物学上搞清楚的那些东西。

我——如果你去读[进化生物学家理查德·]道金斯([evolutionary biologist Richard] Dawkins)的《自私的基因》(“The Selfish Gene”)和《盲眼钟表匠》(“The Blind Watchmaker”),我是说,这些都是了不起的书。那些书里有些词正在进入英语语言,将来会被收进下一版牛津词典。我是说,这些都是有力量的书。而且读起来乐趣无穷。

我读了两遍《自私的基因》才完全弄懂它。书中有些我一辈子都深信不疑的东西,原来根本不是那么回事,而我觉得,当你有这样的经历时,真是妙极了。我们常说:「难的不是学习,而是把学过的东西忘掉、重新学。」

巴菲特:是啊。我犯了个错,12 月把查理带去了微软(Microsoft)。结果他和[首席技术官]纳森·梅尔沃德([Chief Technology Officer] Nathan Myhrvold)成了朋友。

于是他们俩就裸鼹鼠的话题书信往来,热情和劲头越来越足。他们还把所有这些通信都抄送给我。所以我现在有机会眼睁睁看着这些关于裸鼹鼠习性的内容来来回回地飞。

我实在还没找到办法把它应用到伯克希尔上。但我敢肯定查理——(笑)——已经在这上头琢磨出点什么名堂了。他最近对生物学产生了浓厚的兴趣。

我喜欢——你知道,我一直都喜欢读传记,但自从——电脑改变了我的生活。我现在发现自己每周大约要花 10 个小时在电脑上打桥牌。不幸的是,我又不想牺牲睡觉、吃饭或伯克希尔的时间。所以读书这事就有点敷衍了。

至于投资类的书,如果你问的是这个,我会推荐菲利普·费雪(Phil Fisher)在 1960 年前后写的头两本书——《怎样选择成长股》(“Common Sense [Stocks] and Uncommon Profits”)以及第二本[《股市投资致富之道》(“Paths to Wealth Through Common Stocks”)]。它们都是非常好的书。

当然,你知道,我首推、也是最重要的,是[本杰明·格雷厄姆的]《聪明的投资者》([Benjamin Graham’s] “The Intelligent Investor”),其中第 8 章和第 20 章才是你真正应该读的。

投资中所有重要的理念——其实真正算起来也就只有大约三个理念——都在那本书里。而其中的两个,就着重写在那两章里。

说实话,我觉得约翰·特雷恩(John Train)的《Money Masters》是本挺有意思的书。

我也说不上来。查理,你还能想到别的我们想推荐的书吗?(笑)

芒格:我也说不好。我们伯克希尔·哈撒韦这边,办事风格都是掰着手指头脚趾头来的。(笑)所以你就这么一个个数吧。

巴菲特:这三个——

芒格:我从来没见过——你知道,沃伦老是把现金流折现挂在嘴边。可我从没见过他真算过一回。(笑声与掌声)

巴菲特:是啊。

芒格:如果它真的——

巴菲特:有些事只能私下里做的,查理。(笑)

芒格:如果一笔买卖不是明摆着、铁定能成的,那他真要去算上一算,往往就直接转去看下一个点子了。

巴菲特:是啊,这倒——确实是这么回事。你不需要——如果你真得拿出纸笔去算,那就说明它太接近临界、不值得多想了。我是说,它应该是几乎冲着你嚷嚷:你这儿有着巨大的安全边际才对。

我提到了那三个理念。这三个理念我该展开讲讲。第一个是——要把自己看成——要把投资看成是拥有一家企业,而不是买入某种价格上下乱蹦的东西。

第二个是你的态度,这跟前一点是连在一起的,也就是对市场的态度,第八章讲的就是这个。如果你对市场波动持有正确的态度,那对你做证券投资是莫大的帮助。

最后一章讲的是安全边际,意思就是:别想着开一辆 9,800 磅的卡车去过一座标着「承重:10,000 磅」的桥。而是再往前走一点,找一座标着「承重:15,000 磅」的桥。

30. 我们会在保险业务上加大投入,但还不确定具体做什么

巴菲特:2 区?

观众:是的,我是奇普·塔克(Chip Tucker,音),来自明尼阿波利斯。

巴菲特先生、芒格先生,伯克希尔在超级巨灾(super-cat)保险业务上占有多少市场份额?您对这块业务的市场增长前景,以及伯克希尔在其中潜在的市场份额增长,有什么看法?

您刚才回答了一个关于 GEICO 汽车保险机会的相关问题。还有没有其他保险业务是潜在值得拓展进入的?还是说,您把精力放在超级巨灾和汽车保险这两块机会上就已经足够了?

芒格:你知道,这个问题沃伦回答起来比我强多了。

巴菲特:我——我们没有——像超级巨灾这种业务,是不会有什么靠谱的市场份额数字的。

我们知道,有那么几年,去年我想也是,按保费规模算,我们肯定是最大的。

我们承接的量,就是比别人愿意承接的多出太多。那些大风险的单子都会找上我们,你知道,这儿 4 亿之类的。前阵子我们就为这边新马德里断层(New Madrid fault)上 10 亿美元的风险报了价。别人是不会去做这种事的。

所以我们之所以拿到市场份额,靠的是我们愿意做大额业务,靠的是人们知道我们事后一定会赔付。但我们——虽然我们知道自己是最大的,却给不了你任何精确的数字。

我们也知道,我们现在在这块的份额正在下滑,但这对我们无所谓。只有当我们在有利可图的市场上份额下滑时,我们才会在意。

查理,那个问题的第二部分是什么来着?

观众:还有什么其他的机会——

巴菲特:哦,保险业务里还有什么其他机会?

我们——就在今年,我们收购了一家非常非常小的公司〔Kansas Bankers Surety〕,公司的管理层今天也在场,是一家非常出色的保险公司。它有一块小小的利基市场。

它——我是说,它永远不会做得很大、也成不了什么大气候,但它属于我们能看懂的那种生意。我们喜欢经营它的那些人。我们也喜欢他们在市场上占据的那个位置。所以我们很高兴能拥有它。

我们愿意去琢磨保险业里各种各样可做的事。但我们发现,其中大多数都没什么意义。我们会——在接下来的 10 到 15 年里,我们会在保险业里做些别的事情。这是注定会发生的,只是我没法具体告诉你那会是些什么。

不过,按价值算,我们要做的最大的一件事,很可能还是把 GEICO 做大。但我们也会做别的事。谁知道那些会是什么呢?

我们在一块业务上有所拓展——这是一块小业务——就是结构性赔付(structured settlement)业务,比起一两年前我们谈起它的时候。我们现在是结构性赔付的首选提供商。这些本质上就是年金,支付给那些通常是严重事故受害者的人。

所以他们是受了非常严重伤害的人,那些伤害很可能会伴随终身。因此,我们将向那些丧失谋生能力、可能要承担高额医疗费用的人持续赔付,长达数十年,有时甚至是 50 年或 60 年。

这些年金由我们旗下的公司提供给其他保险公司,以及提供给这些受伤的人,通常是在受伤者的律师同意下进行的。

当受伤者的顾问们想到「50 年后还会有谁在、还能给这位已经丧失行为能力的人付钱」时,他们常常会——在我们看来也合乎逻辑地——想到伯克希尔。所以在过去这几年里,我们在这块业务上的知名度提高了很多。

这不是一门大生意。它也不会成为一门大生意。但它是一门相当不错的生意。而且在这门生意里,我们随着时间推移拥有竞争优势。

我们获得竞争优势靠的不是价格。我们获得竞争优势,靠的是受伤的一方那份安心——他们知道,50 年后那张支票照样会准时寄到。

那就是我们拥有某种优势的那类生意。随着时间推移,我们还会找到别的事情来做,但没法——我没法——

我们并不是盯着某个具体领域说「我们就专注做这个」。我们大体上清楚保险业里正在发生什么。一旦时机来临,我们随时准备出手,好让我们能做出明智的举动。

31. 从资本主义中获益的人应当帮助那些未曾获益的人

巴菲特:3 区?

观众:巴菲特先生、芒格先生,我家从 1968 年起就和伯克希尔有渊源了。所以我提这个问题时,对二位的正直和智慧怀着极大的敬意。

我是一名市中心贫民区的学校教师,那里弥漫着一种与日俱增、无处不在的绝望感。

当我问我的学生「什么能让你们快乐」时,他们最常见的回答是「一百万美元」。作为世界上最富有的人之一,我想知道二位会对他们作何回答。

作为这个问题的第二部分:资本主义的哲学根基在很大程度上忽视了一种系统性的视角——其中涉及为维系市场经济而被持续开采、不断耗竭的有限的全球资源,涉及极富者与赤贫者之间日益扩大的鸿沟,也涉及国际上把美国视为一个以贪婪和帝国主义为首要价值观的国家这样一种看法。

在我们迈入 21 世纪之际,二位是否认为有必要重新构想资本主义的前提,使其回归民主、正义和人道主义关怀的本初理念?

巴菲特:我没全听明白。

芒格:嗯——(笑)——我要这么说。对于现有的社会秩序,我比你乐观得多。(掌声)

我——任何社会秩序总有大把的毛病。当然,有些地方,我们的秩序比从前破败得多。

我不认为沃伦和我对世上所有的问题有什么妙方。但是,与其去争取某个更切实可行的小小一步,却空想着要一百万美元,这种心态就错了。我们的那一百万可不是这么挣来的。

巴菲特:不过我并不——(掌声)

芒格:顺便说一句,沃伦也许会给出不一样的答案。他是个——

巴菲特:不,我会赞同——我,你知道——「想要一份工作」在我看来就很有道理,然后琢磨怎么去得到一份,再从那儿一步步往前走。但这——

现在有、而且一直都有——这并不意味着就理应一直如此——但确实存在着极其巨大的不平等。

你不该想要的,是机会上的不平等。而能力上的不平等则会有很多。

像我们这样的市场体系,会源源不断地产出人们想要的东西。如果人们想看一场重量级拳赛,想看迈克·泰森(Mike Tyson),他们就会为他上擂台打那么几分钟而付给他 2,500 万美元。

它产出人们喜欢的东西。而且产量丰沛。在生产这一点上,它做得非常出色。

如今在这个国家身处底层 20% 的人,要比 50 年前身处底层 20% 的人好太多了。而身处这个国家的底层 20%,也比身处其他任何国家都要好。但即便如此,状况仍然算不上很令人满意。

市场体系并不会去回报——它不会回报教师,不会回报护士——我是说,它对各种各样做着各种各样有用之事的人的回报,根本无法与它回报娱乐明星、回报那些能算出企业价值的人、回报运动员之类的方式相提并论。

市场体系会为能逗乐人们的东西付出极高的价钱。人们一天里有相当多的时间都想被娱乐。它给娱乐别人的人开的价,比给教育别人的人开的价要高。

我觉得——我不想去改动市场体系。我也不认为我应该去告诉别人他们该拿自己的人生做什么。

但我确实认为,在这套制度下混得很好的人,理应以这样一种方式被征税,使税收能合理地照顾到那些不太适应这套制度、但在其他方面都是堂堂正正的好公民的人。

而那个——你知道,我不想扯到按「可比价值」来决定怎么征税那一套上去。但我确实认为,像我这样、恰好极其完美地契合这套制度的人——可要是在孟加拉国之类的地方,我可就一文不值了,你知道,因为我所拥有的这套本事在那里换不来回报——他们的制度不会奖赏这种本事。

我认为,我们从社会那里得到了回报——社会给了我——我们这个社会给了我——为我带给这场博弈的东西提供了巨大的回报。它对迈克·泰森也是一样。对某个嗓子天生适合唱歌、或别的什么本事的家伙,也是一样。

我不想去动这套机制。但我确实认为,那些因此从社会其余部分那里领到各种各样「索取凭证」的人——我认为应该有这样一套制度,让那些不太适应这套制度、但在其他每一方面都是堂堂正正好公民的人,真的不至于——你知道,从那些缝隙里漏下去。

我认为在过去 50 年里,这方面已经取得了进步。但我认为在这一点上,我们离一个完美的社会还差得很远。我希望,你知道,在接下来的 50 年里能取得更多进步。

不过,我不认为光是许愿要那 100 万美元就行——你知道,事情不是那样运作的。我认为——

但如果你足够幸运,拥有市场制度会奖赏的某种本事,那你在这里就会过得很好。而如果你不够幸运,拥有的是它不奖赏的本事,那你现在的境况也比 30 或 40 年前要好。而且比在其他国家要好。

但我能理解,为什么有人看着另一个只是天赋组合稍有不同、就能以某种方式攒下足够「索取凭证」、足以让自己和家族往后五代人都不必干太多活的人,会觉得这非常不公平。

芒格:我得说,我喜欢有那么一定程度的社会干预,把资本主义产生的结果中的一部分不平等给抹掉。

但我极其痛恨——满腔愤恨地痛恨——去奖赏任何容易被造假的东西。因为我认为那样一来人们就会撒谎,而撒谎管用,撒谎就会蔓延。然后我认为你整个文明都会衰败下去。

如果由我来治理这个世界,工伤补偿里针对精神压力的赔偿就该是零——不是因为不存在真实的压力,而是因为只要你对压力有任何奖赏,就根本没办法把造假挡在外面。

巴菲特:有一篇很棒的文章,这正好——(掌声)——回应了之前的一个问题。

大约一期之前的《福布斯》上有一篇非常好的文章,展示了美国在几个不同时间点上的职业结构,一直追溯到 1900 年。

光看那张职业结构图,你就能看出一个问题:假设你取——最底层的 20%——不管你怎么衡量,就以就业能力来衡量——无论是用智商、还是工作意愿、还是精力水平、或者你想用什么来衡量——这 20% 的人,非常好地胜任了一百年前所能提供的大多数工作。

换句话说,当年有大量的工作,你只要有相当平平无奇的智力就能胜任其中大多数。可是随着工作变了,人的能力结构却没变。于是就有更多的人最终落到了吃亏的一端。

那么,好的一面是,社会的产出多了太多,足以以这样或那样的方式照顾到这些人。而现在的诀窍在于,既照顾好他们,又让他们不仅自己感到、而且确实是有生产力的、是这台机器的一部分,而——

我们有足够的产品去做到这一点。这个国家如今的产出比 50 年或一百年前要多得多。

我们还没有——我们还没能很好地搞清楚,怎么让能力上处在最底层那 20% 或 30% 的人,去契合一种新的、不断变化的职业结构。

我真心建议你们去看看那期《福布斯》杂志。因为如果你把那些图表的含义想透,我想你就会明白哪些社会问题是必须去攻克的。

32. 经营银行“没有魔法”——只要不做“愚蠢的事”就行

巴菲特:4 号区?

观众:爱德华·巴尔,来自肯塔基州列克星敦。

早些时候,您带我们讨论了迪士尼的竞争地位。您还谈到了股票回购。

我在想,您能不能也带我们讨论一下富国银行的竞争地位,因为他们刚刚完成了如此大规模的合并[与第一州际银行的合并];此外,或许还能谈谈他们的股票回购,就回购比例而言,那大概是我目前能想到的所有公司里最大的。

巴菲特:嗯,如果富国银行觉得自己是在低于内在商业价值的价位回购股票,那他们就应该回购。而这是一个由他们自己来做的计算。

你应该——得去问问他们,他们对此的算盘是怎么打的。但正是这一点,将决定那个股票回购计划究竟划不划算。

市场内并购的好处可能是惊人的。有时候,它只不过是促使一家银行去做它本来就该做的事情。

我是说,我并不——我并不总是那么确信,那些经济效益完全是通过——完全是靠规模带来的;很多时候,它们只是来自认认真真地审视一下自己是怎么经营这门生意的。

我们今天观众席里可能就有——他早些时候在场——花岗岩银行(Bank of Granite)的 CEO,这家银行在北卡罗来纳州的格兰尼特。我相信,那家银行在最近一个季度的资产回报率折算成年化是 2.58%,效率比是 33%。

而那家银行的资产规模是 4 亿或 5 亿美元。你知道,要变得更高效之类的,根本不需要做到 50 亿。

它的——它比那些为了凑出这些比率而不得不拼凑起来的大银行里的任何一家都要高效得多,这就让你不禁要琢磨,那种并购背后的根本理由究竟站不站得住脚。

但我敢肯定,经营那家银行的福莱恩斯先生(John Forlines)只是专注于——而且他已经专注了很多年——日复一日地把对的事情做对。而促成他这么做,根本不需要什么市场内并购之类的东西。

我建议你们当中做银行这一行的任何人都去弄一份他的报告,因为北卡罗来纳州格兰尼特这个小镇本身一点都不神奇。

他所遵循的法律,也并不比其他银行家所面对的有什么大不同之类的。他只不过是干出了一份成绩——取得了一份成绩——让其余所有人的成绩都相形见绌、显得可笑。

我们在 70 年代拥有过的那家银行——位于伊利诺伊州罗克福德——有一位叫吉恩·阿贝格(Gene Abegg)的伙计,他兄弟今年就要 104 岁了。今天现场有位从罗克福德来的伙计,让我给埃德·阿贝格签了张便条,他很快就要 104 岁了。我真希望吉恩也能活到 104 岁。

但吉恩在罗克福德经营的那家银行,当那些——最好的银行资产回报率是 1% 的时候,他做到了 2%。而且他是用比任何人都低得多的杠杆做到的,贷款损失更低,投资组合更大。

这里头没有任何神奇之处。他只是从不去做任何说不通的事。

无论有没有并购,银行这门生意都有很大的改进空间。

但我得说,从过往记录看,与其他大银行相比,富国银行在经营自己这家银行上做得格外出色。而且我得说,把这两家机构合在一起经营,会比第一州际银行自己单独经营要高效得多得多。

正如花岗岩银行或罗克福德的伊利诺伊国民银行所证明的那样,这门生意只要经营得当,可以是一门非常好的生意。它没什么神奇可言。你只需要避开去做蠢事就行。

这有点像投资。你知道,你并不需要做什么特别聪明的事。你只需要避开那些事后大约一年再回头看时显得蠢到不可救药的事——你知道,像航空公司那一类的。(笑)

而你知道,诀窍就在这儿。它并不是什么了不起的水晶球游戏,让你窥视未来,看见所有别人根本不可能看见的东西。我是说,可口可乐、吉列,或者就说富国银行吧,有什么复杂的呢?

所以——只要我们有一个会把生意经营好的人掌舵,我们就喜欢像银行这样的生意。我们有一位——我不知道鲍勃·威尔默斯(Bob Wilmers)今天在不在场。但他经营着第一帝国银行(First Empire),我们在里头有一笔相当大的投资。鲍勃就是把它经营得很对,你知道吗?

我从不担心鲍勃或第一帝国银行会冒出什么意外。他会做的事是——如果他能增长,而且合乎逻辑,他就会增长。要是做某件事不合逻辑,他就会放弃。他没有那种非逼着自己采取某种行动的自我膨胀冲动。他经营着一家了不起的银行。

查理?

33. 我们“遇到什么合理的事就做什么”

巴菲特:好。5 号区。

观众:多萝西·克雷格(音),来自西雅图。

我注意到,在年报里,你们最近的几笔收购把伯克希尔·哈撒韦的营收翻了一番。这让我觉得很惊人。我想知道这怎么可能做到。

巴菲特:嗯,这——一方面,我们是从一个相当小的基数起步的。那——但我们——你知道,对 GEICO 的收购带来了大约 30 亿美元左右的营收,而且——实际上还不止,略多一点,但也多不了太多。而 RC Willey 和 Helzberg 在本年度大概又增加了 6 亿美元左右。

既然我们的基数是 35 亿美元左右,那这三笔收购确实把营收翻了一番。这种情况不会有很多年。把营收翻番、甚至增长 20% 之类的,根本不是我们的什么目标。

我们只是——我们只是设法去做任何说得通的、碰上的事。如果某一年碰上很多说得通的事,我们就会做很多。如果碰不上任何说得通的事,我们就什么也不做。

所以——这里头有很大的偶然成分。但去年,你知道,发生了相当多的事。我很乐意看到明年也能发生很多事。但眼下我们还不知道。

查理?

芒格:没有。

34. GEICO 的路·辛普森现在有了更多投资选择

巴菲特:6 号区。

观众:哦,是我吗?是的,我叫维克多·拉普马(音)。我来自维尔京群岛。我的问题是关于 GEICO 资产端的。

使伯克希尔与众不同的一点,是它的资产中权益类占比很高,而非固定收益类。而 GEICO 截至年底,看上去就像一家典型的保险公司,固定收益类资产是权益类资产的四倍。

我的问题是,随着时间推移,他们在资产端会不会拥有和伯克希尔一样的构成?

这个问题的第二部分是,合并之后,GEICO 的资产配置决策与合并之前相比是怎么做出的?

巴菲特:GEICO 的决策——正如你所说,那大约是 50 亿美元的有价证券——过去是、现在是、将来也都是由卢·辛普森(Lou Simpson)来做。自大约 1979 年以来,卢在经营 GEICO 的投资上做得棒极了。我们有他真是幸运。

我会让其去管理我们所控股企业资金的人非常少。但就卢而言,我们简直求之不得。我是说,那是千里挑一之类的人物。卢干得相当出色,将来也会干得很好。

我们给他提供的一样东西,就是他现在有能力随心所欲地处置这些资产。在GEICO并入伯克希尔之前,他是没有这种能力的。因为在那时,有一些必须遵守的比例要求——这些要求是可以理解的、有其必要性的,也是合情合理的。

作为一家独立实体,GEICO拥有15亿到20亿美元的自有净值,做着30亿美元的生意,那么让他在权益类投资上超出某个限度、采取另一种配置,就是不合适的。

所以他受制于自己所处行业的性质以及它的资本结构。如今这种约束不复存在了。所以他拿着那50亿美元,可以随心所欲地去做。

现在,如果他做某些事情,我们就需要为GEICO提供后盾,这样在最不利的情形下,他们的保单持有人也能得到保护。但这对我们来说不成问题。

我们可以通过成数分保(quota share reinsurance)来做到。我们有很多办法。我们可以直接为他们的债务提供担保。我们完全有能力做到这一点。

我们还没有这么做,因为目前还没有这个必要。但如果有道理的话——如果Lou想在权益类投资上做到50亿美元,而这又说得通,那我们就会做出安排,让GEICO的保单持有人享有与最保守的投资组合下完全同等的安全保障。

所以现在Lou的弓上又多了一根弦。也许有一天会用上。他在旧体制下一直表现卓越。在这个新体制下,他可能会做得更好。

芒格:这是个非常精明的问题。你值得被表扬。

巴菲特:这意味着这是我们之前——(笑)——就想过的事情,不过你值得被表扬,没错。

35. 即使市场高估了“永久持股”,也很可能不会卖出

巴菲特:我看看。1号区?

观众:Neil McMahon,来自纽约市。

伯克希尔拥有好几家公司——好几家公司的股票——它们被称为永久持仓。

在70年代初,我们有过一个双层市场,那种「一次决策型」(one-decision)的股票,市盈率高得吓人——50倍、60倍的盈利。

如果那种情况重现,伯克希尔的这些公司还会是永久持仓吗?还是说凡事都有一个价格?

巴菲特:嗯,有些东西我们认为是没有任何价格可以打动我们的。我们有时候受到过考验,也没有卖掉它们,不过——

你知道,我的朋友比尔·盖茨说,你知道,到了某个时点这就变得不合逻辑了。这些数字必然有——到了某个价格,对于一只可交易的证券,你必须愿意把它卖掉,这里先不谈那些我们控股的企业。

但我怀疑我们是否真会在这上面受到考验——属于那一类的公司只有寥寥几家。

实际上,那里——你知道——我就不评论这个了。(笑)

对于那些我们既喜欢生意、又喜欢人的企业,我们实在是非常不愿意卖掉它们。所以我不认为你能指望看到很多次出售。但如果你哪天来参加这里的会议,发现市盈率到了60倍或70倍,那就盯紧我点。(笑)

查理?

芒格:我得说,所谓的双层市场之所以造成麻烦,主要是因为很多人或公司被称为「一线」(tier one),而它们其实并非如此。它们只是曾经在某个时候是一线而已。如果你对那些公司的判断是对的,你可以在相当高的估值上持有它们。

巴菲特:是的,如果你拥有——你真的可以在极高的估值水平上持有它们——这太难找了。你是找不到同样优秀的企业的。

所以你就得问自己:「我能有机会以低得多的价格买回同一家企业吗?还是说我能以低得多的价格买到几乎同样优秀的另一家企业?」

我们觉得我们不太擅长这种操作。我们宁愿就这么坐着,持有这家企业,假装股市根本不存在。

这种做法实际上给我们带来的结果,比我20年前预想的要好得多。我是说,这种心态——或者说25年前——这种心态——从中流淌出来的好运还真不少,那是我当时实在预料不到的。

芒格:可是在这里,你又在展示你那套把戏了,对吧?还在学习。很多人把这看作是作弊。(笑)

36. 巴菲特不认为盖茨会加入伯克希尔董事会

巴菲特:2号区。

观众:是的,我叫Alan Rank,来自宾夕法尼亚州匹兹堡。

考虑到您对科技的反感,但又与比尔·盖茨、微软关系密切,您是否曾考虑过,要么邀请他通过董事会加入伯克希尔,要么让他参与进来,帮忙解决《世界图书百科全书》(World Book)的一些问题,把它带入新技术、加以拓展?

另一方面,您也热爱保险和浮存金。您是否考虑过其他具有类似特征的生意,比如墓地和殡仪馆——它们有预付式(pre-need)业务和大量现金储备?

巴菲特:嗯——比尔和我几年前谈过百科全书的生意。但在我认识他之前,他在Encarta(《英卡塔百科全书》)上已经推进得相当深了,实际上是非常深了。所以那不是——我猜,如果我们早点认识,也许会在那方面演化出些什么来。

但他在Encarta上已经押下了很多筹码,而且做得不错。所以这真的不是——在《世界图书百科全书》上与他合作并不是一个现实的选项。

比尔也非常专注于他自己的生意。而且我相信他在某家生物技术公司的董事会里,他在那家公司有一笔可观的投资。

但你不会看到他出现在美国企业的董事会上,至少我相信你不会——我想,如果你去看看,比方说太平洋西北地区那边的董事会,那里他有很多朋友,对那些公司很熟,也许还和其中一些人一起长大。

但我不认为你会看到他出现在任何真正不能——任何只是一门生意、在智识上勾不起他兴趣的公司里。我确实觉得有一家生物技术公司是他以那种方式参与的。而且你知道,他会是一笔了不起的财富。

但他真的把精力都放在微软上。据我记得,他在周六开董事会。会一开就是,你知道,一整天。然后他就以那种方式扑在生意上。他可不是——

我不认为他会有兴趣进一家银行的董事会或一家保险公司的董事会,因为他觉得自己有别的事情要用这些时间去做。而且我想他大概是对的。(笑)

37. 并非所有“浮存金”业务都有吸引力

巴菲特:3号区?哦,刚才那个问题是关于其他种类的生意的。

我们一直对这样那样的浮存金生意有兴趣,不过——

你知道,Blue Chip Stamps(蓝筹印花公司)就曾是这样一门生意,直到有一天它消失了——(笑)——我们再也找不着它了。我们去——翻了壁橱。我们到处找,连后院都找了。(笑)它跑哪儿去了?

所以我们喜欢那种生意。但大多数浮存金生意的成本都相当明确。就像我说的,作为浮存金生意,我们并不喜欢大多数保险公司。我们对收购那种典型的保险公司不感兴趣,因为我们认为浮存金最终会让我们付出过高的代价。

对大多数公司而言,我们宁愿以一个明确的成本去借钱,也不愿背上承保亏损所带来的那种隐性成本。

但我们始终——我们感兴趣的是那些产生现金、而不是耗用现金的生意。如果它们耗用的现金能带来足够高的回报,我们也愿意让它们去用现金。但我们就是有这么一种偏好,偏向那些能甩出现金来的东西。

查理?

芒格:嗯,要是我们去搞预付式殡仪馆的生意,那才叫见鬼了。(笑)

38. 预计 A 类股的市场会“好于”B 类股

巴菲特:3号区。(笑)

观众:查理这一段实在让人难以接续。我是Robert Keeley,来自华盛顿特区。

我有一个简短的评论和一个简短的问题。评论是:我认为您可能大大低估了本周晚些时候和下周大家购买B类股票的兴趣。

我在华盛顿至少有10个朋友知道我是伯克希尔的股东,也知道我要来参加这次会议。他们坚持要我明天向他们汇报B类股票到底是怎么个情况,因为他们非常想买一些。

当然,这只是个例。但如果你把这10个人对我这一个的比例,套用到今天在场的股东身上,那就是在说将有数以万计的人会进入那个市场。

而我的问题与流动性有关。在你们年报的第18页,你们说——我引用一下——「大多数股东会坚守A类股票的前景表明,A股将享有比B股略好一些的流动性市场。」

您能解释一下吗?在我看来,如果大多数股东保留他们的A类股票,不去转换或出售它,那B类股票反而会流动性强得多。也许是我不懂流动性吧。

巴菲特:不,我觉得你懂。你理解得没错。我再稍微展开讲一点。

那——当然,在头一周里,我预计B类股票的成交量会大得多,尽管我希望它不会像大多数新股那样、相对于发行量出现那种交易状况。

新发行的股票本来就有这种性质,通常总会——总会有一阵交投的喧嚣。有时候,我觉得相当过头了。我不认为伯克希尔会这样。但还是会有那么一阵子的喧嚣。

但从长远看,我们就假设有价值4亿美元的B类股票好了。那将会有400亿美元的A类股票。

现在,得承认,你知道,我是不会对我的股票做任何动作的。在座的很多人持股的计税成本(tax basis)很低,除非在非常不寻常的情况下,否则根本无意对自己的股票做任何处置。

所以在那400亿美元当中,有相当可观的一部分,你可以说几乎是对市场变化的反应「免疫」的。

但仍然有非常可观的美元价值。比方说,有相当一部分是被各类基金持有的。

所以,我所说的那部分「潜在可交易的」A类股票,其市值很可能远远超过「潜在可交易的」B类股票的市值。当然,也许B类股票全部都是潜在可交易的,而A类股票里只有一小部分是。

但那个 400 亿对 4 亿的比例,我认为几乎可以确保,在最初的一阵热潮过去之后,更好的市场——我说「更好的市场」,指的是能够在价格波动最小的情况下,双向买卖大额资金的能力——更好的市场——虽然优势不会很大——但更好的市场很可能会在 A 股这边。坦白说,我们也希望如此。当然,我们仍然希望 B 股也有一个良好的市场。

但如果你说的是 10 股 A 股,也就是大约 30 万美元的投资,我认为,两个月之后——买卖价值 30 万美元的 A 股,其百分比影响很可能会略小于买卖价值 30 万美元的 B 股,但差距不会很大。

这就是我刚才那句话的意思,A 股的市场会比 B 股略好一点。从我们的角度看,这一点很重要,因为如果情况反过来,B 股成了更好的市场,那么人们随着时间推移就会有真正的动机把 A 股转换成 B 股,最终 B 股市场就会占据主导。

我们预计这不会发生。而且我认为,按照我们的安排方式,它不会发生。但它有可能发生。

查理?

芒格:是的,嗯,我认为在撰写招股说明书以及奖励销售经纪人的方式上,我们也作了一些安排,倾向于抑制需求,无论是个人还是机构的需求。而且我们有时候确实能达成我们想做的事。(笑)

巴菲特:4 区?别让我们列一张清单,列出我们都达成了哪些事。(笑)

39. 企业净资产收益率可能会下降

观众:丹·佩考特(Dan Pecaut),来自爱荷华州苏城。

在 70 年代中期,你写过一篇文章,讲通货膨胀如何坑骗股权投资者,文中说美国企业的平均净资产收益率大概会在 12% 或 13% 左右。

去年,这个平均值更接近 20%。经济规律是被废除了,还是被修改了?如果没有,那么当我们回归均值时,可能会发生什么样的灾难?

巴菲特:嗯,净资产收益率确实让我感到意外。大约两期之前的《财富》杂志上有一篇不错的文章。嗯,是在「财富 500 强」那一期里,不管那是什么时候。它讨论了净资产收益率的问题。

文章提出了一些很好的观点,讲到把退休后的医疗福利计入资产负债表,往后会如何抬高净资产收益率。换句话说,它压低了分母,也就是所占用的总股权。

而且还有大量「大洗澡」式的会计处理,即进行各种资产减记,所以把这些算进去,我不认为它已经达到了 20%。但它确实更高了——肯定比我写那篇文章时所预料的要高。

我想说的是,在我们现在这样的世界里,要让净资产收益率——长期平均净资产收益率——接近 20% 这个水平,在我看来似乎非常极端。但回报率有这么高,确实让我意外。

现在,你会遇到像可口可乐那样的情况,比如说,25 年前,它们是不会回购股票的。所以它们当时会在企业里堆积更多的股权。如果可口可乐一直奉行 1970 年或 75 年的政策,它的净资产收益率会远低于现在的水平。

可口可乐其实并不需要股权。所以它能赚取非凡的回报率以及非常庞大的美元金额。在这一点影响到那些数字的程度上,它确实对这些数字有一定影响。

再比如通用汽车为退休后医疗福利计提了好多好多十亿美元的准备金,这往往会让通用汽车的回报率看起来比过去好得多——过去它甚至都不确认这些成本,因此其股权实际上远大于真实的股权。

所以确实发生了一些这样的事情。但总的来说,我不认为在任何会计制度下,美国工业能实现 20% 的回报率。

查理?

芒格:嗯,我同意。我认为,行业出现远比以往更多的整合,再加上像富国银行这样的成功公司回购股票,我觉得这一点也产生了巨大的影响。

我不认为它实际上真涨了那么多——显然,我们经历了一段很长的真实增长期等等。我认为,平均而言,企业赚取了更高的净资产收益率。但我认为,是一大堆因素共同作用把结果推高了。我看不出它还能再往前走多远。

40. 巴菲特的投资并不反映任何房地产方面的见解

巴菲特:5 区?

观众:是的。我叫泰德·埃利奥特(Ted Elliott),来自康涅狄格州。

媒体报道了你最近在房地产行业做的一笔投资。我想知道你是否愿意谈谈你对这个行业的展望。

巴菲特:嗯,那只不过是个小注脚而已。我几乎把所有的东西都放在了伯克希尔里,在伯克希尔之外我持有少量市政债券和其他一些零零碎碎的东西,但我不想买伯克希尔已经涉足的任何东西。那只会把生活搞复杂。而且我喜欢的所有最好的东西——(笑)——都在伯克希尔里。

所以时不时地,会有一些小东西冒出来进入我的雷达,它实在太小了,对伯克希尔来说不合适。我曾经买过那家公司 100 股——它叫 Property Capital Trust——那是在我们持有 NHP 的时候买的,NHP 跟它做过几笔交易。所以我——本着我那套尽量读遍视野所及的每一份年报、以增进我对任何事物的了解的方针,我买了 100 股。

然后大约一年前,我碰巧看到他们说要进行清算。于是手头有点闲钱,我就买了。但这并不是基于对房地产行业的任何看法,也不是基于对这家公司的任何精密分析,或别的什么。这只是一笔小小的个人投资。

我完全没有什么独到的见解。我们在伯克希尔确实做过几笔房地产的事。但那些都是大手笔。而且有那么一小段时期,有几件事是明智之举。

如果我们再早一点开始,可能本来会有多得多的机会。但我们开始得稍微晚了一点。所以我们现在什么都没做。不过我们偶尔还是会听一听各种动向。

但我们一直在留意。在伯克希尔,我们基本上是在寻找大机会。而我们已经很久没在房地产里找到任何东西了。我们也许永远都找不到。

但谁说得准呢?我是说,我们的桨已经划进水里了。我们已经涉足的那几件事进展得很顺利。但相对于伯克希尔的规模来说,它们都算不上重要。

41. 伯克希尔过往的增长不能作为新投资的衡量标准

巴菲特:我们转到 6 区。这将是最后一个问题,因为快到 3 点了。我们请 6 区提问。

观众:你好,我叫迈克·诺兰(Mike Nolan),来自新泽西州。我和我太太从 1984 年起就是股东了,而且是开心的股东。谢谢你们二位。今天我有两个问题。

在零售商店行业,鉴于伯克希尔每股账面价值高达 23% 的年增长率,而该行业过去几年股权增长大约只有 8% 到 9%,我们想知道,伯克希尔为什么要拿股票去交换这类证券,而被收购公司的增长和净资产——如果它们的水平接近你今年所收购公司的行业平均水平的话——只有伯克希尔的三分之一甚至更低?

引用巴尼特·赫尔兹伯格(Barnett Helzberg)在年报里的话:「钻石行业是一个竞争非常激烈的行业。」

巴菲特:嗯,所有零售业都是竞争激烈的。而这两家公司的平均净资产收益率,都远好于你所引用的那个行业数字。

第二点,你知道,我们没有办法在未来赚取 23.6%。所以我们不会用我们的历史——如果我们把历史平均水平当作新投资的标尺,那我们就什么新投资都不会做了,因为我们不知道未来怎么才能赚到 23.6%。

但我们喜欢——我们认为零售业是一门非常艰难的生意。我们欣赏那些公司的业绩记录、它们的市场地位以及它们的管理层。当我们找到这样一门生意,又对经营它的人感到非常放心时,我们就会做这笔交易。

但我们不会指望靠这样做,长期内能在投入的钱上赚到 23.6%。

我要感谢大家的到来。你们,你知道——(掌声)